Негосударственное образовательное учреждение
среднего профессионального образования
«Ангарский экономико-юридический колледж»
УЧЕБНОЕ ПОСОБИЕ
по дисциплине Иностранный язык (английский)
для юридических специальностей СПО
Ангарск, 2014
Учебное пособие предназначено для студентов среднего профессионального
образования, изучающих дисциплину «Иностранный язык» (английский) в рамках
общего гуманитарного и социально-экономического цикла, начиная со 2 курса.
Учебное пособие разработано на основе ФГОС СПО по специальности 030912
Право и организация социального обеспечения и рабочей программы учебной
дисциплины.
Организация –разработчик: НОУ СПО «АЭЮК»
Разработчик: преподаватель иностранного языка высшей квалификационной
категории Сергеевичева Н.В.
Рассмотрено и одобрено на заседании Научно-методического совета.
2
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
ВВЕДЕНИЕ
7
МОДУЛЬ 0
Алфавит.
Транскрипция и произношение.
Типы слогов.
Части речи.
Члены предложения.
Порядок слов в английском предложении.
Неправильные глаголы.
8
МОДУЛЬ 1
1.1 Фонетика: Звук [i:]
1.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительных -er
1.3 Грамматика: Множественное число существительных. Притяжательный падеж
существительных
1.4 Лексика: Моя семья и я
1.5 Говорение и аудирование: Прощание и приветствие
1.6 Письмо: Рассказ о своей семье
1.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 1
18
МОДУЛЬ 2
2.1 Фонетика: Звук [ı]
2.2 Словообразование: Суффиксы существительных –ist, -ism
2.3 Грамматика: Артикли
2.4 Лексика: Мои друзья
2.5 Говорение и аудирование: Знакомство
2.6 Письмо: Описание своего друга
2.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 2
29
МОДУЛЬ 3
3.1 Фонетика: Звук [e]
3.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительного -ing,
3.3 Грамматика: Местоимения личные, притяжательные, возвратные
Местоимения указательные, вопросительные, союзные
Неопределенные местоимения
Местоимения much/many, (a) few/(a) little
3.4 Лексика: Мой рабочий день
3.5 Говорение и аудирование: Просьба
3.6 Письмо: Личное письмо "Мой рабочий день"
3.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 3
39
МОДУЛЬ 4
4.1 Фонетика: Звук [æ]
4.2 Словообразование: Суффикс прилагательного -ic
4.3 Грамматика: Предлоги места, направления и времени, английские предлоги,
соответствующие русским падежам
4.4 Конструкция there be
4.5 Лексика: Спорт
3
53
4.6 Говорение и аудирование: Недоверие и доверие
4.7 Письмо: Написание адреса
4.8 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 4
МОДУЛЬ 5
5.1 Фонетика: Звуки [Λ] и [a:]
5.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительных и прилагательных -al
5.3 Грамматика: Числительные (количественные, порядковые, дроби, даты)
5.4 Лексика: Американские праздники
5.5 Говорение: Благодарность
5.6 Письмо: Поздравительная открытка
5.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 5
66
МОДУЛЬ 6
6.1 Фонетика: Звуки [Ɔ], [Ɔ:]
6.2 Словообразование: Суффикс прилагательных –ous
6.3 Грамматика: Глаголы to be, to have.
Безличные предложения с it.
6.4 Лексика: Свободное время и хобби
6.5 Говорение и аудирование: Согласие и несогласие
6.6 Письмо: Личное письмо "Мои увлечения"
6.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 6
78
МОДУЛЬ 7
7.1 Фонетика: Звуки [ou], [ə:]
7.2 Словообразование: Суффикс прилагательных и наречий –ly;
7.3 Грамматика: Прилагательные и наречия (степени сравнения)
7.4 Лексика: Времена года
7.5 Говорение и аудирование: Одобрение и неодобрение
7.6 Письмо: Рассказ о любимом времени года
7.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 7
90
МОДУЛЬ 8
8.1 Фонетика: Звуки [u:], [u]
8.2 Словообразование: Суффиксы прилагательных -less, -ful
8.3 Грамматика: Модальные глаголы.
Безличные предложения с one.
8.4 Лексика: Магазины
8.5 Говорение и аудирование: Упрек и оправдание
8.6 Письмо: Рассказ о посещении супермаркета
8.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 8
102
МОДУЛЬ 9
9.1 Фонетика: Звук [w]
9.2 Словообразование: Суффикс прилагательных -ive
9.3 Грамматика: Настоящие времена (активный залог)
9.4 Лексика: Путешествие
9.5 Говорение и аудирование: Совет
9.6 Письмо: Структура делового письма
9.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 9
114
МОДУЛЬ 10
127
4
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
Фонетика: Звук [θ]
Словообразование: Суффикс прилагательных и существительных -(i)an
Грамматика: Прошедшие времена в активном залоге
Лексика: Деловая поездка
Говорение и аудирование: Жалоба и извинение
Письмо: Письмо-заказ номера в гостинице
Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 10
МОДУЛЬ 11
11.1 Фонетика: Звуки [ð] и [θ]
11.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительных -man
11.3 Грамматика: Будущие времена в активном залоге
Все времена в активном залоге
11.4 Лексика: Англоязычные страны
11.5 Говорение и аудирование: Удовольствие и неудовольствие
11.6 Письмо: Анкета при пересечении границы
11.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 11
140
МОДУЛЬ 12
12.1 Фонетика: Звуки [s] и [θ]
12.2 Словообразование: Суффиксы существительных -tion/-sion
12.3 Грамматика: Герундий
12.4 Лексика: Лондон
12.5 Говорение и аудирование: Отказ
12.6 Письмо: Анкета для получения банковской карточки
12.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 12
155
МОДУЛЬ 13
13.1 Фонетика: Звуки [ð], [s], [z]
13.2 Словообразование: Существительные с суффиксом -ity
13.3 Грамматика: Инфинитив
13.4 Лексика: Вашингтон и Нью-Йорк
13.5 Говорение и аудирование: Сочувствие и одобрение
13.6 Письмо: Анкета при прохождении таможни
13.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 13
165
МОДУЛЬ 14
14.1 Фонетика: Звуки [ð], [d], [Ʒ], [z]
14.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительных -ness
14.3 Грамматика: Причастие
14.4 Лексика: Судебная система США
14.5 Говорение и аудирование: Приглашение
14.6 Письмо: Анкета при приеме на работу
14.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 14
175
МОДУЛЬ 15
15.1 Фонетика: Звуки [dƷ], [Ʒ], [ð]
15.2 Словообразование: Суффикс существительных -ment
15.3 Грамматика: Употребление союзов
15.4 Лексика: Юридическая система Великобритании
15.5 Говорение и аудирование: Назначение встречи
15.6 Письмо: Анкета для работы в зарубежной компании
186
5
15.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 15
МОДУЛЬ 16
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
195
Фонетика: Звуки [tʃ], [ʃ], [s]
Словообразование: Суффикс существительных -able/-ible
Грамматика: Все времена в пассивном залоге
Лексика: Моя будущая профессия
Говорение и аудирование: Разговор по телефону
Письмо: Резюме Структура резюме
Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 16
МОДУЛЬ 17
17.1 Фонетика: Звуки [r], [l]
17.2 Словообразование: Префиксы un-, in-, im-, ir-, il-;
17.3 Грамматика: Прямая и косвенная речь, согласование времен
Вопросительные и повелительные предложения в косвенной речи
17.4 Лексика: Профессия юриста в Англии
17.5 Говорение и аудирование: Противоречие и отрицание
17.6 Письмо: Резюме
17.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 17
207
МОДУЛЬ 18
18.1 Фонетика: Звуки [b], [p]
18.2 Словообразование: Префиксы re-, dis-, mis18.3 Грамматика: Будущее время в придаточных предложениях условия и времени
18.4 Лексика: Интернет
18.5 Говорение и аудирование: Мнение
18.6 Письмо: e-mail
18.7 Чтение: «Человек, который сбежал». Эпизод 18
218
ЛИТЕРАТУРА
230
6
ВВЕДЕНИЕ
Учебное пособие предназначено для использования в процессе обучения английскому
языку групп юридических специальностей СПО, начиная со 2 курса. Полностью соответствует
требованиям
Федерального
Государственного
образовательного
стандарта.
Может
использоваться как основное учебное пособие для студентов. Данная разработка позволяет
проводить обучение иностранному языку с использованием информационных технологий, что
оптимизирует процесс обучения и повышает уровень мотивации студентов..
Пособие разработано на основе модульно-компетентностного подхода и имеет
соответствующую структуру: состоит из 18 модулей, каждый модуль подразделен на 7 учебных
элементов, раскрывающих содержание речевых и языковых разделов дисциплины. Эти разделы
охватывают всю совокупность вопросов по дисциплине, которые подлежат изучению:
 фонетика
 словообразование
 грамматика
 лексика
 говорение и аудирование
 письмо
 чтение
Таким образом, в процессе обучения охватываются все виды речевой деятельности и
дидактические единицы дисциплины. Материалы по фонетике, словообразованию и грамматике
представлены в виде таблиц. Все задания разного уровня сложности, носят практический
характер, располагаются в учебном элементе по мере возрастания сложности. Задания,
представленные в пособии могут использоваться как для аудиторной, так и для внеаудиторной
работы студентов.
Пособие содержит также справочный материал (модуль 0), необходимый на любом этапе
обучения и при самостоятельной работе. При разработке заданий автор широко использовал
технологию тестирования, дифференцированный подход.
7
МОДУЛЬ 0
Необходим студентам, впервые приступающим к изучению английского языка. Студенты,
продолжающие изучение английского, могут использовать его в качестве справочного материала.
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ АЛФАВИТ
ENGLISH ALPHABET
БУКВА
НАЗВАНИЕ
БУКВА
НАЗВАНИЕ
Aa
[eı]
Nn
[en]
Bb
[bi:]
Oo
[əu]
Cc
[si:]
Pp
[pi:]
Dd
[di:]
Qq
[kju:]
Ee
[i:]
Rr
[a:]
Ff
[ef]
Ss
[es]
Gg
[dƷi:]
Tt
[ti:]
Hh
Uu
[ju:]
Ii
[eıtʃ]
[aı]
Vv
[vi:]
Jj
[dƷeı]
Ww
[‘dΛblju:]
Kk
[keı]
Xx
[eks]
Ll
[el]
Yy
[wai]
Mm
[em]
Zz
[zed]
ТРАНСКРИПЦИЯ И АНГЛИЙСКОЕ ПРОИЗНОШЕНИЕ
В английском языке и системе его письменности имеется значительное расхождение между
написанием слова и его произношением. Это требует специальную запись звукового образа слова
— фонетическую транскрипцию. Знание знаков транскрипции необходимо для правильного
чтения и произношения слова Транскрипционные значки звуков заключаются в квадратные
скобки.
Гласные
[i:] - долгий и
[ı] - краткий, открытый и
[e] - э
[æ] - более открытый, чем э
[a:] - долгий, глубокий а
[Ɔ] - краткий, открытый о
[Ɔ:] - долгий о
[o] - закрытый, близкий к у звук о
[u] - краткий у со слабым округлением губ
8
[u:] - долгий у без сильного округления губ
[Λ] - краткий гласный, приближающийся к русскому а
[ə] - безударный гласный, напоминающий русский безударный гласный в словах нужен, молоток
[ə:] - в русском отсутствует, средний между о и э
Двугласные (дифтонги)
[eı] - эй
[əu] - оу
[aı] - ай
[au] - ау
[Ɔı] - ой
[ıə] - иа
[εə] - эа
[uə] – уа
Согласные
[p] - п
[b] - б
[m] - м
[w] - звук, образующийся с положением губ, как при б, но с маленьким отверстием между
губами, как при свисте
[f] - ф
[v] - в
[θ] (без голоса)
[ð] (с голосом) — оба звука образуются при помощи языка, кончик которого легко касается
верхних передних зубов, как в шепелявом русском з
[s] – s
[z] – з
[t] – т, произнесенное не у зубов, а у десен
[d] – д, произнесенное не у зубов, а у десен
[n] – н
[l] – л
[r] – произносится без вибрации кончика языка, который слегка загнут назад
[ʃ] – ш
[Ʒ] – ж
[tʃ] – ч
[dƷ] – озвонченный ч
[k] – к
[g] – г
[ŋ] – задненёбный звонкий носовой согласный звук, кончик языка находится у нижних зубов,
звук произносится через нос
[h] – простой выдох
[j] – й
9
ТИПЫ СЛОГОВ
Чтение гласных букв в английском языке зависит от типа слога, в котором они стоят.
гласная
читается
a
[eı]
o
[ou]
e
[i:]
i
[aı]
u
[ju:]
y
[waı]
как в
алфавите
name
[eı]
nose [ou]
be
[i:]
mine [aı]
tune [ju:]
my
[aı]
кратко
cat
[æ]
not
[o]
pet
[e]
pin
[ı]
cup
[Λ]
myth [ı]
3 тип
(гласная+R)
долго
car
[a:]
port [o:]
term [ə:]
firm [ə:]
fur
[ə:]
Byrd [ə:]
4 тип
(гласная + R +
гласная)
сложно
care [єə]
more [o:]
here [ıə]
fire [aıə]
cure [juə]
tyre [aıə]
Безударный
слог
нейтрально
ago [ə]
symbol [ə]
retro
[əu]
absent [ə]
forest [ı]
music [ı]
success[ə]
unite [ju]
copy [ı]
1 тип
(открытый)
оканчивается
на гласную
2 тип
(закрытый)
оканчивается
на согласную
ЧАСТИ РЕЧИ
Все слова, входящие в язык, делятся на рязряды, называемые частями речи.
Различают следующие части речи:
1) существительное (noun, n)
2) прилагательное (adjective, a)
3) числительное (numeral, num)
4) местоимение (pronoun, pron)
5) глагол (verb, v)
6) наречие (adverb, adv)
7) предлог (preposition, prep)
8) союз (conjunction, cj)
9) междометие (interjection, interj)
Существительное, прилагательное, числительное, местоимение, глагол и наречие являются
самостоятельными частями речи. Они обозначают предметы, их качества, деяствия и т.п. и
являются членами предложения.
Предлоги и союзы являются служебными частями речи. Они показывают различные
отношения между членами предложения и преложениями.
Часть речи
Существительное
Определение
часть речи,
обозначающая
предметы и
отвечающая на
Свойства
 имеют два артикля неопределенный a и определенный
the;
 имеют два числа – единственное и
10
Пример
a doctor
a house
вопросы кто? что?
Прилагательное
Числительное
Местоимение
Глагол
Наречие
Предлог
Союз
часть речи,
обозначающая
признаки предметов
и отвечающая на
вопрос какой?
часть речи,
обозначающая
количество или
порядок предметов
при счете
часть речи, которая
употребляется
вместо имени
существительного
или прилагательного
часть речи, которая
обозначает деяствие
или состояние,
представленное в
виде действия
множественное;
 имеют два падежа – общий и
притяжательный
 не изменяются по родам, числам и
падежам;
 имеют три степени сравнения –
положительную, сравнительную и
превосходную
 делятся на количественные
(сколько?) и порядковые (какой по
счету?)
делятся на
 личные
 притяжательные
 возвратные
 указательные
 вопросительные
 соединительные
 неопределенные
имеют четыре основные формы:
 инфинитив (неопределенная
форма)
 прошедшее время (Past Simple)
 причастие прошедшего времени
(Past Participle)
 причастие настоящего времени
(Present Participle)
 имеют три степени сравнения –
положительную, сравнительную и
превосходную
часть речи,
указывающая на
признаки действия
или на различные
обстоятельства, при
которых протекает
действие (как, где,
когда и т.д.)
часть речи, служащая делятся на:
средством
 предлоги места
выражения
 предлоги направления
отношений
 предлоги времени
существительного и
 предлоги, соответствующие
местомения к другим русским падежам
словам в
предложении
часть речи, которая
делятся на:
соединяет
 сочинительные
предложения и слова  подчинительные
внутри предложения
11
houses
my sister
my sister’s
red
interesting
good
better
the best
two
the second
I
my
myself
this
what
which
something
to live
lived
lived
living
fast
faster
the fastest
near
into
after
by
and, but
that, because
ЧЛЕНЫ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Предложением называется сочетание слов, выражающее законченную мысль.
Слова, входящие в состав предложения и отвечающие на какой-нибудь вопрос, называются
членами предложения. Члены предложения делятся на главные и второстепенные.
Главные члены предложения — подлежащее и сказуемое;
Второстепенные члены предложения — дополнение, определение и обстоятельства.
Член предложения
Подлежащее
Сказуемое
Определение
Вопросы
член предложения, обозначающий
предмет или лицо, о котором что-либо
говорится в предложении
член предложения, обозначающий то,
что говорится о подлежащем
Дополнение
второстепенный член предложения, который обозначает предмет и отвечает на
вопросы, соответствующие в русском
языке вопросам косвенных падежей как
с предлогом, так и без него
Обстоятельство
второстепенные члены предложения,
которые обозначают, как или при каких
обстоятельствах совершается действие
Обстоятельства могут обозначать:
1) время;
2) место;
3) образ действия;
4) причину;
5) цель;
6) степень
кто? что?
что делает подлежащее?
что делается с
подлежащим?
кем или чем является
подлежащее?
кого
чего?
что?
кому?
чему?
кем?
чем?
о ком?
о чем?
когда?
где?
как?
зачем?
почему?
в какой степени?
ПОРЯДОК СЛОВ В АНГЛИЙСКОМ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИИ
В любом английском предложении существует строгий порядок слов.
 Порядок слов в утвердительном предложении
Обстоятельство
времени или
Подлежащее
Сказуемое
места
The train
Поезд
We
Нам
has started off.
тронулся.
liked
понравилась
12
Дополнение
the new flat
новая квартира
Обстоятельство
very much.
очень.
Tomorrow
Завтра
I
я
will see
увижу
him.
его.
Сказуемое состоит из вспомогательного и основного глагола. (Кроме Present Simple и Past
Simple).
Перед подлежащим может стоять только обстоятельство времени или места.
 Порядок слов в отрицательном предложении
Сказуемое
ОбстояОтрицательство
ВспомогаПодлежащее
тельная
Основной
времени
тельный
частица
глагол
или места
глагол
not
The train
Поезд
We
Нам
Tomorrow I
Завтра
я
has
not
не
not
не
did
will
started off.
тронулся.
like
the new flat
понравилась новая
квартира
see
him.
увижу
его.
not
не
 Порядок слов в вопросительных предложениях
Вопрос к подлежащему
ВспомогаWho (кто) What
тельный
Основной глагол
(что)
глагол
Who
Кто
What
Что
knows
знает
happened
случилось
has
Дополнение
Дополнение
Обстоятельство
very much.
очень.
Обстоятельство
this man?
этого человека?
today?
сегодня?
В Present Simple и Past Simple вспомогательные глаголы в вопросе а подлежащему не
употребляются.
Общий вопрос
Вспомогательный
глагол
Do
Подлежащее
you
Вы
you
Вы
Will
Специальный вопрос
ВопросиВспомогательное
тельный глагол
слово
What
Что
When
Когда
is
will
Основной глагол
knows
знаете
see
увидите
Дополнение
this man?
этого человека?
him
его
Подлежащее
Основной
глагол
he
он
you
Вы
doing
делает
see
увидите
13
Дополнение
Обстоятельство
tomorrow?
завтра?
Обстоятельство
now?
сейчас?
him?
его?
Альтернативный вопрос строится как общий с добавлением альтернативы с союзом or (или).
Will you see him tomorrow or next week?
Вы увидите его завтра или на следующей неделе?
Did she or her sister come yesterday?
Она или её сестра приходила вчера?
Разделительный вопрос бывает двух видов:
Утвердительное предложение
Julia will see him tomorrow,
Джулия увидит его завтра,
Отрицательная часть
ВспомогаОтрицательная
Местоимение
тельный глагол
частица not
will
not
she?
не
так
ли?
Утвердительная часть
ВспомогаМестоимение
тельный глагол
will
he?
не так
ли?
Отрицательное предложение
Jake will not see him tomorrow,
Джейк не увидит его завтра,
Выбор местоимения во второй части разделительного вопроса зависит от подлежащего.
Вторая часть разделительного вопроса переводится на русский язык «не так ли?», «не правда
ли?», «правда?», «так ведь?».
 Порядок слов в повелительных предложениях
в утвердительной форме
Глагол
Дополнение
Stop
Перестаньте
talking
разговаривать
Обстоятельство
now.
сейчас же.
в отрицательной форме
Глагол
Do + not
Don’t
Не
tell
говори
Дополнение
him
ему
Обстоятельство
today.
сегодня.
При выражении волеизъявления, обращенного к первому или третьему лицу
в утвердительной форме
Let
Let
Давай
Let
Позвольте
Местоимение или
Инфинитив
существительное без частицы to
us
meet
встретимся
me
introduce
мне
представить
Дополнение
here
здесь
my friend.
моего друга.
Обстоятельство
tomorrow.
завтра.
в отрицательной форме
Do +
not
Don’t
Не
Местоимение
Инфинитив
или
без
Дополнение Обстоятельство
существительное частицы to
let
them
leave
us
tonight.
позволяйте им
уезжать
от нас
сегодня вечером.
let
14
Пусть
они
не уезжают
НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ АНГЛИЙСКОГО ЯЗЫКА
IRREGULAR VERBS
V1
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
V2
Неопределенная
Прошедшее время
форма
arise
be
bear
become
begin
bend
bind
bite
bleed
blow
break
breed
bring
build
burn
buy
cast
catch
choose
come
cost
cut
dig
do
draw
dream
drink
drive
eat
fall
feed
feel
fight
find
flee
fly
forget
get
give
go
grow
arose
was, were
bore
became
began
bent
bound
bit
bled
blew
broke
bred
brought
built
burnt
bought
cast
caught
chose
came
cost
cut
dug
did
drew
dreamt
drank
drove
ate
fell
fed
felt
fought
found
fled
flew
forgot
got
gave
went
grew
V3
Причастие
прошедшего
времени
arisen
been
born
become
begun
bent
bound
bit
bled
blown
broken
bred
brought
built
burnt
bought
cast
caught
chosen
come
cost
cut
dug
done
drawn
dreamt
drunk
driven
eaten
fallen
fed
felt
fought
found
fled
flown
forgotten
got
given
gone
grown
15
Значение
подниматься
быть, являться
родить
сделаться, стать
начинать(ся)
гнуть
связывать
кусать(ся)
истекать кровью
дуть
ломать(ся)
воспитывать
приносить
строить
гореть, жечь
покупать
кидать
ловить, схватывать
выбирать
приходить
стоить
резать
рыть, копать
делать
тащить; рисовать
мечтать; видеть во сне
пить
вести, гнать
есть, кушать
падать
кормить
чувствовать
бороться, сражаться
находить
бежать; спасаться
летать
забывать
получать; становиться
давать
идти, ходить
расти, становиться
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
hang
have
hear
hide
hold
keep
know
lead
learn
leave
lend
let
light
lose
make
mean
meet
put
read
ride
rise
run
say
see
sell
send
set
shake
shine
shoot
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
smell
speak
spend
spoil
spread
spring
stand
steal
strike
strive
swear
swim
take
teach
tear
tell
think
hung
had
heard
hid
held
kept
knew
led
learnt
left
lent
let
lit
lost
made
meant
met
put
read
rode
rose
ran
said
saw
sold
sent
set
shook
shone
shot
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
smelt
spoke
spent
spoilt
spread
sprang
stood
stole
struck
strove
swore
swam
took
taught
tore
told
thought
hung
had
heard
hidden
held
kept
known
led
learnt
left
lent
let
lit
lost
made
meant
met
put
read
ridden
risen
run
said
seen
sold
sent
set
shaken
shone
shot
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
smelt
spoken
spent
spoilt
spread
sprung
stood
stolen
struck
striven
sworn
swum
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
16
вешать, висеть
иметь
слышать
прятать
держать
держать, хранить
знать
вести
учить(ся)
оставлять, покидать
давать взаймы
позволять
зажигать
терять, проигрывать
делать
значить
встречать
класть
читать
ездить верхом
подниматься
бежать
сказать
видеть
продавать
посылать
помещать; устанавливать
трясти
сиять, блестеть
стрелять
закрывать
петь
погружаться
сидеть
спать
нюхать, пахнуть
говорить
тратить
портить
распространять
прыгать
стоять
красть; похищать
ударять
бороться
клясться
плавать
брать
обучать
разрывать, рвать
сказать
думать
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
throw
understand
wear
weep
win
wind
write
threw
understood
wore
wept
won
wound
wrote
thrown
understood
worn
wept
won
wound
written
17
бросать
понимать
носить, изнашивать
плакать
выигрывать, побеждать
крутить, заводить (часы)
писать
МОДУЛЬ 1
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [i:], узнавать его на слух и в тексте, знать с
помощью сочетания каких букв он образуется;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом -er
 Образовывать и употреблять единственное и множественное число
существительных и существительные в притяжательном падеже;
 Рассказать и написать о себе и своей семье;
 Приветствовать и прощаться.
1.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [I:]
Звук
Употребление
Примеры
[i:]
e в открытом слоге
ee, ea
be, Pete
street, sea
ie + согласная
field
1. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
see
seed
seat
fee
feed
feet
be
bead
beat
he
heed
heat
pea
peas
peace
knee
knees
niece
feel
field
meal
reel
wheel
zeal
being
seeing
evening
eager
easy
teacher
beef-tea
sea-captain
knee-deep
sea-coast
beam-ends
sea-breeze
2. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
1. Pleased to meet you.
2. Please be seated.
3. A pea for a bean.
4. Extremes meet.
5. Greek meets Greek.
6. Pete eats chiefly meat.
7. Steve is eager to please the teacher.
8. How about meeting my people at three?
9. The teacher has every reason to be displeased.
10. My niece feels seedy.
11. It's extremely sweet of Lea.
12. He speaks Chinese and Japanese with equal ease.
3. Слушайте, смотрите. Обратите внимание на произношение звука [i:] как в слове tea.
I
1. Can you read tealeaves, Peter?
2. I can read yours, Eve.
1. What can you see?
2. I can see the beach and the sea and two people – Eve and Peter.
1. Can't you see three?
18
2. No, Eve. Just you and me. I can't see aunt Frieda at all.
II
1. These feet are in a terrible condition. They need treatment.
2. I agree, doctor. My feet do need treatment.
1. The treatment for these feet is to eat lots of green vegetables. But don't eat meat for at least a
week.
2. No meat, doctor?
1. I repeat: You must not eat meat for at least a week.
2. But I do eat green vegetables, doctor. And don't eat meat at all.
1. Then you don't seem to need the treatment.
2. But doctor, my feet...
1. Next person, please!
4. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте. Обращайте внимание на интонацию (см. 3).
5. Прочитайте диалоги в парах (см. 3).
6. Постарайтесь прочитать скороговорку как можно быстрее:
A sailor went to sea.
To see what he could see.
And all he could see,
Was sea, sea, sea.
1.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКСЫ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –ER/-OR
Суффиксы –er/-or являются суффиксами существительных, обозначающих исполнителей
того действия, на которое указывает глагол.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(глагол)
(существительное)
to play
играть
player
игрок
to write
писать
writer
писатель
to read
читать
reader
читатель
to sing
петь
singer
певец
to win
побеждать
winner
победитель
to direct
руководить
director
директор
to visit
посещать
visitor
посетитель
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –er и переведите их:
design, deal, drive, instruct, garden, lose, inspect, joke, teach, keep, speak, farm, manage
1.3 ГРАММАТИКА
THE NOUN
ИМЯ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ
1.3.1 THE PLURAL FORMS OF NOUNS
МНОЖЕСТВЕННОЕ ЧИСЛО СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ
19
Способы образования множественного числа существительных:
Окончание добавляется к большинству существительных:
-s
A door – doors, a book – books, a house – houses
Если существительное оканчивается на -s, -ss, -sh, -ch, -tch, -x:
-es
A bus – buses, a class – classes, a dish – dishes, a match – matches,
a fox - foxes
Если существительное оканчивается на –у с предшествующей согласной,
Coгласная+y=i+es во мн. числе –у меняется на –i:
A lady – ladies, a poppy – poppies
Если существительное оканчивается на –о:
-o= -o+es
A hero – heroes (HO: a piano – pianos, a photo – photos)
Если существительное оканчивается на –f, во мн.числе –f меняется на –v:
A half – halves, a wife – wives, a loaf – loaves (HO: a roof – roofs, chief –
-f= -v+es
chiefs, a handkerchief – handkerchiefs)
Некоторые существительные образуют форму множ. числа не по правилам:
A man – men, a woman – women, a tooth – teeth, a foot –
Изменением гласной корня
feet, a goose – geese, a mouse – mice
Прибавлением окончания –en
A child – children, an ox – oxen
Не изменяя форму
A sheep – sheep, a fish – fish, a deer – deer,
Cуществительные, употребляемые только в единственном числе:
Имена вещественные
Water, ink, milk
Абстрактные понятия
Love, friendship
Только с глаголом в ед.числе
Information, advice, news, knowledge, money, success, progress,
furniture, series, hair
Существительные, употребляемые только во множественном числе:
Trousers, jeans, shorts, pyjamas, tights, glasses, spectacles,
Только с глаголом во мн.числе
scissors, clothes, goods, scales, police
Произношение окончания:
[s] – если основа оканчивается на глухой звук
[z] – если основа оканчивается на звонкий или гласный звук
[iz] – если основа оканчивается на свистящий или шипящий звук
1. Выберите правильный вариант формы множ. числа:
1) class
a) classes
b) classs
2) chair
a) chaires
b) chairs
3) bush
a) bushs
b) bushies
4) baby
a) babys
b) babies
5) tomato
a) tomatoes
b) tomatos
6) leaf
a) leafs
b) leafes
7) woman
a) womans
b) womanes
8) child
a) children
b) childs
9) deer
a) deers
b) deer
20
Books, lamps
Beds, toys, heroes
Boxes, bridges
c) classies
c) chairres
c) bushes
c) babyes
c) tomatoies
c) leaves
c) women
c) childes
c) deeres
10) foot
11) mouse
12) ox
13) sheep
14) play
15) task
a) foots
a) mice
a) oxes
a) sheeps
a) plaies
a) tasks
b) footes
b) mouses
b) oxs
b) sheepes
b) plays
b) taskes
c) feet
c) mices
c) oxen
c) sheep
c) playes
c) task
2. Подчеркните существительные: одной чертой – в единственном числе,
двумя – во множественном:
1. The centre of the pie was made from
7.
The typist has done everything by five
apples.
o'clock.
2. Follow these rules, please.
8.
The door is white.
3. I am from Moscow.
9.
There are many roses in the yard.
4. The vase is on the table.
10. The English like marmalade.
5. It is winter.
11. His pocket was full of sweets.
6. Did Mike give a pen to Kostya?
12. I like these roses.
3. Выберите правильную форму глагола to be, которая подходит к этим существительным
a) is; b) are.
1. spectacles
6. trousers
11. coal
16. shorts
21. glasses
2. clothes
7. advice
12. news
17. knowledge
22. binoculars
3. snow
8. ink
13. hair
18. cream
23. physics
4. progress
9. kindness
14. mathematics 19. scissors
24. pyjamas
5. politics
10. money
15. watch
20. information 25. police
4. Образуйте множественное число:
Pupil, tea, vase, weather, month, man, hotel, leaf, team, telephone, bread, hero, money, poppy, toy
5. Поставьте подчеркнутые существительные во множественное число. Произведите в
предложениях все необходимые изменения:
1. The wife of the sailor came to the shore. 6. In our country a woman is equal to a man.
2. There is an angry wolf in the forest.
7. Put this knife on the table.
3. Their child studies very well.
8. The story is thrilling.
4. There is a new house in our street.
9. There is a deer near our cottage.
5. He keeps his toys in the box.
10. Our chief is very polite.
6. Поставьте существительные во множественное число и составьте с ними предложения:
Money, berry, cliff, valley, friendship, forest, pin, hero, child, carpet, wolf, photo, glasses, fox, thief.
7. Поставьте существительные во множественное число и составьте с ними диалоги:
Match, mosquito, Lady, box, wife, chief, loaf, grief, spy, memory, knife, piano, handkerchief, safe,
tomato, potato
1.3.2 THE CASE
ПАДЕЖ
Образование падежей:
The Common Case (Общий)
Нет окончания
The Possessive Case (Притяжательный)
Выражает принадлежность
Окончание –‘s или –‘
21
Единственное число
Aunt - тётя
Aunt’s house – дом тёти
Dog – собака
Dog’s name – имя собаки
Father - отец
Father’s book – отцовская книга
James - Джеймс
James’s friend – друг Джеймса
Множественное число
Horses - лошади
Horses’ races – лошадиные скачки
Dogs - собаки
Dogs’ masters – хозяева собак
Существительные, не имеющие окончания –(е)s во множественном числе, образуют
притяжательный падеж множественного числа так же, как существительные в единственном
числе – путем прибавления окончания –s, например: children’s literature – детская литература.
Употребление притяжательного падежа:
1) с одушевлёнными существительными
Kate’s room – Катина комната
Dickens’ novels – романы Диккенса
2) с неодушевлёнными существительными, обозначающими предметы и понятия:
названия стран, городов, судов, обозначающими время, расстояние, место, вес, стоимость
today’s newspaper – сегодняшняя газета
Moscow’s museums – московские музеи
At my friend’s – у моего друга
a year’s absence – годичное отсутствие
Mum and Dad’s room – комната мамы и папы ( если принадлежность относится к двум или
более лицам, то окончание притяжательного падежа прибавляется к последнему
существительному)
Притяжательная конструкция подобного типа может быть заменена конструкцией с
предлогом of:
A lady’s address – the address of a lady
1. Выберите правильный вариант перевода:
1. сонеты Шекспира
a) Shakespeare’s sonnets
2. недельный отпуск
a) a week’s holiday
3. чемпионат мира
a) worlds’ championship
4. аптека
a) the chemist’s
5. собор св.Павла
a) St.Paul’s Cathedral
6. хвост кошки
a) cats’ tail
7. танец Улановой
a) Ulanova’s dancing
8. комнаты студентов
a) students’ rooms
9. расстояние в 1 милю
a) a mile’s distance
10. музеи мира
a) world’s museums
b) Shakespeares’ sonnets
b) a weeks’ holiday
b) world’s championship
b) the chemists’
b) St.Pauls’ Cathedral
b) cat’s tail
b) Ulanovas’ dancing
b) student’s rooms
b) a miles’ distance
b) worlds’ museums
2. Замените предлог of притяжательным падежом:
1. The wife of your teacher.
7. The address of a lady.
2. The order of the commander-in-chief.
8. A distance of two miles.
3. The novel of Dickens.
9. The theatres of Moscow.
4. The life of a writer.
10. The rays of the sun.
5. The ball of the boys.
11. The population of England.
6. The mother of May and Ann.
12. The children of my sister Irene.
22
3. Переведите предложения:
1. I like the book "Alice's Adventures in Wonderland".
2. Vika's mother is a hard-working woman.
3. Tanya's grandmother is a lawyer.
4. 'The Jolly Beggars" was Robert Burns's favorite poem.
5. Irene has got a nice face. Irene's face is nice.
6. Julia's eyes are green.
7. Nick is a very handsome boy. Nick's build is athletic.
8. The teacher wants to see children’s pictures.
4. Вставьте s, ‘s или s’ там, где это необходимо:
1. This is a new addition of Esenin ... poem... .
2. That man was Vera ... and Nelly ... old teacher of music.
3. Those were Nick ... and Kate ... parents.
4. We spent a week ... holiday at the Norton ... .
5. The book is neither John ... nor Mary... .
6. Tchaikovsky ... house in Klin is now a museum.
7. Many a time did he rewrite some of his novel ... chapter ... before submitting it to the reader ...
judgement.... .
8. There was a moment... silence between them.
9. Bob... friend... live in his parent... house.
10. The boy... got their first week... salary and were very happy.
11. The ship... crew consisted of foreign sailors.
12. What was the car... number?
5. Выберите между -‘s, -s’ или …of…
1. the attic/the house
a) the house's attic;
b) the houses’ attic;
c) the attic of the house.
2. the house/the parents/Fred
a) Fred's parents's house;
b) Fred's parents' house;
c) the house of Fred's parents.
3. the bottom/the page
a) the bottom of the page;
b) the page's bottom;
c) the pages' bottom.
4. the garden/our parents
a) our parents' garden;
b) our parents's garden;
c) the garden of our parents.
5. the letter/yesterday
a) yesterdays' letter;
b) yesterday's letter;
c) the letter of yesterday.
6. the wife/Gerald
a) Geralds' wife;
b) Gerald's wife;
c) the wife of Gerald.
7. the name/this town
23
a.) this town's name;
b) this towns' name;
c) the name of this town.
8. the social policy/the country
a) the country's social policy;
b) the social policy of the country;
c) the countrys' social policy.
9. the wedding/my friend
a) the wedding of my friend;
b) my friends' wedding;
c) my friend's wedding.
10. the son/the woman walking in the park
a) the son of the woman walking in the park;
b) woman's son walking in the park;
c) the wоmans' son walking in the park.
1.4 ЛЕКСИКА
MY FAMILY AND I
МОЯ СЕМЬЯ И Я
1. Прочитайте текст.
My name is Tanya Bobrova. I am 17. I was born on the 5th of March in Angask.
My family is not very large. We have five people in our family. I live with my parents, my
younger sister and my grandmother. My father's name is Vladimir Ivanovich. He is forty years old. He is
a doctor and he works at a hospital. My mother's name is Lyudmila Leonidovna. She is thirty-nine years
old. She is a housewife. My younger sister Natasha is a pupil. She is in the seventh form. My
grandmother lives with us. She doesn't work. She is a pensioner. I love my family. We are all friends
and we love each other.
We live in a big flat in a new house. There are four rooms in our flat: a living room, a study, two
bedrooms, a kitchen, and a bathroom. We have all modem conveniences: gas, hot water, running water,
electricity and telephone.
I have my duties about the house. I must go shopping, clean the rooms. It's not difficult for me. I
want our home to be clean and tidy. I think there is no place better than home.
Last year I finished school number 92. We had many well-educated teachers at our school. I was a
good pupil and I did well in all subjects. My favourite subjects at school were Mathematics, Russian and
English. Now I'm a first course student of the college.
I have many friends. Most of them are my classmates. We spend much time together, go for a walk
or to a disco party, talk about lessons, music, and discuss our problems.
I like reading. I like detective stories but I prefer to read historical novels or modern writers. I like
to listen to modern music, but sometimes I like to listen to some classical music. My favourite composer
is Tchaikovsky. I haven't much time to watch TV but sometimes I spend an hour or two watching an
interesting film or a news programme. In the evening I often look through fresh newspapers or read
some interesting book. I like fresh air and exercises, but I have not much time to go in for sports.
2. Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. to be born – родиться
16. electricity [ilek'trsiti]— электричество
2. family – семья
17. go shopping – ходить в магазин
3. parents ['pear(e)nts] — родители
18. clean the rooms - убирать комнаты
4. housewife — домохозяйка
19. tidy['taidi] — опрятный
5. younger — младшая
20. educated ['edjukertid]— образованный
24
6. pupil – ученик, школьник
7. pensioner — пенсионер
8. flat - квартира
9. living room — жилая комната
10. study — кабинет
11. bathroom — ванная, туалет
12. bedroom — спальня
13. modern — современный
14. conveniences — удобства
15. running water — холодная вода
21. favourite — любимый
22. subject – предмет (учебный)
23. spend time – проводить время
24. go for a walk - гулять
25. look through - просматривать
26. to go in for sports — заниматься
спортом
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is your name?
2. How old are you?
3. Where do you live?
4. How large is your family?
5. What are your father and mother?
6. How many rooms are there in your flat?
7. What conveniences have you got?
8. What are your duties about the house?
9. What was your favourite subject at school?
10. What books do you like to read?
11. What music do you like to listen to?
12. Do you go in for sports?
4.
Составьте рассказ о себе, заполнив пропуски.
1. My name is ...
2. I am ... years old.
3. I was born on ... in ...
4. We live in a... There are ... rooms in our flat: … and a ...We have all modern conveniences:
…
5. I have my duties about the house. I must … I always help my ... about the house.
6. I finished school number... My favourite subjects at school were … and ... Now I'm a ...
7. I like reading. I like to read ... and I also like to read ...
8. I like to listen to modern music. I like to listen to... My favourite composer is ...
9. I like to watch TV. My favourite programmes are ...
10. Now I'm a student of... We have many subjects at... My favourite subjects are...
1.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
GREETINGS – FAREWELLS
ПРИВЕТСТВИЕ - ПРОЩАНИЕ
1. Прочитайте и выучите:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A. Ways of greeting and saying good-bye. Как приветствовать и прощаться
Hello! – Здравствуйте!
How do you do? – Здравствуйте (при первом знакомстве)
(Good) morning. – Доброе утро.
(Good) afternoon. – Добрый день.
(Good) evening. – Добрый вечер.
25
6. How are you? – Как поживаете?
7. Hi! (amer.) – Привет!
8. How are things? – Как дела?
9. How's life? – Как жизнь?
10.Good bye. – До свидания.
11.Bye (bye-bye). – Пока.
12.See you (later, soon, etc.) – До скорого.
13.Nice to see you. – Рад повидаться.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
В. Ways of responding to greetings and farewells. Как ответить на приветствие и прощание
Fine, thanks. How are you? – Прекрасно, спасибо. А как вы?
Fine/OK. – Прекрасно/ окей.
Very well (indeed)/Quite well (really). – Очень хорошо.
Not too/so bad. – Неплохо.
So-so-. – Так себе.
2. Отреагируйте на следующее:
1. Hello! How are you? 2. Hi! How's life? 3. Bye, see you later. 4. Nice to see you.
3. Выполните следующие действия:
1. Say good-bye to...
a) a friend who is going away for a long time;
b) a friend called John;
c) someone you'll see again in the evening.
2. Greet...
a) a formal acquaintance;
b) a very close friend.
4. Используйте следующие ситуации. Работайте в парах.
a) Вы встречаете вашего близкого друга на центральной улице. У вас очень мало времени.
Поприветствуйте его, скажите, что позвоните ему вечером, попрощайтесь. Слушайте вашего
собеседника, реагируйте на его реплики.
b) Вас окликает ваш близкий друг. Спросите, как он поживает. Не забывайте реагировать на его
реплики.
1.6 ПИСЬМО
1.
Напишите рассказ о своей семье. Используйте текст “My Family and I”, лексику к
тексту и опорные фразы:
1. We have ... people in our family.
2. I live with …
3. My father's name is ... He is ... years old. He is a ... and he works ...
4. My mother's name is ... She is... years old. She is a ...
5. I have a (younger/elder sister/brother). He/she is a ... She is in the … form.
6. My grandmother/ grandfather lives…
2.
Напишите ответ на письмо.
Dear friend,
Thank you very much for you letter. You ask me about my family and how I spend my free time. I
live with my parents and my younger brother Peter. My mother likes cooking. She cooks very nice food
— steaks, fried chicken, vegetable salads, and cakes. For dessert we often have ice-cream and coffee.
On Sunday my grandparents often come to dinner to our place. My father likes sport and he plays
26
football very well. On Sundays we often play football together and sometimes we go to the movies.
Peter doesn't like sport. He never plays football with me. He likes riding a bike. And how do you spend
your free time?
Best wishes.
Your friend, John
1.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 1
1. Прочитайте текст.
1. Edward Coke was an army officer, but he is in prison now. Every day is exactly the same for him.
It is winter now and Coke and all the other men get up at six, it is still cold and dark. They have
breakfast at six thirty. Some of the men work in the prison factory, but Coke often works outside.
2. The men have lunch at twelve. Then the men go back to work again. Dinner is at six. Coke
usually reads after dinner untill nine thirty. The lights go out at ten.
The day is long and hard and every man has a lot of time to think. They usually think about why
they are there. Coke does. He always thinks about two men.
3. One of the men is Eric Masters. He used to be an army officer, just like Coke. Coke knows that
Masters has a lot of money now. The second man's name is Hugo. That is all Coke knows about him.
Masters knows where and who Hugo is, but Coke doesn't.
Every night Coke lies in bed and thinks about Eric Masters and Hugo. There is another thing he
thinks about, too. Escaping. He wants to escape and find Masters, and then the other man. Coke is in
prison for something he didn't do.
(221 words)
2. Найдите в тексте следующие слова и выражения.
a) тюремная фабрика;
b) армейский офицер;
c) все еще холодно и темно;
d) снова возвращаются к работе;
e) читает после ужина;
f) знает где Хьюго и кто он;
g) за то, чего он не совершал.
3. Выберите правильный вариант.
1. Every day is...
a) the same;
b) different for him;
c) interesting for him.
2. Work begins at...
a) half past six;
b) half past seven;
c) five thirty.
3. After dinner Coke usually...
a) sleeps;
b) reads;
c) walks.
4. Coke knows that...
a) Masters has a lot of money;
27
b) Hugo is an army officer;
c) Masters is in prison.
5. Coke wants to escape to...
a) kill Hugo;
b) go home;
c) find Masters.
4. Прочитайте предложения и отметьте верные (Т), неверные (F) и не содержащиеся в
тексте (N).
1) It's cold and dark in the morning.
2) Coke reads untill half to ten.
3) No one in prison has time to think.
4) Coke knows everything about Hugo.
5) Masters was an army officer.
6) Hugo was an army officer.
5. Ответьте на вопросы.
1) Where do people work in prison?
2) What do the people there usually think about?
3) What does Coke know about Eric Masters?
4) What does Coke want to escape for?
28
МОДУЛЬ 2
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [ı], узнавать его на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксами –ist, ism
 Правильно употреблять артикли
 Рассказать и написать о своих друзьях, их внешности, увлечениях;
 Познакомиться с людьми, говорящими по-английски;
2.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [ı]
Звук
[ı]
Употребление
Примеры
i в закрытом слоге
did
y в закрытом слоге
symbol
y в конце многосложных слов
family
1. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
in
it
pity
ill
is
isn't
ditty
fill
his
if
minute
till
thing
miss
women
pill
give
tick
silly
bill
him
pick
wishes
milk
did
myth
village
brills
any
many
city
army
lady
baby
Sunday
2. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
1. Is Mickey in?
2. It isn't cricket.
3. It's the limit.
4. I think it's a bit thick.
5. Biddy is quits with Billy.
6. Willie's quick-witted.
7. Christie will fill the bill.
8. In with him.
9. If it isn't Philip!
10. It is bringing grist to his mill.
11. Kittie is thin-skinned, Minnie is thick-skinned.
3. Слушайте, смотрите. Обратите внимание на различие между [ı] в слове sit и [i:] в слове
seat.
I
— Is this seat free, please?
— No, it isn't. I'm keeping it for Miss Grim.
— Well, can I sit in this seat?
— I'm afraid not. But that seat by the window's free.
— Then I'll sit in.
— But if you sit in that seat you won't see a thing.
29
II
— Is there any meat?
— There is only tinned meat.
— Is it beef? — It's chicken.
— Is it ready to eat?
— Well, you have to heat it before you eat it.
4. Слушайте, смотрите; повторяйте. Обращайте внимание на интонацию.
5. Прочитайте диалоги в парах.
6. Постарайтесь прочитать скороговорку как можно быстрее.
1. Critical cricket critic.
2. A fitful young fisher named Gabriel Fisher.
Once fished for some fish in a fissure,
Till a fish with a grin
Pulled the fisherman in —
Now they are fishing the fissure for Fisher.
fitful — порывистый
fissure — расщелина
grin — ухмылка
2.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –IST
Суффикс –ist является суффиксом существительных, обозначающих принадлежность к
определенной общественной группе, профессии и т.д.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(существительное)
(существительное)
science
наука
scientist
ученый
economy
экономика
economist
экономист
dent
зуб
dentist
дантист
psychology
психология
psychologist
психолог
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(прилагательное)
(существительное)
social
социальный
socialist
социалист
material
материальный
materialist
материалист
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(глагол)
(существительное)
to tour
совершать тур
tourist
турист
to type
печатать на
typist
машинистка
машинке
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ist и переведите их:
theory, piano, art, animal, terror, biology, final, ideal
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –ISM
Суффикс –ism является суффиксом существительных, образованных от существительных
или прилагательных. Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают,
как правило, абстрактные понятия и часто являются заимствованными в русский язык.
30
Исходная форма
(существительное)
capital
капитал
commune
коммуна
athlete
атлет
Исходная форма (прилагательное)
ideal
material
abstractive
идеальный
материальный
абстрактный
Производное слово
(существительное)
capitalism
капитализм
communism
коммунизм
athletism
атлетизм
Производное слово
(существительное)
idealism materialism
идеализм
abstractivism
материализм
абстракционизм
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ism и переведите их:
alcohol, monopoly, individual, progressive, real, collective
Найдите пары антонимов:
1. collectivism
2. materialism
3. atheism
4. abstractivism
5. communism
6. conservatism
7. humanism
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
idealism
realism
capitalism
religionism
individualism
barbarism
progressivism
2.3 ГРАММАТИКА
THE ARTICLES
АРТИКЛИ
Артикль – это служебное слово-определитель существительного, которое не имеет, как
правило самостоятельного значения и на русский язык отдельным словом не переводится.
Употребление артиклей с существительными в единственном числе:
A, an – неопределенный
(относит к классу)
1. Если перед существительным (с
определением перед ним или без
него) можно поставить: какой-то,
чей-то, один, некоторый, любой:
Here is a letter for you. – Вам (какое-то)
письмо.
2. Впервые упомянутый:
Suddenly I heard a loud cry. - Внезапно я
услышал (чей-то) громкий крик.
3. Один из ряда однотипных:
Christopher Wren was a great English
architect. – Кристофер Рэн был
выдающимся (одним из выдающихся)
английским архитектором.
4. Единичный предмет, не выделяемый
The – Определённый
(индивидуализирует)
1. В значении «этот», «тот», «тот
самый» или уже известный:
That’s the letter you have been expecting. –
Вот то письмо, которое вы ждали.
2. Когда лицо или предмет упомянуты
повторно:
…The cry came from a dark yard. – …Крик
слышался из темного двора. (См. с левой
стороны схемы)
3. Единственный в своём роде:
The second World war began in 1939. –
Вторая мировая война началась в 1939 г.
4. Весь род в целом через название
31
из всего рода или вида:
I took a taxi. – Я взял такси (а не приехал
автобусом или трамваем)
одного предмета:
Тhe taxi is a car with a taxi-meter. – Такси –
это автомобиль, снабжённый счетчиком.
Примечание. Артикль an ставиться перед
существительными, начинающимися с
гласной (an apple – яблоко).
5. Человек или предмет, которому
сопутствует определение, делающее
его неповторимым:
Mozart was the composer she liked best. –
Моцарт был (тем) композитором,
которого она любила больше всех.
Употребление артиклей с существительными во множественном числе:
Артикль не ставится:
The – определённый
1. Когда лица или предметы
1. В значении «вот эти, те, те самые,
неизвестны:
все» или уже известные:
Here are letters for you. – Вот письма для вас Take the letters to the post-office, please. –
(какие-то).
Отнесите эти письма на почту,
пожалуйста.
2. Впервые упомянутые:
2. При повторном упоминании:
I suddenly heard loud cries. – Я вдруг
…The cries came from a dark yard. – Крики
услышал громкие крики.
доносились из тёмного двора. (см. с левой
стороны схемы)
3. Лица или предметы из ряда
3. Единственные в своём роде:
однотипных:
The capitals of many countries are situated on
They have apples and bananas. – У них есть
big rivers. – Столицы многих стран
яблоки и бананы.
расположены на больших реках.
4. Когда говорят о лицах или явлениях,
4. Если речь идёт о признаке,
не конкретизируя их:
объединяющем группу:
May you never have friends in need! – Желаю The friends of my friends are my friends. –
вам никогда не иметь друзей в беде!
Друзья моих друзей – мои друзья.
5. Люди или предметы, которым
сопутствует определение делающее
их неповторимыми:
The big fluffy snow-flakes painted everything
white. – Крупные пушистые хлопья снега
навели на всё белизну.
Отсутствие артикля:
1. Перед неисчисляемыми существительными (вещества, абстрактные понятия,
общественные институты)
2. Перед именами собственными.
3. Если перед существительным стоит указательное или притяжательное местоимение,
количественное числительное
4. Перед временами года, временем суток, месяцев, дней недели.
5. Перед существительными breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper
Определённый артикль the всегда употребляется:
1. Перед порядковыми числительными.
2. Перед названиями океанов, морей, рек, каналов, озёр, горных хребтов, пустынь, сторон
света
32
3. Со словами cinema, theatre, radio, television, перед названиями музыкальных инструментов.
4. Перед названиями музеев, театров, гостиниц, газет, кораблей, галерей.
1. Подставьте в предложение a / an / -1. Swimming is ... great fun. – Плавание – это большое удовольствие.
2. What sort of ... man is he? – Что он за человек?
3. He has more than ... thousand pounds. – У него более тысячи фунтов.
4. The train left half ...hour ago. – Поезд ушёл полчаса назад.
5. He is ... intelligent boy. – Он умный мальчик.
6. Hе tried without success to find ... work. – Он безуспешно пытался найти работу.
7. Jack London is … American writer. – Джек Лондон – американский писатель.
2. Подставьте в предложение the / -1. My little sister will go to ... school next year. - Моя сестрёнка пойдёт в школу в будущем
году.
2. My mother left... school 25 years ago. – Моя мама закончила школу 25 лет назад.
3. Pete goes to ... cinema twice a month. – Пит ходит в кино дважды в месяц.
4. ... cotton of Egypt is exported to many countries. – Египетский хлопок экспортируется во
многие страны.
5. ... Nile flows into ... Mediterranean. – Нил впадает в Средиземное море.
6. At what time is... lunch? – Во сколько второй завтрак?
7. Mary can speak ... Spanish. – Мэри говорит по-испански.
3. Подставьте в предложение a / an / -1. There were many dogs in the park. One dog was ... Dalmatian.
2. Pandas and ... tigers are both endangered animals.
3. She is wearing ... blue dress with red earrings.
4. Hawaii is ... island in the Pacific Ocean.
5. Christmas comes once... year.
6. ... ant is ... insect.
7. The Nile is ...river.
8. I went to the shop to get... bread.
9. He broke ... glass when he was washing dishes.
10. You should take ... umbrella
4. Подставьте в предложение the / -1. Douglas speaks …Italian better than ... English.
2. ... flies are harmful insects.
3. The boy was sent to ... prison to take a letter.
4. .... football is more popular game than ... hockey.
5. .... red, ... green, and ... yellow are beautiful colours.
6. ... honesty is the best policy.
7. ... British are not in the habit of paying compliments.
8. God made... country, and... man made... town.
9. His brother is in … prison for robbery.
10. Look at … window!
5. Подставьте в текст a / an / the / -- и переведите его.
ABOUT FASHION
At ___(1) beginning of ____ (2) century, very young girls and boys all wore dresses, and had
____(3) long, sometimes curly, hair. ___(4)big change started in ___(5) late 1950s when teenagers
adopted ____(6) blue jeans and T-shirts.____(7) whole range of __(8)clothes was made for ___(9)
33
young people in ____(10) 1960s and after. _____ (11) fashion became colourful and ex citing, changed
fast, and was designed for ___ young people. In ___(13) early 1990s many adults copied ____(14)
bright tracksuits and trainers their children wore.
Men's clothes have changed __(15) lot.____(l6) 16th century, gentlemen’s clothes were brightly
coloured, and ___(17) cloth was patterned, and embroidered. In the 17th century ____(18) wealthy man
had silver buckles on his shoes and ___(19) lace at ___ (20) end of his sleeves. He could be fashionable
because he was rich. However, not every fashion started with ____ (21) wealthy. Trousers were worn by
____(22) working men in the 18th century, but, by ___(23)beginning of ___(24) 19th century, they were
also worn by ___(25) fashionable men.
6. Составьте из данных слов предложения, переведите их на русский язык. Вставьте
артикли там, где это необходимо:
1. Ocean, Sea. Is, Kingdom, North, and, washed, United, Sea, Atlantic, by, Irish.
2. Can, you, forests, mountains, deep, extensive, see, in. Stales, heavy, and. high, United, and,
deserts, canyons.
3. Biggest, on Glasgow, Clyde, stands, Scotland's, city.
4. Russia, flat, is, mostly. relief, the, of.
5. River. Darling, in, is, Australia, longest.
6. Heavy, is, with, Siberia, covered, forests.
7. Many, from, animals, America, attract, Australia, unique, and, of, Europe, tourists.
8. Baikal, very, types, and, live, there, water, is, fish, and, many, in, clear, of, plants
9. Lakes, people, holidays, like, spend, of, Karelia, here, who, rich, in, fishing, are, their, and, fish,
many.
10. River, in, Thames, England, the deepest, is
2.4 ЛЕКСИКА
MY FRIENDS
МОИ ДРУЗЬЯ
Прочитайте текст.
I have many friends but my best friend is Peter. He is fifteen. Now we are first year students of the
college. He is a good student because he studies hard and is very diligent. He wants to become a good
specialist. He often helps me with my English lessons and I'm grateful to him for that. We made friends
with Peter when he and his family moved to our house. We have very much in common: we like the
same music, we both like reading.
Now a few words about his appearance. He is rather tall, strong and well-built. He has an oval
face, straight nose, dark-brown hair, blue eyes and a nice smile. People find him good-looking. Peter is a
good sportsman. He goes in for sports. He plays football and basketball well.
I have another friend. Her name is Natasha. She is a schoolgirl and she lives next door. She is a
blonde with blue eyes, she is slim and pretty. She has long fair hair. She likes riding a bike and computer
games.
I like all my friends very much. I think they are all my faithful friends.
1.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
first year students – студенты первокурссники
to study hard — усердно учиться
diligent — прилежный, старательный
to make friends — подружиться
appearance [ə'piarans] — внешний вид
34
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
3.
rather —довольно
tall [to:l] — высокий
well-built — хорошо сложен
oval— овальный
face — лицо
straight [streit] — прямой
to move — зд. переехать
common — общий
slim — стройная
pretty — красивая (о женщине)
blonde [blond] — блондин(ка)
fair hair — светлые волосы
to ride a bike — ездить на велосипеде
faithful — верный
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. Is it easy for you to make friends?
2. Who is your best friend?
3. How did you make friends?
4. Where does your friend study?
5. How does your friend look like?
6. What kind of sport does your friend like?
7. Do you like to spend your free time with your friends?
8. What are the hobbies of your friends?
2.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
INTRODUCTION
ЗНАКОМСТВО
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1. Прочитайте и выучите:
A
I'd like you to meet... – Я бы хотел познакомить вас с…
Have you met...? – Вы знакомы с…?
Meet Julia. – Познакомься с Джулией.
Let me introduce myself… – Позвольте представиться.
Let me introduce you to… – Позвольте представить вас…
May I introduce you to… - Позвольте представить вас…
В
Hallo... – Здравствуйте.
How do you do? – Здравствуйте (только при первой встече)
С
(I'm) pleased to meet you... – Рад познакомиться.
Nice to meet you. – Приятно познакомиться.
Nice to see you. – Рад вас видеть.
2. Представьте (познакомьте):
1. a close friend/to your mother;
2. yourself/to a new colleague;
3. your teacher/to a friend.
35
3. Прочитайте,а затем инсценируйте диалог. Выучите его наизусть. Составьте свой
диалог по образцу.
“At a Party”
PAUL: And this is Jane.
ПОЛ: А это Джейн.
ROBERT: Hallo, Jane.
РОБЕРТ: Здравствуйте, Джейн.
JANE: Hallo, Robert. Pleased to meet you.
ДЖЕЙН: Здравствуйте, Роберт. Приятно
PAUL: Look who's arrived! John, nice to see
познакомиться.
you. Let me introduce you to my friends.
ПОЛ: Смотрите, кто пришел! Джон, рад
These are Jane and Robert.
тебя видеть. Давай я представлю тебя моим
друзьям. Это Джейн и Роберт.
JOHN: Hallo. I'm very pleased to meet you.
ДЖОН: Здравствуйте. Очень рад
JANE: Nice to meet you too.
познакомиться.
PAUL: Oh, hallo, Mr. Martin. May I introduce ДЖЕЙН: Мы тоже.
you to some friends? Jane Spenser, Robert
ПОЛ: О, здравствуйте, мистер Мартин.
Anderson, John Allwright. This is Mr. Martin, Позвольте представить Вас друзьям. Джейн
my bank manager.
Спенсер, Роберт Андерсон, Джон Олрайт.
Mr. MARTIN: How d'you do? I'm very
Это мистер Мартин, мой банковский
pleased to meet you.
менеджер.
JANE: How d'you do?
МИСТЕР МАРТИН: Здравствуйте. Очень
ROBERT: Nice to meet you.
рад знакомству.
ДЖЕЙН: Здравствуйте.
РОБЕРТ: Приятно познакомиться.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
4. Вы пригласили следующих людей на обед. Они никогда до этого не встречались.
Познакомьте всех присутствующих.
your parents;
your new boy /girl-friend;
his/her brother;
a neighbour (Miss Snow);
a colleague (Steve King)
2.6 ПИСЬМО
1. Напишите рассказ о внешности и характере своего друга (знакомого человека).
Используйте дополнительный словарь и выражения из текста “My friends”:
1. handsome [ 'hǽnsam] — красивый (о мужчине)
2. short— маленького роста
3. stout [staut] — приземистый, коренастый
4. fat [fǽt] — полный, тучный
5. plump ['plΛmp] — полный
6. brunette [bru'net] — брюнет(ка)
7. gray hair — седые волосы
8. chestnut hair— волосы каштанового цвета
9. bold headed [bəuld] — лысый
10. short sighted — близорукий
11. smart, clever, bright — умный(ая)
12. stupid ['stjupid] — тупой, глупый
13. boring — скучный
14. quiet ['kwaiet] — спокойный
15. impulsive [im'pΛlsrv] — порывистый, импульсивный
16. aggressive [a'gresiv] — агрессивный
36
17. rude [rud] — невежливый, грубый
18. shy— застенчивый, робкий; стеснительный
19. active ['ǽktrv] — активный
20. talkative [to:kativ] — разговорчивый
21. enthusiastic— полный энтузиазма, энергии
2.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 2
1. Прочитайте текст.
1. It is six o'clock on a very cold winter evening. People are in their living-rooms and watch news on
television or listen to it on the radio. There is one very important piece of news this evening. It is this.
“In the west of England this evening, hundreds of policemen are looking for a man escaped from
Princeville Prison early this morning. The man's name is Edward Coke. He is thirty years old, six feet
tall, and has black hair and blue eyes. He is in a dark blue prison uniform. The police do not think he can
stay free very long. It is only a few degrees above zero and it is snowing”.
2. The radio is on in an expensive pub in Soho, in the center of London. Most of the people there are
not very interested in the news programme, but one man is. His name is Eric Masters. He is about 45
and is in very expensive clothes. He looks very afraid. There is another man standing next to him in the
bar. Masters asks him a question.
“Did they say the man's name was Coke?”
“Yes, that's right. Coke... Edward Coke. Why? Do you know him?”
“Pardon?”
“Do you know him?”
“No... no, I don't know him... I just wanted to know the man's name, that's all”.
3. In another part of London, a young detective is standing in the office of his chief at Scotland Yard.
The young detective's name is Richard Baxter.
“You knew Coke, didn't you Baxter?”
“Yes, sir. I arrested him four years ago”.
“Yes, I know that, Baxter. That's why I give you this order, now. Find Coke again! You must find
him immediately!”
(285 words)
2. Найдите в тексте следующие слова и выражения и запишите их.
1) одна очень важная новость
2) тюремная форма
3) оставаться на свободе
4) в очень дорогой одежде
5) в кабинете своего шефа
6) я отдаю вам этот приказ
7) несколько градусов
8) выглядит очень испуганным
9) большинство людей
3. Прочитайте предложения и отметьте верные (Т), неверные (F) и не содержащиеся в
тексте (N).
1) Coke is in a dark expensive suit.
2) Masters is in an expensive pub in Soho.
3) A man standing next to Masters is very afraid.
4) Masters doesn't know Coke.
37
5) Baxter knows Coke.
6) Baxter knows how to find Coke.
4. Выберите правильный вариант.
1. Coke has...
a) white hair and brown eyes;
b) black hair and blue eyes;
c) gray hair and blue eyes.
2. The temperature is...
a) a few degrees above zero;
b) zero;
c) a few degrees below zero.
3. Eric Masters...
a) is looking very pleased;
b) is in a hurry;
c) is looking very afraid.
4. Baxters chief gives him the order to arrest Coke because...
a) he arrested him 2 years ago;
b) he didn't arrest him 4 years ago;
c) he arrested him 4 years ago.
5. Ответьте на вопросы.
1) What do people do on a cold winter evening?
2) What is the description of Edward Coke given in the news?
3) Why do the police think he can't stay free very long?
4) How does Eric Masters look like?
5) Why is Richard Baxter given an order to arrest Coke?
6. Выразите основную идею этого эпизода в 3-4 предложениях.
38
МОДУЛЬ 3
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [e], узнавать его на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом -ing,
 Правильно употреблять местоимения;
 Рассказать и написать о том, как проходит ваш день;
 Выразить просьбу, согласие или отказ в просьбе; попросить меню в ресторане у
официанта.
3.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [e]
Звук
[e]
Употребление
e в закрытом слоге
Примеры
pet, met
ea+d
head
1. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
men
pet
better
said
best
bedding
end
neck
merry
gem
left
any
ebb
pence
many
bread
breath
ready
Thames
meant
question
tell
bell
fell
sell
well
text
else
2. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте:
1. Well said
2. Get better
3. Ted'll get wet.
4. The engine went dead.
5. Nell's never felt better.
6. Meg's getting very deaf.
7. Len said he never slept well.
8. Success went to Ned's head.
9. I expect Bell spends a pretty penny on dress.
10. Deb expects to get ready next Wednesday.
3. Слушайте, смотрите. Обратите внимание на различие между [i] в слове bin и [е] в
слове Ben.
I
— Ben?
— Yes, Betty?
— Did you empty the bin?
— Yes, I did empty the bin.
— Did you send the letters?
— Umm.
— And did you finish the fence?
— I did everything, Betty... everything.
39
— But did you remember to...?
— Good night, Betty.
II
— You are getting thinner every minute.
— I'm slimming.
— I don't think slimming is a very good idea.
— But it isn't a very good idea to get heavy, is it?
— Who's heavy?
— Well, you are getting a bit thick round the middle.
4. Слушайте, смотрите, повторяйте. Обращайте внимание на интонацию.
5. Прочитайте диалоги в парах
6. Постарайтесь прочитать скороговорку как можно быстрее:
The net is neat.
This is a neat net.
Ned has not a neat net.
net — сеть
neat — аккуратный
3.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –ING
Суффикс –ing является суффиксом существительных, образованных от глаголов.
Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса являются отглагольными и
обозначают действие, процесс или результат.
to train
to paint
to market
to ship
Исходная форма
(глагол)
тренировать
рисовать (красками)
сбывать на рынке
отгружать
training
painting
marketing
shipping
Производное слово
(существительное)
тренировка
живопись
маркетинг
отгрузка
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ing и переведите их:
to advertise, to shop, to load, to act, to begin, to draw, to freeze, to grow, to hunt, to shoot, to cross
3.3 ГРАММАТИКА
PRONOUNS
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
3.3.1 PERSONAL, POSSESSIVE AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
ЛИЧНЫЕ, ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЕ И ВОЗВРАТНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
Личные
Personal
ИменительОбъектный
ный падеж
падеж
Притяжательные
Possessive
Присоеабсолютные
диняемые
40
Возвратные
Reflexive
Соответствуют частице
Называют,
отвечают на
вопрос
«кто?»
I–я
you – ты
he – он
she –она
it - оно
we – мы
you - вы
they - они
He is a good
student. –
Он хороший
студент.
отвечают на
вопрос
«кого?»,
«кому?»
me – меня,
мне
you –
тебя,тебе
him – его, ему
her – её, ей
it – его, ему
us – нас, нам
you – вас, вас
them – их, им
Определе-ние
к существительному,
«чей?»
my – мой
your – твой
his – его
her – её
its – его
our – наш
your – ваш
their - их
Заменяет
существительное,
«чей?»
mine – мой
yours – твой
his – его
hers – её
its – его
ours – наш
yours – ваш
theirs - их
Will you give
me your pen?
– Дай мне,
пожалуйста,
твою ручку.
Her grandma is
65. – Её
бабушке 65
лет.
Whose book is
it? It is mine. –
Чья это книга?
Моя.
–ся(сь), местоимению
себя, сам
myself – я сам, себя
yourself – ты сам, себя
himself – он сам, себя
herself – она сама, себя
itself – оно само, себя
ourselves – мы сами,
себя
yourselves – вы сами,
себя
themselves -они
сами,себе
We saw it ourselves. –
Мы видели это сами.
She spoke little of herself.
– Она мало говорила о
себе.
Let me introduce myself?
– Позвольте
представиться?
1. Распределите местоимения на 5 колонок:
Личные в
Личные в
Притяжательные Притяжательные
именительном
объектном
Возвратные
присоединяемые
абсолютные
падеже
падеже
Her, yourselves, we, me, theirs, she, my, them, yourself, our, I, us, yours, him, itself, he, mine, you,
their, my, himself, ours, hers, your, us, they, his
2. Выберите личные местоимения:
1) your; 2) she; 3) himself; 4) that; 5) it; 6) who;7) anybody; 8) they; 9) itself; 10) we; 11)nobody; 12)
their; 13) all; 14) I; 15) hers; 16) nothing;17) such; 18) he; 19) everything; 20) that; 21) some; 22) you;
23) oneself; 24) mine; 25) she.
3. Выберите притяжательные местоимения:
1) my; 2) himself; 3) those; 4) whose; 5) ours;6) theirs; 7) any; 8) none; 9) both; 10) his; 11) themselves;
12) your; 13) every; 14) one; 15) these; 16) its; 17) what; 18) another; 19) this; 20) itself; 21) mine; 22)
he; 23) ourselves, 24) our; 25) anybody.
4. Выберите возвратные местоимения
1) such; 2) other; 3) no; 4) myself; 5) oneself; 6) you; 7) who; 8) either; 9) whose; 10) yourselves; 11)
yours; 12) she; 13) everybody; 14) someone; 15) herself; 16) they; 17) nobody; 18) whose; 19) itself;
20) her; 21) themselves; 22) those; 23) which; 24) both; 25) yourself.
5. Вставьте нужное местоимение:
1. I can do it (my/ myself).
2. I know (they/ them).
3. It’s (her/ hers) book.
4. I haven’t seen (he/ him) yet.
41
5. (We/us) have read this book.
6. You know it (yours/ yourself).
6. Вставьте личное местоимение:
1. The students are in the room. I know … .
2. I am at school. Don’t ring … up.
3. Jane is absent. … is late.
4. … it is very difficult.
5. She is clever. Ask … to help us.
7. Вставьте притяжательное местоимение:
1. This is Tom. Have you seen … home library?
2. We have … lunch at 12.
3. I’ll take … key. Will you lake … ?
4. She has a brother. … brother is a manager.
5. We don’t know what to do with … dog. It is very noisy.
8. Вставьте возвратное местоимение:
1. I want to tell you this story … .
2. Go and wash … .
3. She is not pleased with … .
4. My little brother did it … .
5. The girls carried the chairs to the hall … .
9. Вставьте нужное местоимение:
1. Who is … ? She is a famous actress.
2. I enjoyed … at the cinema.
3. My father doesn’t know anything. I didn’t tell ….
4. We could see … in the mirror.
5. ” Is that … pen, Dick?” – “Yes, it’s …”
6. Jim is … name.
7. Jack won’t come. … is ill.
8. I want a good mark. Will you give … an additional task?
9. Don’t say a lie. You know it ….
10. She is a painter. This picture is one of ….
10. Составьте предложения с любыми 10 местоимениями из таблицы.
11. Составьте диалог или рассказ, используя как можно больше местоимений из таблицы.
3.3.2 DEMONSTRATIVE, INTERROGATIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE
PRONOUNS
УКАЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ, ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ И СОЮЗНЫЕ
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
Указательные
Demonstrative
Вопросительные
Interrogative
Союзные
Conjunctive
Указывают на предметы
Служат для образования
Употребляются для связи
42
Единств.
число
this –этот
Множеств.
число
вопросов
who - который
(одушевленные)
that - тот
those - те
what – что, какой
whose - чей
which – который
(неодушевленные)
whom – кому, кого,
кем
This is a book These flowers What color do you prefer? –
for you. –
are mine,
Какой цвет вы
Это книга
those are
предпочитаете?
для вас.
yours. – Эти Whose cap is it? – Чья это
That plane
цветы мои, а кепка?
has flown. –
те твои.
Who is here? – Кто здесь?
Тот самолет
Which of the bags will you
улетел.
take? – Которую из сумок
ты возьмешь?
these-эти
придаточного
определительного
предложения с главным
who – который, кто
that – который, что
whose – чей, которого
which – который
The book which you have
taken is mine. – Книга,
которую ты взял – моя.
Those, who where late will
stay after classes. – Те, кто
опоздал, останутся после
занятий.
The boy, whose father had
come, was glad. – Мальчик,
папа которого пришёл, был
рад.
1.
Выберите указательные местоимения:
1) all; 2) those; 3) each; 4) which; 5) we; 6) theirs;7) ourselves; 8) this; 9) neither; 10)something;11)
such; 12) its; 13) they; 14) that; 15) these; 16) no;17) somebody; 18) my; 19) himself; 20)yours;21)
whose; 22) anybody; 23) it; 24) his; 25) itself
2.
Выберите вопросительные местоимения:
1) who; 2) everything; 3) which; 4) some; 5) this;6) theirs; 7) she; 8) what; 9) that; 10) anything; 11)
nothing; 12) whose; 13) hers; 14) we; 15) every;16) oneself; 17) I; 18) none; 19) all; 20)other;21)
whom; 22) these; 23) neither; 24) their; 25) it
3.
Выберите союзные местоимения:
1) I; 2) whose; 3) both; 4) they; 5) somebody; 6) none;7) himself; 8) our; 9) who; 10) each; 11)this;12)
which; 13) mine; 14) myself; 15) he; 16) those;17) what; 18) any; 19) someone; 20)its; 21) you;22) my;
23) themselves; 24) that; 25) anything.
Выберите нужное местоимение:
(this/ these) is my book, (that/ those) is yours. Take it.
I know a lot of people (who/ which) live in my native town.
(whose/ whom) pen is this?
(that/ this) was a sad story. Everybody kept silence.
I know (that/ what) you said a lie.
(what/ which) do you know about him?
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Вставьте указательное местоимение:
I’ll take … jeans, I don’t like … ones.
Will … students who were late tell the reason of their being late.
”Have you read … letter?” – “Not yet.”
… dress is new, but … is not.
… are yesterday’s newspapers, and … is today’s.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
43
Вставьте вопросительное местоимение:
… of these two books must I read about history of America?
… film is on today?
By … is this work done?
… exercise-book is this? There is no surname.
… is on duty today?
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Вставьте союзное местоимение:
Where are books … I left on the table?
This is a man … I’ve met at the station.
You know … you can leave your luggage here.
Do you know … luggage is left here?
I don’t know any man … can help us.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Вставьте нужное местоимение:
1. … hotel will you stay at?,
2. … stars are so bright.
3. … tie is suit to the shirt, but … one is not.
4. … of American writers do you like best?
5. I saw a woman … came yesterday.
6. I heard … you had passed all your exams.
7. … kitten is sitting there?
8. I’ve brought the book … you gave me last week.
9. … do you think of this play?
10. … is late today?
8.
9.
Составьте предложения с любыми 10 местоимениями из таблицы.
10.
Составьте диалог или рассказ, используя как можно больше местоимений из таблицы.
3.3.3 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
НЕОПРЕДЕЛЁННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
SOME, ANY, NO, EVERY И ИХ ПРОИЗВОДНЫЕ
В отрицательных
предложениях
Употре
бление
Местоимения и их
производные
no – никакой, нет
nobody - никто
no one - никто
none – никто
nothing – ничто, ничего
nowhere – нигде,никуда
any – никакой
anybody – никто
anyone – никто
anything – ничего
anywhere - нигде,
Примеры
There’s no reason to cry. – Нет причин плакать.
Nobody knew him. – Никто его не знал.
No one can do it. – Никто этого не сделает.
None of them came. – Никто из них не пришёл.
We can do nothing. – Мы ничего не можем сделать.
Where are you going? Nowhere. – Куда ты идёшь?
Никуда.
There aren’t any books here. – Здесь нет никаких
книг.
There isn’t anybody in the room. – В комнате никого
нет.
He can’t do anything. – Он ничего не может сделать.
I am not going anywhere. – Я никуда не собираюсь.
44
В утвердительных предложениях
В вопросительных
предложениях
Во всех
типах
предложений
никуда
some - немного,
несколько
somebody – кто-то
someone – кто-нибудь
something – что-то, чтонибудь, кое-что
somewhere – где-то,
куда-нибудь
any – любой
anybody – кто угодно
anyone – любой
anything – что угодно
anywhere – всюду
any – какой-нибудь
anybody – кто-то
anyone – кто-нибудь
anything – что-то
anywhere – где-нибудь
every – каждый
everybody – каждый
everyone – все
everything – всё
everywhere - везде
There is some bread in the kitchen. –
На кухне есть немного хлеба.
Somebody is knocking. – Кто-то стучит.
Someone will come. – Кто-нибудь придёт.
I want to tell you something important. –
Я хочу сказать тебе что-то важное.
He lives somewhere here. – Он живёт где-то здесь.
There are any toys in this shop. – В этом магазине есть
любые игрушки.
Anybody could take it. – Кто угодно мог это взять.
One can buy anything here. – Здесь можно купить
что угодно.
You can go anywhere. – Можешь идти куда угодно.
Do you have any papers? – У тебя есть какие-нибудь
газеты?
Is anyone home? – Кто-нибудь дома?
Is anything wrong? – Что-нибудь не так?
Are you going anywhere? – Ты куда-нибудь
собираешься?
I do it every time. – Я делаю это каждый раз.
Everybody is present. – Все присутствуют.
Everything is ok. – Всё в порядке.
You can find this book everywhere. – Ты найдёшь эту
книгу везде.
Слова с –body и –one имеют одинаковое значение.
1. Найдите неопределённые местоимения:
1. one
7. none
2. everything
8. nobody
3. these
9. other
4. it
10. such
5. his
11. who
6. any
12. somebody
13. nothing
14. hers
15. they
16. oneself
17. anybody
18. neither
2. Переведите подчёркнутые местоимения:
1. There are some people in the room.
2. Do you have any bookshelves on the wall?
3. There are no pictures in this book.
4. Did you find anything in this box?
5. I know nobody here.
6. Are you going anywhere in summer?
7. Everyone must learn the rules.
8. I hear something.
9. Have you seen anyone?
10. Somebody is looking at you.
45
19. all
20. anything
21. whose
22. itself
23. something
24. either
3. Найдите соответствующий перевод:
1. 1) Do you know anyone here?
2) You know everybody here.
3) You don’t know anybody here.
4) Do you know anybody here?
2.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
a) Ты никого здесь не знаешь
b) Ты кого-нибудь здесь знаешь?
c) Ты здесь всех знаешь.
d) Ты здесь знаешь кого-то?
a) Он расскажет мне что-угодно.
b) Он расскажет мне всё.
c) Он мне расскажет что-нибудь?
d) Он мне ничего не расскажет.
e) Он ничего мне не расскажет.
He will tell me nothing.
Will he tell me anything?
He will tell me anything.
He will tell me everything.
He won’t tell me anything.
4. Вставьте соответствующее местоимение:
1. There is (somebody/ anybody) there. – Там кто-то есть.
2. Is there (anybody/ nobody) in the room? – Кто-нибудь есть в комнате?
3. (Nobody/ everybody) knows where he lives. – Никто не знает где он живёт.
4. (Everyone / anybody) is left. – Все уехали.
5. (Anything/ anyone/ everyone) can answer this question. – Любой ответит на этот вопрос.
6. (Something/ someone/ some) is near your car. – Кто-то возле твоей машины.
7. We understand (everything/ something/ nothing). – Мы всё понимаем.
8. (None/ nothing/ no) of them can speak English. – Никто из них не говорит по-английски.
9. She learns 10 English words (every/ everywhere/ everything/ everyone) day. – Она учит по 10
английских слов каждый день.
10. I can’t see (nothing/ anything/ nobody/ anybody). – Я ничего не вижу.
11. (No one/ none/ anybody/ everyone) has seen him. – Никто его не видел.
12. They bought (some/ something/ somewhere) cheese for supper. – Они купили немного сыра на
ужин.
13. (…) is happening. – Что-то происходит.
14. There isn’t (…) on the shelf. – На полке ничего нет.
15. (…) is waiting for Mom. – Все ждут маму.
16. We can’t find your shoos (…). – Мы нигде не можем найти твои ботинки.
5. Вставьте соответствующее местоимение:
1. (Some/ any) books in my library are English.
2. I read (none/ nothing) about Russian culture.
3. He goes to college (everywhere/ every) day.
4. Is there (any/ some) salt on the table.
5. When he entered the room, (everybody/ anything/ every) was there.
6. (Something/ no/ everywhere) happened with my car.
7. Do you have (nothing/ something/ anything) to say?
8. We are going (none/ nowhere/ everything) this summer.
9. If (somewhere/ no one/ somebody/ anything) happens, I will come.
10. (Everyone/ somebody/ someone/ every) enjoyed the movie.
11. They accepted (someone/ nothing/ nowhere/ no) suggestion.
12. Hallo? Is (everywhere/ anybody/ somebody/ nobody) here?
13. Wait a minute. There is (…) in the room.
14. “How do you feel?” – “(…) is all right.”
15. (…) passed the exam. It was very difficult.
16. Can I have (…) more tea, please?
6. Составьте предложения с любыми 10 местоимениями из таблицы.
46
7. Составьте диалог или рассказ, используя как можно больше местоимений из таблицы.
3.3.4 МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ MANY, (A) FEW, MUCH, (A) LITTLE,
ENOUGH, SEVERAL, MOST
Группа слов, выражающая количество:
Слова
many
few
a few
much
little
a little
enough
several
most
Значение
Примеры
много
мало
несколько
много
мало
немного
для исчисляемых many pencils – много карандашей
существительfew students – мало студентов
ных
a few books – несколько книг
much bread – много хлеба
для неисчисл.
существительlittle sugar – мало сахара
ных
a little fish – немного рыбы
enough time – достаточно
достаточно, хватит
времени
several of you – некоторые из
несколько, некоторые
вас
most people – большинство
большинство, самое большее
людей
1. Дайте верный перевод подчёркнутых слов:
1. Give me a little (немного/ достаточно) butter.
2. I have got much (мало/ много) money in my pocket.
3. He starred in many (во многих/ в нескольких) films.
4. I have got enough (достаточно/мало) time.
5. There were few (мало/немного) students in the classroom.
6. He gave me a few (достаточно/несколько) books.
7. She eats little (много/мало) sugar.
8. Most (многие/ большинство) papers wrote about the accident.
9. I saw this man several (много/ несколько) times.
2. Найдите соответствующий перевод:
1. many times
2. few times
3. a few times
4. much time
5. little time
6. a little time
7. enough time
8. several times
9. most times
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
достаточно времени
несколько раз
много раз
большинство раз
мало раз
немного времени
много времени
немного времени
мало времени
3. Переведите предложения, обращая внимание на подчеркнутые слова:
1. Ann doesn't ask many questions in class.
2. Jane is very busy. She has little time.
3. They have their English a few hours a week.
4. He didn't read enough books.
5. I don't want to visit the Smiths because I know too little about them.
47
6. Do you like walking much?
7. You should read these several books at home to improve your language.
8. She knows few French words, but he knows many Russian words.
9. If you work much, most of your marks will be good.
10. The museum was crowded. There were many famous artists.
4. Вставьте нужное слово:
1. I felt so tired because we worked (much/many) on Friday.
2. Tom isn't very popular among his classmates. He has (a little/few) friends.
3. It's rather boring to live there. There's (much/little) to do.
4. Can you lend me (several/many) dollars?
5. We spent (many/most/several) time at the library.
6. I don’t know Latin, only (enough/a little/a few) words.
7. He’s got (most/enough/many) money to buy this disk.
8. They haven’t got (much/a few/many/several) work to do today.
9. He looked (a few/many/a little/most) tired.
10. We bought (little/a little/much/many) toys for our children.
11. You are lucky, my dear friend. You have (most/a few/much/few) problems.
5. Составьте предложения, обращая внимание на подчёркнутые слова, и переведите:
1. people, last, met, many, Sunday, we
2. coffee, I, much, in, drink, the morning, always
3. knows, a few, he, in, words, English, only
4. English, but, he, a little, knows, only
5. times, I, story, told, this, you, several
6. in, enough, the library, there, books, are
3.4 ЛЕКСИКА
MY WORKING DAY
1.
Прочитайте текст.
I am a student of the Angarsk Economical-Low College.
Now, let me describe my usual working day. I usually start my day
with getting up and doing all things that everybody does in the morning:
washing, having breakfast, etc. I love to listen to the latest news on the radio
while I am eating. Also, I got used to gather my learning tools: pencils,
exercise-books, text-books. Then I usually go to the college.
My classes begin at eight o'clock. I leave the house at a half past seven
and walk to the nearest bus stop. I live rather far from the college and it
usually takes me about a quarter of an hour to get there by bus. Sometimes
when the weather is fine and I have enough time I walk to the college.
As a rule we have three or four classes a day. We have lectures and practical classes in different
subjects. Usually I don't miss my classes because I want to pass my examinations successfully. I like
studying at college more than at school because a student is much more free, than a pupil is.
At twelve thirty we have a big interval for lunch. That's my favourite time. That is the time to
share the latest news with my friends. I prefer to go to the canteen and we often have lunch there. At
twelve fifty we have to be back to our classes. During the working day we also have several short
intervals that last for ten minutes.
After the lessons I usually return home where I have dinner and start thinking about how to spend
the rest of the day. Very often I go to my friends’ places. During the early autumn and summer I often
48
go to the sports ground or on the beach. I also like visiting different sports events. So, the world is full of
enjoyable things to do.
On returning home I usually have supper and do my homework. Having finished it, I open a book
and read it or watch TV. I prefer old comedies and serials or films about travelling. At last, I go to bed.
Now you know about my working day enough.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
breakfast - завтрак
13. successfully [sak'sesfəli] — успешно
learning tools – учебные принадлежности 14. study – учиться, учить
usually - обычно
15. especially — особенно
leave - уходить
16. lunch - ланч
bus stop – автобусная остановка
17. to share — делить(ся)
far from – далеко от
18. have to be back — должны вернуться
it takes me ... minutes to get to the college
19. canteen [kǽn'ti:n] — столовая, буфет
by bus — у меня уходит ... минут, чтобы
20. dinner - обед
добраться до колледжа на автобусе
21. to spend the rest of the day – провести
8. lectures - лекции
остаток дня
9. practical classes — практические занятия 22. sports ground – спортивная площадка
10.
subjects – предметы, дисциплины
23. homework – домашнее задание
11.
to miss classes — пропускать
24. have supper - ужинать
занятия
25. go to bed – идти спать
12. to pass exams — сдать экзамены
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3. Переведите на английский язык следующие слова и словосочетания:
1. позвольте описать вам…
2. быть студентом ...
3. просыпаться
4. занятия начинаются
5. у меня уходит час, чтобы добраться до ...
6. ездить на трамвае (троллейбусе, автобусе)
7. нравиться учиться в колледже
8. сдать экзамены успешно
9. пропускать занятия
10. большой перерыв
11. как провести остаток дня
12. я хожу к моим друзьям
13. спортивные мероприятия
14. читаю или смотрю телевизор
15. фильмы о путешествиях
4. Напишите короткий рассказ о своем типичном рабочем дне, ответив на следующие
вопросы.
1. When do you usually get up? Do you get up early?
2. Is it easy for you to get up early?
3. Does your alarm clock wake you up or do you wake up yourself?
4. Who usually makes breakfast for you?
5. What do you usually have for breakfast?
6. When do you usually leave your house?
7. How long does it take you to get to your college?
8. Do you go there by bus/trolley-bus or walk?
9. How many lectures do you usually have every day?
10. Where do you usually have lunch (dinner)?
11. What time do you come back home?
49
12. How long does it take you to do your homework?
13. How do you usually spend your evenings?
14. What time do you usually go to bed?
3.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
REQUEST. ПРОСЬБА
1. Read and learn. Прочитайте и выучите:
A. Asking people to do things. Как попросить
1. Could you ..., (please)? – Не могли бы вы …, пожалуйста?
2. Would you ..., (please)? - Вы не могли бы...,(пожалуйста)?
3. Will you ...,(please)? - Вы можете..., (пожалуйста)?
4. ..., will you?
5. …, would you?
6. Do you mind …-ing ...? – Вы не против того, чтобы…?
7. Would you mind …-ing ...? - Вы не возражаете, если…?
8. Will you be so kind as to...? – Будьте так добры, …
9. Would you be so kind as to…? – Будьте так любезны, …
10. May I ask you to do me a favour? – Могу я попросить вас об одолжении?
11. Be so kind as to ... – Будьте так добры…
B. Как согласиться или отказаться:
1. Yes, of course. - Да, конечно.
2. Certainly. - Конечно.
3. All right. - Хорошо.
4. Ok. - О'кей
5. I'm afraid I can't. - Боюсь, я не смогу.
6. Sorry, I can't. - Простите, я не могу.
7. (No,) I can't./I won't. – Нет, я не могу.
2. Ask someone in the group ... Попросите кого-нибудь из группы…
1. to turn the radio off;
2. to close the door,
3. to tell you the truth;
4. to show you the way;
5. to carry your suitcase;
6. to speak to the point;
7. to do you a favour;
8. to keep an eye on your luggage.
Не/She will comply or refuse.
3. Express your willingness or refuse to do what you are asked. Выразите намерение или отказ
сделать то, о чем вас просят.
Model: T. Will you help me to translate this article. (Let's have a look at it.)
S. Certainly, with pleasure. Let's have a look.
1. Would you mind lending me your pencil for a moment? (Here it is.)
2. Would you mind reading these papers? (I've left my glasses at home.)
3. Will you do me a favour? (What is it?)
4. Will you, please, translate this text to me? (I don't quite understand it.)
5. Help me to move this table, please. (Where shall we put?)
50
4. Look, listen and then dramatize. Смотрите, слушайте, а затем инсценируйте диалог.
“At the restaurant”
TOM: Waiter, bring me the menu, will you?
ТОМ: Официант, принесите мне меню,
WAITER: Just a moment. What would you
пожалуйста.
like?
ОФИЦИАНТ: Один момент. Что будете
TOM: Thank you. But this is in French. Would заказывать?
you mind giving me an English one.
ТОМ: Благодарю. Но оно на французском.
WAITER: It’s written in English too. In
Вы не против того, чтобы принести мне на
smaller print.
английском?
TOM: Thanks. I need time to choose. Could
ОФИЦИАНТ: Там есть и на английском.
you come back in a minute?
Мелким шрифтом.
ТОМ: Спасибо. Мне нужно время, чтобы
WAITER: All right. (Five minutes later) Now
выбрать. Вы не могли бы подойти через
what are you having?
минуту?
TOM: I’m sorry. Will you give me more time? ОФИЦИАНТ: Хорошо. (Через пять минут)
WAITER: O.k. But would you be so kind as to Теперь Вы будете заказывать?
make up your mind soon.
ТОМ: Простите, не могли бы Вы дать мне
еще времени?
ОФИЦИАНТ: О'кей. Но будьте так
любезны, решайте быстрее.
5. Learn the dialogue “At the restaurant” by heart. Выучите диалог «В ресторане» наизусть.
6. Make your own dialogue. Составьте свой диалог.
3.6 ПИСЬМО
1. Напишите ответ на письмо. Используйте текст “My Working Day”, лексику к нему и
вопросы задания 4:
Dear friend,
I want to tell you about my typical working day. I get up very early, at 7. I have a shower, dress,
have breakfast and go to college. My classes begin at 8:30 a.m. and finish at 3 p.m. But on Saturday and
Sunday I don't go to college and get up at 9 or 10 o'clock. I love Sundays and Saturdays because I don't
have to go to college. I go to the cinema or to the park with my family or with my friends and watch TV.
When do your classes begin and finish? How do you spend weekends? What do you do in the evening?
I’m waiting for your letter.
Yours, Irene
3.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 3
Прочитайте текст.
1. At 6 o'clock Baxter is in a warm train compartment. Coke is in a field 100 miles away. The winter
evening gets darker and colder. The wind cuts through Coke's thin uniform like a knife. Coke is hungry
and tired, and his arms and legs are so cold that he can hardly feel them. He wants to find food, warm
clothing, and a warm place somewhere. «I have to make a move! I can't just stay in this field and die of
the cold», he thinks.
2. Coke gets up and begins to walk. «Where am I? Which direction am I walking in? Am I going
51
1.
back towards the prison?» he asks himself. A few minutes later, the moon comes out and Coke can see
better. He stops and looks around. Suddenly he sees a small light not far away. «What can it be? It can't
be a car. It doesn't move. It must be a house», he says to himself and begins to walk towards it. The light
gets larger. It's a house! He can see the form of the roof in the darkness.
3. Ten minutes later he is outside the house. He stops and listens. «Strange», he thinks. «I can't hear
anything, not even a radio or a television, but there must be someone in there. There is a light on!» Just
at that moment a thought strikes him.
«This is probably the only house around for miles! The police know I'm probably around
somewhere here and if they are anywhere, they're in that house, waiting for me».
Coke doesn't move. The wind becomes colder. His feet and hands feel like ice. «I have to take the
chance! I have to! This is the only place I can find warm clothes and food!» he thinks.
(296 wards)
2.
Найдите в тексте следующие слова и выражения и запишите их.
1) голодный и уставший
2) умереть от холода
3) спрашивает себя
4) выходит луна
5) оглядывается вокруг
6) оно не двигается
7) через 10 минут
8) я ничего не слышу
9) единственный дом на многие мили вокруг
10) я должен
3.
Выберите правильный вариант.
1) Coke wants to find some warm place because...
a) he's afraid of Baxters;
b) he needs to change his prison uniform;
c) his arms and legs are cold.
2) When the moon comes out Coke can see...
a) a large house;
b) a small light not far away;
c) a policeman.
3) It's strange for Coke that he can't...
a) hear anything in the house;
b) see the police around;
c) see any other houses around.
4.
Прочитайте предложения и отметьте верные (Т), неверные (F) и не содержащиеся в
тексте (N).
1) Coke is not in the prison now.
2) Coke needs warm clothes and food.
3) Coke sees a small light of a car.
4) The police is in the house, waiting for Coke.
5) Coke hears a radio from the house.
6) Coke thinks he is going back towards the prison.
5.
Ответьте на вопросы.
1) What is the weather like on that day?
2) How does Coke feel in the field?
3) Does Coke know where he is walking to?
52
4) What can he see in the darkness?
5) What seems strange to Coke?
6) What thought strikes him?
6.
Составьте план этого эпизода.
53
МОДУЛЬ 4
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [æ], узнавать его на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные с суффиксом -ic
 Правильно употреблять предлоги места, направления и времени, английские
предлоги, соответствующие русским падежам.
 Правильно употреблять конструкцию there be.
 Узнать названия разных видов спорта по-английски;
 Правильно написать адрес на открытке или письме;
 Обсудить футбольный матч, выразить собеседнику свое доверие или недоверие.
4.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [æ]
1.
Звук
Употребление
Примеры
[æ]
a в закрытом слоге
hat, lamp
Listen, look, say:
add
that
bag
back
ham
hat
pan
pant
lab
lap
badge
batch
marry
parrot
wagon
happy
fancy
chapter
Al
Alma
pal
shall
category
alphabet
2.
Listen, look, say:
1. That's flat.
2. That's bad.
3. And that's that.
4. Sam's acting the ass.
5. Fancy! Fancy that!
6. That's absolutely fantastic!
7. The lad cannot be that bad.
8. Ann chatters like a magpie.
9. Pat cannot catch that.
10. He that hatches matches hatches catches.
3.
Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between [æ] and [e].
I
1. Get a pet, Pat,
2. Allan, I've got a pet. I've got a cat.
1. That terrible black cat outside?
2. Terrible?
1. That smelly cat?
2. Alice is an elegant cat!
1. Well, perhaps that cat at the back isn't Alice.
2. Alice! Puss-puss Alice! Alice, you haven't met Allan. Puss-puss. Now, Allan. This is Alice.
1. Yes, Pat. Yes, that's Alice.
II
54
1. Thank you for your letter.
2. Is your leg any better?
1. My leg is getting better, yes.
2. Well, I'm glad you are getting better.
1. I was glad to get your letter.
2. I'll be back again nest Saturday.
1. Yes.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Try to read the tongue-twisters as fast as you can. Pay attention to the sound [e] and the
difference between [æ] and [e].
1. A black cat sat on a mat and ate a fat rat. What a black cat!
fat— жирный
rat — крыса
2. Pat keeps two pets —
A cat and a rat.
Pat likes his pets,
And his pets like Pat.
4.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –IC
Суффикс –ic является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных и
имеющих значение «типичный, свойственный чему-либо или кому-либо».
electron
Arab
artist
period
base
Исходная форма
(существительное)
электрон
араб
художник
период
основа
electronic
Arabic
artistic
periodic
basic
Производное слово
(прилагательное)
электронный
арабский
художественный
периодический
основной
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –ic и переведите их:
automat, parasite, realist, nationalist, philosophy, barber
Составьте словосочетания и переведите их:
antagonistic
automatic
basic
parasitic
realistic
philosophic
barbaric
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
55
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
principles
ideas
classes
culture
way of life
policy
machines
4.3 ГРАММАТИКА
4.3.1 ОБОРОТ THERE + BE
Оборот there + be употребляется в тех случаях, когда говорящий хочет подчеркнуть факт
наличия (отсутствия) какого-либо предмета или явления, о котором ранее не говорилось в
определенном месте.
Структура предложения с оборотом there be:
There be + что + (где/когда).
Оборот может не переводится вообще или переводится словами «есть, имеется,
существует, находится, лежит, стоит» и т.д.
There are ten desks in the classroom. - В классе стоит десять парт.
Если предложение, содержащее рассматриваемый оборот, заканчивается обстоятельством
места или времени, то перевод следует начинать с этих местоимений.
There are many students in room 205. - В аудитории 205 много студентов.
Употребление оборота there be в различных временах и формах:
Время
Вопросительная
форма
Утвердительная форма
Отрицательная
форма
Настоящее
время
There is…(ед. число)
Is there…?
There is no…
There are…(мн. число)
Are there…?
There are no…
Прошедшее
время
There was…(ед. число)
Was there…?
There was no…
There were…(мн. число)
Were there…?
There were no…
There will be…
Will there be…?
There will be no…
Будущее
время
Число глагола be определяется по числу первого существительного, стоящего после
этого оборота.
There is a table and two chairs in the room. В комнате стол и два стула.
В вопросительных предложениях there ставится после соответствующей формы глагола to
be.
Are there many students in room 205? How many chairs are there in the room?
Отрицательная форма оборота there + be образуется путём добавления частицы no после
соответствующей формы глагола be.
There are no clouds in the sky. На небе нет облаков.
1. Подставьте в предложение в настоящем времени глагол: a) is b) are:
1. There … a carpet on the floor.
2. There … magazines and a newspaper on the table.
3. There … a chair and a table in the dining room.
4. There … two computers in the office.
5. There … three rooms in their flat.
6. There … a watch on her hand.
7. There … many new houses in our town.
8. There … a mistake in his answer.
9. There … many interesting facts in this book.
10. There … four apples on the dish.
2. Поставьте каждое предложение задания 1 в вопросительную и в отрицательную форму.
56
3. Поставьте в предложение в прошедшем времени глагол: a) was b) were:
1. There … a table in the center of the room.
2. There … a mirror on the wall.
3. There … many classrooms in the college.
4. There … 40 schools in our town.
5. There … a lamp on my desk.
6. There … many mistakes in his test.
7. There … an arm-chair in the corner of the room.
8. There … glasses in the bag.
9. There … police in the building.
10. There … milk in the fridge.
4. Поставьте каждое предложение задания 3 в вопросительную и в отрицательную форму.
5. Поставьте предложения задания 1 и 3 в будущее время. Переведите предложения в
вопросительную и отрицательную форму.
6. Составьте предложения с оборотом there be:
1. the, three, in, flowers, were, vase, there
2. is, a, the, there, table, in, corner
3. are, in, library, her, there, books, many
4. flat, rooms, four, are, my, there, in
5. a, there, picture, will be, the, on, wall
6. book, illustrations, are, there, many, this, in
7. there, two, on, DVD, are, films, this
8. my, there, house, was, shop, near, a
9. there, his, party, on, a, will be, birthday
10. computer, her, in, a, there, office, is
7. Опишите свою комнату или квартиру, используя оборот there be.
4.3.2 PREPOSITIONS
ПРЕДЛОГИ
Предлог - часть речи, служащая средством выражения отношений существительного и
местоимения к другим словам в предложении
1. ПРЕДЛОГИ МЕСТА
Предлог
above
after
against
among
around
at
behind
Перевод
Пример
над
за, позади
напротив, рядом с
между, посреди,
среди
вокруг, около
у, при
за, сзади, позади;
после
The sun is above the clouds.
The boy ran after the ball.
The sofa is against the wall.
The house was among the trees.
Перевод
Солнце над облаками.
Мальчик бежал за мячом.
Диван рядом со стеной.
Дим стоял среди деревьев.
He walked around the table.
Он обошел вокруг стола.
He sat at the table.
Он сидел у стола.
Passengers sit behind the driver. Пассажиры сидят позади
водителя.
57
between
ниже
ниже, под
рядом с; близ,
около
между
by
close to
у, при, около
близ, около
in front of
in
inside
near
перед
в, во, на, у
внутри
рядом с
next to
under
underneath
рядом с (по
соседству)
на
напротив
снаружи
над
на
под
под
within
внутри
below
beneath
beside
on
opposite
outside
over
в пределах
His shorts are below his knees. У него шорты ниже колен.
The pen was beneath the books. Ручка лежала под книгами.
The bank is beside the cinema. Банк находится около
кинотеатра.
Mary sat between Tom and Jane. Мери сидела между Томом и
Джейн.
Our house is by the river.
Наш дом стоит у реки.
The school is close to my house. Школа находится близко от
моего дома.
The car was in front of the bus. Машина стояла перед автобусом.
The pen is in the drawer.
Ручка лежит в ящике стола.
The bird is inside the cage.
Птица внутри клетки.
The school is near my house.
Школа находится рядом с моим
домом.
The bank is next to the cinema. Банк находится рядом с
кинотеатром.
The cup is on the table.
Чашка стоит на столе.
Eva sat opposite Tom.
Ева сидела напротив Тома.
The garden is outside the house. Сад снаружи дома.
The plane flew over the Atlantic. Самолет летел над Атлантикой.
She put a cloth over the table.
Она постелила скатерть на стол.
Water flows under a bridge.
Вода текла под мостом.
There was dust underneath the Под ковром была пыль.
carpet.
The offices are within the
Кабинеты внутри здания.
building.
It will be ready within a week.
Это будет готово в пределах
недели.
2. ПРЕДЛОГИ НАПРАВЛЕНИЯ
Предлог
Перевод
across
поперек, через
along
down
from
вдоль, по
вниз (по); вдоль
по
от, из, с, по
into
off
onto
out of
past
round
through
в (внутрь)
с
на (сверху)
из (изнутри)
мимо
вокруг
через (сквозь)
to
к, на
towards
к (по
Пример
It's dangerous to run across the
road.
She walked along the street.
The town is situated down the
river.
The wind is blowing from the
north.
He went into the shop.
He fell off the horse.
Put the books onto the shelf.
He got out of the taxi.
She went past the shop.
The Earth moves round the Sun.
The Moskva River flows
through Moscow.
I met him on the way to the
station.
The child ran towards her father.
58
Перевод
Опасно бегать через дорогу.
Она шла по улице.
Город располагается вниз по
реке.
Ветер дует с севера.
Он вошел в магазин.
Он упал с лошади.
Положи книги на полку.
Он вылез из такси.
Она прошла мимо магазина.
Земля вращается вокруг Солнца.
Москва-река течет через Москву.
Я встретил его по пути на
станцию.
Ребенок побежал к отцу.
направлению к)
вверх
up
She went up the stairs.
Она поднялась вверх по
лестнице.
3. ПРЕДЛОГИ ВРЕМЕНИ
Предлог
Перевод
about
after
all
около
после
весь, целый
almost
at
почти
в
во время
before
by
during
for
from
in
on
since
till, until
throughout
Пример
It's about ten o'clock.
We arrived after ten o'clock.
I work all year/week/day.
It is almost 7:00.
The show begins at ten o'clock.
At breakfast/ lunch/ dinner/
supper
до, перед, раньше We must come back before
dinner.
к
We must arrive by 7:00.
в течение
I worked during the vacation.
во время
We arrived during the show.
в течение, в
We lived in London for two
продолжение
weeks.
с, от, начиная с
I learn English from this year.
в, во время (с
месяцами)
через
с временами года
с указанием года,
века
в
по
с датами
с
до
на всем
протяжении
Перевод
Сейчас около десяти часов.
Мы приедем после десяти часов.
Я работаю весь год/ неделю/
день.
Сейчас почти 7:00.
Шоу начинается в десять часов.
Во время завтрака/ ленча/ обеда/
ужина
Мы должны вернуться до обеда.
I will work in December.
Мы должны приехать к 7:00.
Я работал в течение каникул.
Мы приехали во время шоу.
Мы жили в Лондоне в течение
двух недель.
Я изучаю английский с этого
года.
Я буду работать в декабре.
I’ll see you in a week.
We’ll arrive in summer.
He was born in 1970.
Я увижу тебя через неделю.
Мы приедем летом.
Он родился в 1970.
We work on Saturday.
We work on Saturdays.
We’ll come on the 5th of May.
I have been waiting since 7.
Wait till 3 o’clock.
Throughout 19th century.
Мы работаем в субботу.
Мы работаем по субботам.
Мы придем 5 мая.
Я жду с 7 часов.
Подождите до 3 часов.
На всем протяжении 19 века.
4. АНГЛИЙСКИЕ ПРЕДЛОГИ, СООТВЕТСТВУЮЩИЕ РУССКИМ ПАДЕЖАМ
Русский падеж
Именительный падеж
Кто? Что?
Родительный падеж
Кого? Чего?
Дательный падеж
Кому? Чему?
Английский предлог
нет
of
to
Пример
The student is writing a
test.
The book of the student is
on the table.
I am giving a book to the
student.
59
Перевод
Студент пишет тест.
Книга студента лежит на
столе.
Я даю книгу студенту.
Винительный падеж
Кого? Что?
Творительный падеж
Кем? Чем?
Предложный падеж
О ком? О чём?
нет
by (кем)
with (чем)
about
of
The teacher sees the
student.
The article is written by the
student.
We write with pens.
I am speaking about the
student.
I think of this student.
Учитель видит студента.
Статья написана
студентом.
Мы пишем ручками.
Я говорю об этом
студенте.
Я думаю об этом
студенте.
5. ПРЕДЛОГИ С ДРУГИМИ ЗНАЧЕНИЯМИ:
Предлог
except
for
over
with
Перевод
кроме, за
исключением
для
свыше, больше
чем
с, вместе
Пример
Nobody knew about him except
us.
Do it for me.
He is over fifty.
Никто не знал о нем кроме нас.
With my friends.
С моими друзьями
1. Выберите подходящий предлог места:
2. There is a lamp (above/ under) the table.
3. I sat (behind/ in) him in the plane.
4. He stood (for/ between) two policemen.
5. He waited (over/ near) the statue.
6. The car is parked (in front of/ on) my house.
7. My books are (between/ on) the table.
8. She laid her bag (above/ under) the chair.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Перевод
Выберите подходящий предлог направления:
We walked (down/ out of) the street.
He ran (up/ out of) the house.
They go (to/ into) the north.
It smells (towards/ from) the kitchen.
She came (into/ to) the room.
The elevator went (from/ up) to the 21st floor.
3.
Выберите подходящий предлог времени:
1. Don’t go for a walk (after/ on) 12 o’clock.
2. He likes to read (in/ at) dinner.
3. I’m going to Germany (for/ before) two months.
4. They’ll come (since/ in) a week.
5. I will be busy (till/ on) 3 o’clock.
6. She lives here (at/ since) May.
7. I always get up (at/ for) 7 o’clock.
8. Her birthday is (for/ on) Sunday.]
4.
Выберите подходящий предлог:
1. The books (of/ with) this author are always interesting.
2. I see (of/ - ) your house from my window.
60
Сделай это для меня.
Ему за 50.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Can you tell me (by/ about) your sister.
She covered him (with/ by) the blanket.
Don’t think (of/ - ) it.
I can do everything (for/ except) you.
He lifted (with/ over) 100 kilograms.
Let’s go (with/ - ) us.
4.4 ЛЕКСИКА
SPORT IN OUR LIFE
Прочитайте текст.
People all over the world are fond of sports and games. Sport makes people healthy, keeps them
fit, more organized and better disciplined. It unites people of different nationalities. Many people do
sports on their personal initiative. They go in for skiing, skating, table tennis, swimming, volleyball,
football, basketball, body-building etc.
All necessary facilities are provided for them: stadiums, sport swimming pools, skating-rinks,
football fields. But, of course, one has to pay for these services.
Sport is paid much attention to in our schools, colleges and Institutes. Physical training is a
compulsory subject. Different sports and games are popular with my group mates. All my friends go in
for different kinds of sport, such as water sports (that is swimming, sailing, rowing), gymnastics, horseracing, wrestling, fencing, weightlifting, boxing, football, basketball, volleyball, etc.
And now a few words about our physical training lessons at college. In summer they are held outof-doors. When it is cold outside the lessons are held indoors. In winter we go to the skating-rink.
Professional sport is also paid much attention to in our country. In the city where I live, there are
different sport societies, clubs and sport schools. Practically all kinds of sports are popular in our
country, but gymnastics and tennis enjoy the greatest popularity.
The most popular kinds of sports in the United States are baseball, basketball and American
football. In England the popular kinds of sports are golf and rugby. Englishmen like football too. It is
their national kind of sports.
1.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. all over the world — во всем мире
11. skating-rink — каток
2. to be fond of — зд. любить
12. attention — внимание
3. healthy — здоровый
13. compulsory — обязательный
4. to be fit — быть в форме
14. sailing — парусный спорт
5. personal initiative — личная инициатива
15. rowing — гребля
6. skiing — лыжный спорт
16. wrestling — борьба
7. skating — коньки
17. fencing — фехтование
8. body-building — культуризм
18. weightlifting — штанга
9. facilities — помещения, оборудование
19. out-of-doors — на воздухе
10. swimming pool — плавательный бассейн 20. indoors — в помещении
21. sport societies — спортивные общества
3.
Ответьте на следующие вопросы:
1. Why do people all over the world are fond of sports and games?
2. What are summer sports and what are winter sports?
3. What kinds of sports are popular with your friends and schoolmates?
4. Do you have to pay for sports facilities, such as stadiums, swimming pools and tennis courts?
5. What can you say about physical training lessons at your school?
6. What kinds of sport are the most popular in our country?
7. What are the sports clubs in our country?
61
8. What are the most popular kinds of sport in America and England?
9. What other American or English sports do you know?
10. Are American football and baseball popular in Russia? Why and why not?
11. What do you do to be healthy and fit?
Поставьте галочки в соответствующих ячейках (напротив каждого вида спорта может
стоять от одной до нескольких галочек):
summer
winter
indoor
outdoor
water sports
sports
sports
sports
sports
1. volleyball
2. skiing
3. boxing
4. table tennis
5. fencing
6. football
7. basketball
8. horse-racing
9. skating
10. wrestling
11. rowing
12. body-building
13. swimming
14. weightlifting
15. sailing
4.
4.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
BELIEF AND DISBELIEF
ДОВЕРИЕ И НЕДОВЕРИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
Belief
1. I can easily believe it. – В это я легко поверю.
2. (Of course) I believe it. – (Конечно), я верю этому.
Disbelief
1. I don't believe it. – Я не верю этому.
2. I can't believe it. – Не могу поверить.
3. It can't be true. – Это не может быть правдой.
4. Surely not! – Конечно, нет!
5. You can't expect me to believe that. - Ты же не думаешь, что я в это поверю.
6. You must be joking. – Ты, должно быть, шутишь.
7. You are kidding. – Ты шутишь (разыгрываешь).
8. You are not serious. – Ты не серьезно.
2.
Express belief or disbelief in the following statements:
1. I speak ten languages fluently.
2. I've never told a lie in my life.
3. I never get up late.
4. I haven't got any money.
5. I love you.
62
Someone makes these statements. You express belief or disbelief.
3. Read the following dialogue and then try to dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
A. We scored six goals.
A. Мы забили шесть голов.
B. You are kidding.
B. Шутишь!
A. And I scored three of them.
A. И три из них забил я.
B. You are not serious.
B. Ты не серьезно.
A. It was a wonderful game.
A. Это была чудесная игра.
B. I can believe that.
B. Могу поверить.
A. And the trainer said I was the best player.
A. И тренер сказал, что я был лучшим
игроком.
B. You can't expect me to believe that.
B. Ты же не думаешь, что я в это поверю.
A.
That’s true. And you know it. You just envy. A. Это правда. И ты знаешь это. Ты просто
завидуешь.
B. Surely not!
B. Конечно, нет!
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
4. Complete the following dialogue as you wish using some of the expressions you have
learned.
I only need four hours sleep.
...
Sometimes even less.
...
The less I sleep the better I feel.
...
And the more I sleep the less I work.
...
4.6 ПИСЬМО
АДРЕС
ADDRESS
Порядок оформления адреса следующий:
 Имя, фамилия
 Номер квартиры
 Номер дома, улица
 Город, штат, почтовый индекс
 Официальное название страны
Примечание 1. Между номером дома и названием улицы обычно ставиться запятая.
Примечание 2. Между названием города и названием штата (или района) обычно ставиться
запятая.
Примечание 3. Названия штатов в Америке обычно могут сокращаться.
Примечание 4. При написании адреса часто используются сокращения:
 St. (Street) – улица
 Ave. (Avenue) – авеню
 Dr. (Drive) – проезд
 Blvd. (Boulevard) – бульвар
 Apt. (Apartment) – квартира
Пример написания адреса:
63
Julia Roberts
26, Sunset Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA, 25111
USA
1. Напишите свой адрес и адрес своего друга, используя правила этого Учебного элемента.
4.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 4
1.
Read the text.
1. Coke listens for several seconds but he can't hear anything at all. And yet there is smoke coming
from the chimney and there is a light on in the front room! «Why is it so quiet? Are the police waiting
for me in there?» he asks himself. He goes to the front door and pushes it. To his surprise it is open! He
goes in very quietly. In the front room there is a fire burning in the fireplace. The room is clean, small
and very warm. There is a very little furniture in it – only a table and old-fashioned chairs. There are
olso some photographs on the shelf above the fire. They are yellow and old. One of them is of a young
man in a World War I uniform. There are also a few photoes of the same man and also a woman.
2. Suddenly Coke feels there is someone else in the room. He turns around quickly and, at the same
time, puts his hand in his pocket. There is a small knife there. He sees an old woman. She has a dish in
her hands and there is a smell of meat and vegetables coming from it. She doesn't look afraid. «I'm
sorry», she says and puts the dish down on the table.
3. «I'm sorry», she says again. «I don't hear you. I'm deaf, you see. People often come to the door
and knock, but I don't hear them. I'm glad you are here».
Coke stares at her for a second and then finally finds his voice: «I...I'm sorry». He looks down at his
clothes. His prison uniform is so dirty that it is impossible to tell what kind of uniform it is. Then he
suddenly has an idea.
«I'm a mechanic from a garage in town. I came to repair a lorry somewhere out here but the road
was icy. I had an accident. I...I fell off my motorbike».
He says this several times before she finally understands him. Then she gives him some hot water
and soap and afterwards some food. The only thing he needs now is a change of clothes!
(360 words)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) идет к входной двери
b) очень тихо
c) старомодные стулья
d) в комнате кто-то еще
e) маленький нож
f) запах мяса и овощей
g) я не слышу
h) отремонтировать грузовик
i) несколько раз
j) горячая вода и мыло
k) со мной произошел несчастный случай
3.
Choose the correct variant.
1.When Coke comes in he sees...
a) an old woman;
b) a young man;
64
c) some photographs on the shelf.
2.The woman has...
a) a small knife in her hands;
b) a dish in her hands;
c) old clothes in her hands.
3.A woman isn't afraid because...
a) she's deaf;
b) people often come to her door;
c) Coke looks pleasant.
4.The woman gives Coke...
a) hot water and soup;
b) a change of clothes;
c) some photoes.
4.
Say wether these sentenses are true, false or there is no information in the text.
1) The police is waiting for Coke in the house.
2) There is a table and some chairs in the room.
3) There is a young man in a World War I uniform in the room.
4) The woman is afraid of Coke.
5) Coke meets a mechanic from a garage in the house.
6) Coke desides to stay at this house.
5.
Answer the questions.
1) What can Coke see in the front room?
2) What photoes are there on the shelf?
3) What is there in Coke's pocket?
4) What is there in the old woman's hand?
5) Why isn't she afraid?
6) How does he explain his clothes?
6.
Express the main idea of this episode in three-four sentenses.
65
МОДУЛЬ 5
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [Λ] и [a:], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные и прилагательные с
суффиксом –al.
 Правильно употреблять числительные (порядковые, количественные и дроби),
правильно произносить и писать даты;
 Узнать, какие праздники есть в Америке;
 Выразить благодарность;
 Написать поздравительную открытку;
5.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [Λ], [а:]
Звук
Употребление
Примеры
[Λ]
u в закрытом слоге
cup, but
исключения (звук [u])
put, pull, push, full
a + r (3 тип слога)
car
a + s + согласная
fast, task
[a:]
1. Listen, look, say:
come
some
none
done
mud
won
tongue
cut
but
just
shut
must
puff
stuff
mummy
sonny
hurry
other
under
utter
southern
dull
lull
hull
bulk
cult
pulse
bulge
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Tough luck! Just my luck!
2. Pluck up your courage!
3. Double Dutch!
4. Here's another country cousin.
5. Gus chucked up the sponge.
6. Russ hung up hurriedly.
7. Lush is nothing but a money-grubber.
8. Gust mustn't trust to Suck.
9. Brother made Mother's cup run over.
10. Duff just struck me as funny.
11. Such luck running into Uncle Duncan.
12. None but dullards copy one other.
3. Listen, look, say:
are
arm
bar
hard
art
part
army
party
66
car
char
far
star
card
cart
drama
charge chart
hardly
farm
farce
demand
starve
start
tomato
4. Listen, look, say:
1. Start the car.
2. Are these pass marks?
3. Are we to be a large party?
4. He laughs best who laughs last.
5. Father's rather hard on Charles.
6. Cars can't be parked here after dark.
7. Shan't we dance after classes?
8. How smart you are, aren't you, Mark?
9. Barbara's art and part of the party.
10. I shan't value Carl's arguments at a brass farthing.
5.
Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between [æ] and [а:]; [æ] as in maths, [a:]
as in can't.
I
1. I shan't pass the maths exam.
2. I shan't pass in art.
1. Maths is too hard. I can't understand it.
2. I am very bad in art.
1. Perhaps you'll pass.
2. I shan't- Perhaps you'll pass.
1. No, no. I can't pass.
II
1. We've passed.
2. I haven't passed in art, have I?
1. You have. And I've passed in maths. By one mark.
2. Isn't that fabulous?
1. We must have a party.
2. We'll have a fabulous party!
1. Just imagine we've passed!
6. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
7. Read the dialogues in pairs.
8. Try to read the tongue-twisters as fast as you can. Pay attention to the sounds [æ] and [Λ].
1. A big black bug
Bit a big black bear,
Then a big black bear
Bit the big black bug.
And when the big black bear
Bit the big black bug,
Then the big black bug
Bit the big black bear.
bug —клоп
bit (bite)—укусил
bear — медведь
67
2. Can you imagine an imaginary menagerie manager managing an imaginary menagerie?
imaginary — воображаемый
menagerie [me'nædƷǝri] — зверинец
to manage — управлять.
5.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –AL
Суффикс –al является суффиксом существительных, образованных от глаголов.
Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают процесс, действие.
Исходная форма
(глагол)
to approve
одобрять
to betray
предавать
to deny
отрицать
approval
betrayal
denial
Производное слово
(существительное)
одобрение
предательство
отрицание
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –al и переведите их:
to refuse, to renew, to arrive, to survive, to try
СУФФИКС ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –AL
Суффикс –al является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных.
Прилагательные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают, как правило, признак
явления, процесса.
experiment
practice
auditor
Исходная форма
(существительное)
эксперимент
практика
ревизор
experimental
practical
auditorial
Производное слово
(прилагательное)
экспериментальный
практический
ревизионный
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –al и переведите их:
post, region, industry, agriculture, physics, centre, technology
5.3 ГРАММАТИКА
THE NUMERALS
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ
КОЛИЧЕСТВЕННЫЕ
CARDINAL
сколько? how many?
1
2
3
4
one
two
three
four
ПОРЯДКОВЫЕ
ORDINAL
который? which?
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
68
the first
the second
the third
the fourth
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
101
126
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
twenty-one
thirty
forty
fifty
sixty
seventy
eighty
ninety
one (a) hundred
one hundred and one
a hundred and twentysix
200
two hundred_
1,000
one (a) thousand_
5,356
five thousand_ three
hundred and fifty-six
100,000 a hundred thousand_
1,000,000 one (a) million
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
11th
12th
13th
14th
15th
16th
17th
18th
19th
20th
21st
30th
40th
50th
60th
70th
80th
90th
100th
101st
126th
200th
1,000th
5,356th
100,000
1,000,000th
the fifth
the sixth
the seventh
the eighth
the ninth
the tenth
the eleventh
the twelfth
the thirteenth
the fourteenth
the fifteenth
the sixteenth
the seventeenth
the eighteenth
the nineteenth
the twentieth
the twenty-first
the thirtieth
the fortieth
the fiftieth
the sixtieth
the seventieth
the eightieth
the ninetieth
the hundredth
the one hundred and first
the one hundred and twentysixth
the two hundredth
the thousandth
the five thousand three
hundred and fifty-sixth
the hundred thousandth
the millionth
Годы: 1812 – eighteen twelve
1906 – nineteen (oh) six
1770 – seventeen seventy
Но: 1900 – nineteen hundred
Даты: May 2nd, 1935 или May 2, 1935 или 2nd May, 1935 или 2 May, 1935
May the second, nineteen thirty-five или the second of May, nineteen thirty-five
ДРОБНЫЕ ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ
ПРОСТЫЕ
ДЕСЯТИЧНЫЕ
1/2 - a (one) half
0.7 – point seven
1/3 – a (one) third
3.45 – three point forty-five
1/4 - one quarter (one fourth)
6.009 – six point double “o” nine
1/7 – a (one) seventh
69
2/5 – two fifth
3/4 – three quarters
1 1/2 - one and a half
2 3/6 – two and three seventh
2/3 inch – 2/3 дюйма
two thirds of an inch_
3 ¼ meters – 3 ¼ метра
three and a quarter meters или
three meters and a quarter
½ mile – ½ мили
half a mile_
- 17.8o - seventeen point eight below
zero
Проценты: 25% - twenty-five per cent
1. Выберите количественные числительные:
1. first; 2. eleven; 3. forty; 4. second; 5. two hundred; 6. twenty-first; 7. nineteen; 8. seven; 9. twelfth;
10. third; 11. fourth; 12. eight; 13. seventeen; 14. thirty-fifth; 15. two hundred and nine; 16. one; 17. five
thousand and sixteenth; 18. tenth; 19. fifty; 20. nine hundred and first
2. Выберите порядковые числительные:
1. one hundred; 2. fourteen; 3. thirteenth; 4. two; 5. ninth; 6. twenty-three; 7. thirty; 8. hundredth; 9.
thirty-fifth; 10. two hundred and seventeenth; 11. forty; 12. three thousand and six; 13. one million; 14.
thousand and hundredth; 15. eight; 16. ninety; 17. forty-five; 18. third; 19. three; 20. eleven.
3. Найдите соответствия:
1. 3/5
2. 2%
3. ½
4. 2.5%
5. 24 1/8
6. 101
7. 1 ½
8. 50%
9. 365
10. 1905
11. 1,100
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
twenty-four and one eighth
nineteen oh five
three fifth
two per cent
a half
two point five per cent
one hundred and one
one and half
one thousand one hundred
fifty per cent
three hundred and sixty five
4. Перепишите предложения, записывая числительные словами:
1. The first 44 years of his life were difficult.
2. In 1836, at 14, he was working 18 hours a day.
3. The company was founded in 1934.
4. 3,000 people were presented at the conference.
5. Her daughter was born on October 4, 1990.
6. This sportsman took the 2nd place.
5. Перепишите предложения, записывая числительные словами, и переведите их:
1. Eton was founded in 1440.
2. By the age of 33, he had learned 15 languages.
3. They married on April 21, 1999.
4. Henry VIII was a king of England in 16th century.
70
5. 1/3 of our group is older then 16.
6. Запишите числительные словами, переведите текст:
In 1870, a 130-ft-high building (40 m) fully equipped with elevators was completed in New York, and in
1875 the tallest building in the same city reached the height of 260ft (79m). The first building with a
complete iron frame, where masonry was used only as a space-enclosing element, was built in Chicago
in 1885: the 10-storey Home Life Insurance Building.
7. Запишите числительные словами, переведите текст:
Of the six outer planets, Mars, commonly called the Red Planet, is the closest to Earth. Mars, 4,200
miles in diameter and 55% of the size of Earth, is 34,600,000 miles from Earth, and 141,000,000 miles
from the Sun. It takes this planet, along with its two moons, Phobos and Deimos, 1.88 years to circle
the Sun, compared to 365 days for the Earth.
5.4 ЛЕКСИКА
AMERICAN HOLIDAYS
Прочитайте текст. Обращайте внимание на числительные.
Federal holiday in the US is a day when workers have a paid day-off from their jobs. There are
some holidays that are not federal holidays but are very popular holidays to celebrate.
January
The first day of January is New Year's Day. People do not go to bed until after midnight on
December 31. They like to see «the old year out and the new year in». Many people give parties on New
Year's Eve. People in the US sometimes spend this day watching college football games and parades.
February
February 14th is Saint Valentine's Day. In the US today people send cards called valentines,
flowers, chocolates or small gifts to their friends.
Presidents' Day (birthdays of George Washington and Abraham Lincoln) is celebrated on the 3rd
Monday of February. Americans call George Washington "the father of the country". He was elected the
first president. Abraham Lincoln was the 16th president. Lincoln gave Negro slaves freedom with the
Emancipation Proclamation.
March
March 17th is St. Patrick's Day. This holiday comes from Ireland because St. Patrick was the Irish
saint. Many people celebrate this holiday by wearing green clothes in honor of St. Patrick. Some people
even drink green beer! This holiday is celebrated not only in the USA, but also in Great Britain, Russia
and many other countries all over the world.
April
Easter is a Christian holiday that is celebrated on a Sunday between March 22nd and April 25th.
Christians celebrate the resurrection of Jesus Christ. In the US people attend religious services and
family picnics.
May
Mother's Day on the second Sunday in May is a holiday to remember mothers with cards, flowers
and presents.
June
Flag Day on June 14th is the anniversary of the adoption of the American flag in 1777.
The third Sunday in June is Father's Day in the United States. This is a day when people remember
their fathers with presents and cards.
July
The Fourth of July is a very important holiday in the US. Americans celebrate the independence of
the thirteen American colonies from Great Britain and signing of the Declaration of Independence on
July 4, 1776. This holiday is the "birthday of the United States of America". Americans celebrate this
71
1.
day with fireworks and parades. It is the biggest national holiday in the USA.
August
In August there are no holidays to celebrate. Many families go on vacation or have picnics or go to
the beach.
September
Labor Day, celebrated on the first Monday in September honors all working people in the US and
Canada.
On the 11th of November there is Veteran's Day. It is dedicated to those who fell in the two World
Wars.
October
The 2nd Monday of October is Columbus Day, celebrating the historic trip of Christopher
Columbus to the Americas in 1492. Columbus was Italian and this holiday is especially important to
Italian-Americans.
October 31st is Halloween. Children in costumes go from house to house saying "trick or treat".
The treat is usually a candy and tricks are rarely done. A symbol of Halloween is the jack-о-lantern,
which is made of a pumpkin.
November
Thanksgiving Day is the 4th Thursday in November. In the autumn of 1621, the Pilgrim Fathers
celebrated their first harvest festival in America and called it Thanksgiving Day. Since that time it has
been celebrated every year. On this day, they give thanks for their food, their country, and their families.
December
December 25th is Christmas. Many people decorate their houses with Christmas trees and lights
and give presents to each other. Children hang stockings for Santa Claus to fill with gifts. People usually
stay at home at Christmas time, and spend the day with their families.
As you can see the US is a country of many holidays!
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
a paid day-off – оплаченный выходной 18. to be dedicated – быть посвященным
celebrate - праздновать
19. independence - независимость
midnight – полночь
20. to proclaim – провозглашать
parades - парады
21. Labor Day – День Труда
gifts - подарки
22. Columbus Day – День Колумба
the Emancipation Proclamation –
23. trick or treat – злая шутка или
Декларация освобождения от рабства
угощение
saint - святой
24. jack-о-lantern - фонарик
in honor – в честь
25. the Pilgrim Fathers – отцы-пилигримы
Easter - Пасха
26. harvest festival – праздник урожая
Christian - христианский
27. number – множество
Resurrection – Воскресение (из
28. to give party – устраивать вечеринку
мертвых)
29. Thanksgiving Day – День Благодарения
religious services – религиозные
30. to spend – проводить
службы
31. Christmas - Рождество
anniversary - годовщина
32. to decorate - украшать
adoption - принятие
33. stockings - чулки
birthday – день рождения
34. Santa Claus – Санта Клаус
fireworks - фейерверки
to go on vacation – ехать в отпуск
3. Answer the questions. Ответьте на вопросы.
1. When is Christmas celebrated in Russia?
2. What holyday is more popular in Russia: New Year or Christmas?
72
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Do Russians give parties on New Year’s Eve?
What holyday in Russia is dedicated to those who fought in World War 2?
When is Independence Day in Russia celebrated?
When was the Declaration of Independence proclaimed in America?
Against what country were the American colonies fighting for independence?
4. Translate the sentences. Переведите предложения.
1. В Новый год люди обычно остаются дома и проводят время с семьей и друзьями.
2. Есть много праздников, которые отмечаются каждый год.
3. Американские колонии боролись за свою независимость.
4. Мы устраиваем вечеринки в канун Нового года.
5. День Благодарения празднуется каждый год в четвертый четверг ноября.
6. Первый Праздник Урожая в Америке был отпразднован осенью 1621 года.
7. Множество людей погибло в двух мировых войнах.
5. Tell about Russian holidays. Расскажите о Российских праздниках.
 New Year’s Day (favorite holiday)
 Christmas (not so popular as…)
 The Defender’s of Fatherland Day (dedicated to Russian Army)
 Women’s Day (holiday of all women and girls)
 The Day of Independence of Russia (many fireworks all over the country)
 The 1st of May (the day of spring and labor)
 Victory Day (The Great Patriotic War)
 Easter (to color eggs – the symbol of eternal life)
5.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
GRATITUDE. БЛАГОДАРНОСТЬ
1. Read and try to remember.
Let me help you. – Позвольте Вам помочь.
Is there anything I can do for you? – Что я могу для Вас сделать?
А. Как поблагодарить
1. Thank you. – Спасибо.
2. Thanks. – Спасибо.
3. Thank you very much. – Спасибо большое.
4. Thanks awfully. – Огромное спасибо.
5. Many thanks. – Большое спасибо.
6. I'm very grateful to you. – Я Вам очень благодарен.
7. It's very kind of you. – Это очень мило с Вашей стороны.
8. How very kind of you! – Как это любезно с Вашей стороны!
В. Как ответить на благодарность
1. Oh, that's OK/all right. – Все в порядке.
2. Not at all. – Не за что.
3. You're welcome. – Пожалуйста.
4. Don't mention it. – Не стоит.
2.
Ask someone in the group to do the following things and then express your gratitude.
Попросите кого-нибудь из группы сделать следующее, а затем выразите вашу
благодарность.
73
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
to tell you the time.
to tell you the way to the nearest tube station.
to lend you some money.
to help you to do you homework.
to post a letter for you.
3. Read, listen and then dramatize. Learn the dialogue by heart. Прочитайте, прослушайте, а
затем инсценируйте. Выучите диалог наизусть.
A. Can you give me the book you bought last А. Ты можешь дать мне книгу, которую ты
week?
купил на прошлой неделе?
B. I haven’t read it yet. But I’ve brought you В. Я ее еще не прочитал. Но я принес тебе
another one.
другую.
A. Many thanks.
А. Большое спасибо.
B. Don’t mention.
В. Не стоит.
A. And I’d like to give you a DVD with my А. А я хотел бы дать тебе DVD с моим
favourite film.
любимым фильмом.
B. O, it’s very kind of you. Thanks awfully.
В. О, это очень мило с твоей стороны.
Огромное спасибо.
A. You’re welcome.
А. Пожалуйста.
4. A friend phones inviting you to a party. You accept but ask whether you can bring along a
friend. He says you can. Don't forget to use the expressions of gratitude. Друг звонит и
приглашает вас на вечеринку. Вы соглашаетесь, но спрашиваете, можете ли вы привести с
собой друга. Он говорит, что вы можете. Не забудьте использовать выражения
благодарности.
5.6 ПИСЬМО
ОТКРЫТКА. POSTCARD
Структура открытки:
 Адрес
 Обращение
 Поздравление
 Пожелание
 Завершение
 Подпись
Адрес:





Имя, фамилия
Номер квартиры
Номер дома, улица
Город, штат, почтовый индекс
Официальное название страны
Сокращения в адресе:
 St. (Street) – улица
 Ave. (Avenue) – авеню
 Dr. (Drive) – проезд
 Blvd. (Boulevard) – бульвар
 Apt. (Apartment) – квартира
74
Обращение:
К другу
(по имени)
 Dear Ann
 Dear John
К знакомому
(по фамилии)
 Dear Mr. Fisher
 Dear Mrs. Fisher
 Dear Ms. Fisher
Поздравление:
 Happy birthday! – С днем рождения!
 Happy New Year! – С Новым Годом!
 Merry Christmas! – С Рождеством!
Пожелания:
 I wish you health, good luck, wealth, love. – Желаю тебе (Вам) здоровья, удачи,
богатства, любви.
 I wish you to be healthy, happy, wealthy, loved. – Желаю тебе (Вам) быть здоровым,
счастливым, богатым, любимым.
 I wish you to stay as beautiful as you are. – Желаю тебе (Вам) оставаться такой же
красивой.
 I wish you all the best. – Желаю тебе (Вам) всего самого наилучшего.
Завершение:
К другу
 Best wishes – с
наилучшими
пожеланиями
 Love – с любовью
 Yours – твой (твоя)
 All the best – всего
наилучшего
Подпись:
К другу
 имя
К знакомому
 Yours sincerely – искренне Ваш
 Sincerely yours – искренне Ваш
 Very truly yours – искренне Ваш
 Always yours – Всегда Ваш
К знакомому
 имя и фамилия
Образец написания поздравительной открытки другу:
Julia Roberts
26, Sunset Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA, 25111
USA
Dear Julia,
Happy birthday!
I wish you to stay as beautiful as you are.
Love,
Helen
Образец написания поздравительной открытки знакомому:
Julia Roberts
75
26, Sunset Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA, 25111
USA
Dear Mrs. Roberts,
Happy New Year!
I wish you all the best.
Very truly yours,
Helen Hunt
1. Напишите поздравительную открытку другу, поздравьте его с рождеством.
2. Напишите поздравительную открытку знакомому, поздравьте его с днем рождения.
5.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 5
1.
Read the text.
1. Only a few miles from the house Coke is in, two policemen in a small village police station can
hear the wind outside. One of them is a sergant. The other's much younger.
«I wonder how Mrs Bentley is?» the sergant asks.
«Mrs Bentley? Oh, you mean that old lady whose husband died a few years ago?»
«That's right. She's deaf, you know, so she never listens to the radio or watches television. In fact,
she doesn't even read the papers».
«Oh?» the young policeman says. He wonders why the sergant wants to tell him all this. Then he
finds out.
«Why don't you go out to her place and see if she's all right?»
«Who? Me? On a night like this?»
«It's not far. Besides, you've got your bike, haven't you?»
2. Baxter gets off the train at a small station. There is a detective waiting for him on the platform.
He is shaking Baxter's hand.
«My name's Halls, Tom Halls. Scotland Yard phoned us and told us to meet you here. There's a car
waiting».
Baxter doesn't waste any time on social formalities.
«Coke escaped more than 24 hours ago. I want to catch him before another 24 hours are up».
Halls is looking at Baxter for a few second before he answers.
«A lot of us wonder why Scotland Yard is so interested in this fellow Coke. He isn't the first one to
escape».
«Coke isn't just an ordinary prisoner. He's very special. Let's go now?»
3. The young policeman is angry. He is on the road now. The wind is cold and is blowing snow into
his face.
«That stupid sergant!» he thinks. «We must be one of the last station in England that still uses bikes,
and sends me out on one of a night like this!» When he gets to the top of the hill he sees the house down
below, at the bottom of the hill. Just as he is looking down at it, he sees a light go on in one of the
rooms upstairs.
«Stupid! That's what it is, sending me out on a night like this!» the policeman says again. Then he
gets on his bike and begins to go down the hill very fast, towards the house.
(376 words)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
76
1. несколько лет назад
2. посмотреть в порядке ли она
3. у тебя есть велосипед
4. так заинтересован в этом парне
5. необычный заключенный
6. одного в такую ночь
7. в одной из комнат наверху
8. начинает спускаться с холма
9. я хочу поймать его
10. не теряет времени
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. The sergeant wanted the other policeman to go to Mrs Bently...
a) to bring her the papers;
b) to see if she's all right:
c) to catch the criminal.
2. Halls wonders why...
a) Scotland Yard is so interested in this fellow;
b) Baxter came;
e) Baxter is in such a hurry.
3. The young policeman is angry because...
a) he has no car;
b) the weather is very bad;
c) the house is very far.
4. Say wether these sentenses true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Mrs Bentley is in danger.
2. Hall is a detective.
3. The police station has many bikes.
4. Baxter comes to catch Coke.
5. Coke is in a few miles from the police station.
6. The young policeman goes to Mrs Bentley to catch Coke.
7. Mrs Bentley's house is on the top of the hill.
5. Answer the questions.
1. Why do police want fo go to Mrs Bentley's house?
2. Why is Scotland Yard so interested in Coke?
3. Why is the young policeman angry?
4. What does he think about using bikes?
6. Express the main idea of this episode in one-two sentences.
77
МОДУЛЬ 6
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [Ɔ], [Ɔ:], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные с суффиксом -ous;
 Правильно употреблять глаголы to be и to have в разных временах;
 Употреблять безличные предложения с it;
 Рассказать и написать о ваших увлечениях;
 Выразить свое согласие или несогласие с собеседником.
6.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [Ɔ], [Ɔ:]
Звук
[Ɔ]
Употребление
Примеры
о в закрытом слоге
pot, lot
w, qu + а в закрытом слоге
was, quarrel
о+r
port, short
а + l+согласная
call, also
а+u
autumn
а+w
saw, law
w, qu + а + r
war, quarter
[Ɔ:]
1. Listen, look, say:
on
odd
dog
gone
fog
lob
lodge
off
ox
clock
loss
moth
want
watch
sorry
waffle golf
coffee
orange vol
opera
horror
porridge
call
sol
loll
Pol
polka
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Jog on.
2. What a swat!
3. Not for toffies!
4. Possibly not.
5. Upon my honour!
6. What a lot of nonsense!
7. John's dog got lost.
8. Hob and nob, Doc.
9. Poll's gone to the wrong shop.
10. Watch Dob's dog jump.
11. Will you be gone long, John?
12. Dot wants an office-job.
13. Dod's gone off to play golf.
78
14. Was it not possible to stop Tom?
15. Rod often got into hot water.
3.
Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between [Ɔ] and [Λ]
I
1.
T-s-s. The boss is on the bus,
2.
But the boss doesn't come by bus.
1.
Well, this is a bus and that's the boss.
2.
Oh, yes at the front.
1.
U-m-m. Next to Molly Monk.
II
1.
What's wrong?
2.
Nothing is wrong.
1.
Something is wrong.
2.
It's nothing much.
1.
What's the trouble? Has John come?
2.
U-m-m. Come and gone.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in parts.
6. Listen, look, say:
or
bore
saw
thaw
tore
awed
board
sawed
thawed
toward
ought
bought
support
thought
taught
all
ball
hall
call
tall
order
autumn
author
daughter
morning
7.
Listen, look, say:
1. All aboard!
2. Draw in your claws.
3. All the more so.
4. To cut a long story short.
5. It's all your fault.
6. Forewarned is forearmed.
7. George always talks horse,
8. Cora adores small talk.
9. Gordon always puts the cart before the horse.
10. Norton is forcing an open door.
8.
Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between [Ɔ] and [Ɔ:].
I
1. I've bought a dog, Polly.
2. What sort of dog, Paul?
1. Oh, just an ordinary dog, Polly.
2. What's it called?
1. Oh, it's got just an ordinary name.
2. Is it called Spot?
1. No-it's called ... Polly.
II
1. It's a sort of hog, isn't it? But it's got four horns!
79
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
I caught it not far from the cottage, actually.
Well, you ought to tell me what it is.
It's a ... wart-hog.
A wart-hog! Oh! Mm... er... And what will you call your wart-hog?
I shall call it - Horace.
9.
Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
10.
Read the dialogues in pairs.
11. Try to read the tongue-twisters as fast as you can. Pay attention to:
1) the sound [Ɔ:]
Of all the saws I ever saw saw.
I never saw a saw as this saw saws.
a saw — пила
to saw — пилить
2) the sound [Ɔ]
Mr Shott and Mr Nott agreed to fight a duel. Nott was shot and Shott was not, so it is better to be
Shott than Nott, Shott and not Nott shot the shot that shot Nott. If the shot that Shott shot which
shot Nott had shot Shott and not Nott, Shott instead of Nott would have been shot and Nott
would not.
3) the difference between [Ɔ] — [Λ]— [æ]
Betty Botta bought a bit of butter. «But», she said, «this butter's bitter. If I put it in my batter it
will make my batter bitter». So Betty Botta bought a bit of better butter and put it in her bitter
batter, which made Betty Botta's batter a bit better.
bought (past) — to buy -покупать
a bit— немного
butter — масло
bitter — горький
batter — тесто
6.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –OUS
Суффикс –ous является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных.
Прилагательные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают, как правило, качество
явления, личности или предмета.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(существительное)
(прилагательное)
marvel
чудо
marvelous
чудесный
murder
убийство
murderous
убийственный
poison
яд
poisonous
ядовитый
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –ous и переведите их:
danger, courage, mountain, prestige, fame
80
6.3 ГРАММАТИКА
6.3.1 СПРЯЖЕНИЕ ГЛАГОЛА TO BE
Past Simple
Present Simple
Future Simple
Will I be?
Will he be?
Will she be?
Will it be?
Will we be?
Will you be?
Will they be?
Am I?
Is he?
Is she?
Is it?
Are we?
Are you?
Are they?
Was I?
Was he?
Was she?
Was it?
Were we?
Were you?
Were they?
+
I will be
He will be
She will be
It will be
We will be
You will be
They will be
I am
He is
She is
It is
We are
You are
They are
I was
He was
She was
It was
We were
You were
They were
Сокращенные формы:
I’m = I am
It’s = It is
?
I will not be
He will not be
She will not be
It will not be
We will not be
You will not be
They will not be
I am not
He is not
She is not
It is not
We are not
You are not
They are not
I was not
He was not
She was not
It was not
We were not
You were not
They were not
We’re = We are
Isn’t = Is not
Aren’t = Are not
1. Поставьте глагол to be в нужной форме в Present Simple:
1.
Where … you from?
2.
How old … your brother?
3.
What … your sister's name?
4.
I … glad to see you.
5.
How … you?
6.
Tom's parent's … travel agents.
7.
… your aunt a doctor? - Yes, she ….
8.
… they at home today? - No, they … not at home, they … at work.
9.
Moscow … the capital of Russia.
10. What … the weather like today?
11. I … (not) interested in football at all.
12. The news … (not) very bad today.
13. What … your parents' address?
14. Your money … in your pocket.
15. … Tom and Jack good baseball players?
2. Вставьте глагол to be B Present Simple.
81
1. I ... a pupil.
2. My father ... not a teacher, he ... a scientist.
3. ... your aunt a doctor? - Yes, she ... .
4. ... they at home today? - No, they ... not at home, they ... at work.
5. My brother ... a worker. He ... at work.
6. ... you an engineer? -Yes, I....
7. ... your sister a typist? - No, she ... not a typist, she ... a student.
8. ... your brother at school? - Yes, he ....
9. ...your sister at school?-No, she... not at school.
10. My sister... at home.
11. ... this your watch? - Yes, it....
12. She ... an actress.
13. This ... my bag.
14. My uncle ... an office-worker.
15. He ... at work.
3. Вставьте глагол to be B Present, Past или Future Simple.
1. My father ... a teacher.
2. He ... a pupil 20 years ago.
3. I ... a doctor when I grow up.
4. My sister ... not ... at home tomorrow.
5. She ... at school tomorrow.
6. ... you ... at home tomorrow?
7. ... your father at work yesterday?
8. My sister... ill last week.
9. She ... not ill now.
10. Yesterday we ... at the theatre.
11. Where ... your mother now? -She ... in the kitchen.
12. Where ... you yesterday? - I... at the cinema.
13. When I come home tomorrow, all my family... at home.
14. ... your little sister in bed now? - Yes, she ....
15. ... you ... at school tomorrow? - Yes, I... .
16. When my granny ... young, she ... an actress.
17. My friend ... in Moscow now.
18. He ... in St.Petersburg tomorrow.
19. Where ... your books now? - They ... in my bag.
4. Составьте предложения с глаголом to be, поставив его в нужную форму:
1. designer, a, (to be), I, college, after
2. student, (to be), a, good, he
3. good, he, not, (to be), at, swimming
4. glad, tomorrow, I, to see, you, (to be)
5. the, singer, a, (to be), famous, she, past, in
6. he, (to be), engeneer, a, good?
7. library, his , (to be), big, very
8. I, late, (to be), lesson, last
9. (to be), friend, from, Moscow, my
10. film, not, this, interesting, (to be)
82
6.3.2 СПРЯЖЕНИЕ ГЛАГОЛА TO HAVE
Past Simple
Present Simple
Future Simple
Will I have?
Will he have?
Will she have?
Will it have?
Will we have?
Will you have?
Will they have?
Do I have?
Does he have?
Does she have?
Does it have?
Do we have?
Do you have?
Do they have?
Did I have?
Did he have?
Did she have?
Did it have?
Did we have?
Did you have?
Did they have?
+
I will have
He will have
She will have
It will have
We will have
You will have
They will have
I have
He has
She has
It has
We have
You have
They have
I had
He had
She had
It had
We had
You had
They had
?
I will not have
He will not have
She will not have
It will not have
We will not have
You will not have
They will not have
I do not have
He does not have
She does not have
It does not have
We do not have
You do not have
They do not have
I did not have
He did not have
She did not have
It did not have
We did not have
You did not have
They did not have
В будущем простом времени в 1 лице ед. и мн. числа может употребляться
вспомогательный глагол shall.
1. Поставьте глагол to have в нужной форме в настоящем простом времени:
1. You_______no way out.
2. _______you_______an elder brother?
3. I________many reasons to leave.
4. They______________(not) the second car.
5. Our cat________three black kittens.
6. Steve_________(not) her photo.
7. We_________a lecture at 11.
8. Jane_________much work to do.
9. ________he this file?
10. They________English once a week.
2. Поставьте предложения задания 1 в вопросительную и отрицательную форму.
3. Поставьте глагол to have в нужной форме в прошедшем или будущем простом времени:
1. Jason ________a new camera last summer.
2. He_________a car in two years.
3. They _______a good rest last year.
4. We_______English last Monday.
5. Mike_________something to tell you tomorrow.
6. We_________a house next year.
7. I ________a headache yesterday.
8. Jake_________a meeting tomorrow evening.
83
9. Julia________the exam of Literature next Tuesday.
10. I________a dog when I was a child.
4. Поставьте предложения задания 3 в вопросительную и отрицательную форму.
5. Составьте предложения с глаголом to have, поставив его в нужную форму:
1. (to have), an English, I, dictionary
2. tomorrow, (to have), we, lessons, three
3. holidays, you, (to have), in June?
4. (to have), pet, no, at, they, home
5. guests, they, yesterday, (to have)
6. she, a, (to have), cat, big, black
6.3.3 IMPERSONAL SENTENCES WITH “IT”
БЕЗЛИЧНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ С “IT”
Английские предложения отличаются от русских тем, что в них всегда есть подлежащее и
сказуемое. Поэтому в безличных предложениях, когда нет подлежащего, используется в качестве
формального подлежащего местоимение it. It’s cold today. – Сегодня холодно. It rains. – Идет
дождь.
Структура безличных предложений:
Местоимение it
(часто не
переводится)
It
It
It
It
is
is
was
Именная
часть
сказуемого
hot.
nine
funny.
will
snow
Глаголсвязка
Другие члены
предложения
Перевод
o’clock now.
Жарко.
Сейчас 9 часов.
Это было смешно.
tomorrow.
Завтра будет снег.
Безличные предложения с it:
a. дают оценку какому-либо действию
(It is important to know these facts. Важно знать эти факты.);
b. указывают на пространственно-временные отношения
(It is 5 km to the port. До порта 5 км. It is 5 o'clock now. Сейчас 5 часов.);
c. указывают на погодные условия и состояние атмосферы
(It is cold. Холодно. It is getting dark. Темнеет.).
1. Переведите на русский язык:
1. It was difficult.
2. It is raining.
3. It is time to go to bed.
4. It is not far from here.
5. It was pleasant to meet you.
6. Was it interesting?
7. It will be impossible to do.
8. It is late.
9. It is morning.
10. It is windy today.
11. It is getting cold.
84
2. Переведите на английский язык:
1. Сегодня холодно.
2. Идет снег.
3. Сейчас вечер.
4. Было приятно познакомиться с вашим другом.
5. Пора идти в колледж.
6. Это далеко отсюда?
7. Сейчас 14 09 часов.
8. Холодно?
9. Сейчас весна.
10. Сегодня тепло.
6.4 ЛЕКСИКА
LEISURE TIME AND HOBBY
СВОБОДНОЕ ВРЕМЯ И ХОББИ
1. Read the text. Прочитайте текст.
Many man, many minds. All people are different and so they prefer spending their free time in
different ways. Some of them go to the parks, forests, to the country and enjoy the beauty of nature.
Others like to stay at home watching TV or reading books. There are people who are fond of cinema and
theatres, so they try to go there as often as possible. If you have chosen a hobby according to your
character and taste you are lucky because your life becomes more interesting. People like gardening and
traveling, playing chess and volleyball. Both grown-ups and children are fond of playing different
computer games. This hobby is becoming more and more popular. Many of my friends are fond of
drawing and painting. Many people collect something - coins, stamps, compact discs, toys, books.
As for me I prefer to spend my free time in different ways. I like to go in for sport, to play football,
basketball or volleyball with my friends. I like to watch TV, to listen to a CD player and play computer
games. Also I like to go for a walk in the country and enjoy the beauty of nature. My way of spending
free time is connected with my hobby. And my hobby is reading books.
I’d like to say that it’s hard to imagine our life without books. Books play such a great role in the
development of personality. They help as to forget our daily problems and to pretend we travel to the
past, future and to many different, wonderful places that we can’t visit in reality. I am also sure that
books are our good friends and teachers. From them we get to know the life around us better, they teach
us how to tell right from wrong, to love our Motherland, to understand friendship, people’s feelings. So,
they teach us how to live. As for me I like to read different kinds of books: ......
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
different - различные
prefer - предпочитать
free time – свободное время
forests - леса
enjoy the beauty of nature – наслаждаться
красотой природы
6. watching TV – смотреть телевизор
7. reading books – читать книги
8. to be fond of – увлекаться, любить
9. cinema - кино
10. theatre – театр
11. gardening - садоводство
12. traveling - путешествие
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
85
stamps - марки
toys - игрушки
to listen – слушать
chess – шахматы
play – играть
grown-ups - взрослые
drawing - рисование
paintingи- живопись
to go for a walk – ходить на прогулку
imagine – вообразить, представить
development of personality – развитие
личности
pretend – представить
13. to go in for sport – заниматься спортом
14. taste – вкус
15. collect – коллекционировать, собирать
16. coins - монеты
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
29.
30.
31.
travel - путешествовать
how to tell right from wrong – как
отличить хорошее от плохого
feelings - чувства
Answer the questions. Ответьте на вопросы (Используйте дополнительный словарь).
1. Are you fond of reading?
2. What books do you prefer to read?
3. Where do you take books for reading?
4. How often do you go to the library?
5. Where do you get information about new books (new publications)?
6. Can you find books to your taste in the book-stores?
7. Do you often buy books?
8. Have you got your own home-library?
9. Which book would you like to be given for a birthday present?
10. Do you read books for amusement or do you think that reading books we learn life?
11. What are your favourite authors?
12. Have you got many dictionaries and reference books?
13. Do you enjoy reading adventure novels and travel books?
14. What book have you recently read?
15. Do you read newspapers and magazines regularly?
16. Have you read much by English and American authors?
17. Do you prefer to read them in original or in translation?
18. Do you like to read memoirs and biographies of famous people?
library - библиотека
find - находить
book-stores – книжные магазины
buy - покупать
own - собственный
amusement - развлечение
favourite authors – любимые авторы
dictionaries - словари
adventure novels – приключенческие
романы
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
travel books – книги о путешествиях
recently – за последнее время
newspapers - газеты
magazines - журналы
in original – в оригинале
in translation – в переводе
memoirs - мемуары
famous people – знаменитые люди
4. Если вы запишите полные ответы на предложенные вопросы, то получите рассказ о
вашем отношении к чтению.
Translate the text. Переведите текст.
As for me, I like to listen to music. 3 months ago my parents bought me a compact disc player and
I decided to collect compact discs. I like different music. I collect discs of my favourite groups and
singers. I carefully study the information printed on disc booklets. I try to find everything about my
favourite singers. Also I like to watch music programmes on TV. I want to keep up with the news in the
world of music. Of course, I like to spend my spare time with my friends. We talk about all sorts of
things (politics, teachers, girls). We discuss films, books, TV programmes. In fine weather we like to be
at the open air. We find a nice place somewhere in the forest. We make a fire, bake potatoes and have a
lot of fun. When the weather is bad, my friends come to my place. We have a good time together.
5.
6. Используя лексику и тексты этого учебного элемента, составьте рассказ о своих
увлечениях.
86
6.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
AGREEMENT AND DISAGREEMENT.
СОГЛАСИЕ И НЕСОГЛАСИЕ.
1. Read and try to remember:
Agreement, Согласие
1. All right – Ладно
2. OK – О’кей
3. Very well - Хорошо
4. I agree (with you) – Я согласен (с вами)
5. Willingly - Охотно
6. With pleasure – С удовольствием
7. Of course - Конечно
8. Sure - Конечно
9. By all means - Бесспорно
10. Agreed! – Решено! Согласен!
11. It’s a go! – Идет!
12. Quite so – Совершенно верно
Disagreement. Несогласие
1. I'm of a different opinion — Я другого мнения.
2. This is out of the question — Об этом не может быть и речи.
3. I object (to it) — Я возражаю
4. No go! — Ничего не выйдет!
5. Nothing doing! — Этот номер не пройдет!
6. Not for the world! — Ни за что на свете!
7. Nothing of the sort — Ничего подобного
8. Why on earth! — С какой стати!
9. I doubt it — Сомневаюсь
Tell someone in the group that you think. Скажите своим одногруппникам, что вы
думаете.
1. English food is excellent;
2. blondes are prettier than brunettes;
3. winter is nicer than summer;
4. fish is better than meat;
5. hard work is very pleasant.
Your partner will agree or disagree with you.
2.
Read, listen and then dramatize. Learn the dialogue by heart. Прочитайте, прослушайте, а
затем инсценируйте. Выучите диалог наизусть.
Нэлл и Пит друзья. Они обсуждают фильмы, которые смотрели вместе.
P. The last film was really great.
П. Последний фильм был действительно
великолепный.
N. Nothing of the sort.
Н. Ничего подобного.
P. The best I’ve seen this year, surely.
П. Конечно же, лучший из тех, что я видел в
этом году.
N. I’m of a different opinion.
Н. Я другого мнения.
P. And what about the film we saw last week? П. А как насчет фильма, который мы
It was cool.
видели на прошлой неделе? Это было
круто.
3.
87
N. Sure. It’s one of the best that have come out
this year.
P. Quite so. Let’s go to the cinema next week?
N. Agreed!
Н. Конечно. Это один из лучших фильмов,
которые вышли в этом году.
П. Совершенно верно. Давай сходим в кино
на следующей неделе?
Н. Решено!
4.
Make any statement you like. Your partner will either agree or disagree with you.
Выскажите любую мысль. Ваш партнер должен согласиться или не согласиться с вами.
Model: A. You'll be on duty today.
B. Why on earth!
6.6 ПИСЬМО
1. Напишите ответ на это письмо, укажите адрес получателя, пользуясь правилами
учебного элемента «Написание адреса» из предыдущего модуля и информацией,
содержащейся в письме:
Dear friend,
My name is Mike McKay. I'm sixteen years old and I live in Edinburgh, Scotland. My family is
not very big. I live with my parents. I have a dog. His name is Spot. He is very clever. I like him very
much. My hobby is collecting stamps. I like to play football with my friends. I can run, swim and jump
very well. I like playing computer games and listening to music. And what about you? What are your
hobbies? Do you like sports? Can you swim? Do you play football?
Bye for now.
Your friend, Mike
6.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 6
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it and be ready to answer the questions.
1. «You know your clothes are in a terrible state», the old lady said after the meal. «My husband was
just about your size. A little heavier, perhaps. All his clothes are upstairs. They are no good to him. He
died two years ago». She pointed up to the above them. «Why don't you see if any of his clothes fit you?
You can bring them back tomorrow».
«Nobody can be this lucky!» Coke thought to himself. He went upstairs and turned the light on. He
found a heavy jacket, a woolen shirt and some trousers hanging in the room.
2. «What do you know about Coke?» Baxter asked Halls. They are in the car now. «Very little, I'm
afraid. In fact, I don't think, I know anything about him at all. Wasn't he the fellow who was in that spy
case about 4 years ago?»
«Yes, that's right. Coke always said it wasn't him... that it was someone else».
«That's what they all say. But what's so special about him?» «Coke was in Army Intelligence. He
knew important secrets. We could never understand why he sold them. There wasn't a real motive. Some
said he did it for money. We couldn't prove it, but if he was a spy, he still knows too much. We could
never find out who he sold secrets to. That's why we have to catch him before he makes contact with any
of his old friends! »
3. Coke put the clothes on as quickly as he could. They were old, but they were warm. When he
came downstairs, the old lady was still in front of the fire. She smiled when she looked at him. «You
know, you look just like my husband in those clothes... when he was much younger, of course». Coke
tried to be polite. He wanted to leave quickly.
88
«I can't thank you enough. It's very kind of you to do all this for me». The old lady did not seem to
hear him. «Just like my husband», she said again. Just then, there was a knock on the door.
(349 words)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) всегда говорил, что это не он
b) точь-в-точь как мой муж
c) сделал это из-за денег
d) шерстяная рубашка
e) он все еще знает слишком много
f) боюсь, очень мало
g) в ужасном состоянии
h) они ему больше не нужны
i) как же мне повезло
j) что в нем особенного
k) со всей возможной поспешностью
l) кажется, не слышала его
m) раздался стук в дверь
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Old woman's husband was...
a) a little lighter;
b) a little heavier;
c) of the same size.
2. The police wanted to catch Coke as soon as possible because...
a) he was in Army Intelligence;
b) he was a spy;
c) he could make contact with any of his old friends.
3. There was a knock at the door when...
a) Coke was upstairs;
b) Coke was talking with the old woman;
c) Coke was putting on the clothes.
4.
Put the sentences in the correct order:
1) Coke went upstairs.
2) The old lady offered his husband’s clothes to Coke.
3) Coke thought he was lucky.
4) Coke heard the knock on the door.
5) Coke put on the old clothes.
6) Coke went downstairs to leave quickly.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What did the old woman offer to Coke?
2. What kind of clothes did Coke find?
3. What was Coke?
4. What couldn't the police prove?
5. Why do they want to catch him as soon as possible?
6. What did the woman say when she looked at Coke?
6. Express the main idea of this episode in 2-3 sentences.
89
МОДУЛЬ 7
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [ou], [ə:], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные и наречия с суффиксом
–ly;
 Правильно употреблять прилагательные и наречия, образовывать их степени
сравнения;
 Поговорить и написать о временах года;
 Выразить свое одобрение и неодобрение.
7.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [ou], [ǝ:]
Звук
[ou]
[ǝ:]
1. Listen, look, say:
bow
bone
doe
dome
so
soul
toe
toad
roe
road
low
load
hoe
hoed
Употребление
о в открытом слоге
о + ld
oa, ow
е+r
i+r
u+r
y+r
w + or
Примеры
go, note
cold, old
road, low
person
first
turn
Byrd
word, world
ea + r
pearl
boat
dote
soak
toast
roast
loaf
host
roil
poll
old
told
cold
stroll
shoulder
window
follow
yellow
cargo
tomato
photo
memento
2. Listen, look, say:
1.Go slow.
2.Follow your nose.
3.Nobody home.
4.Don't grow cold.
5.No bones broken.
6.It's a cold coal to blow at.
7.I vote we go home.
8.Oh, no, don't go home alone.
9. I don't suppose you know Rose.
10. I won't crow over a foe.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference in pronunciation of the sounds [ou] — [Ɔ] — [Ɔ:].
90
I
1. I'm going to the grocer's.
2. Call at the post-office, will you?
1. It closes at four. The shop closes at four too.
Can't you go to the post-office? I want a lot of groceries.
2. Oh, all right. I'll go. 1. Get me some stamps, will you?
II
1. I've got to go.
2. Oh, don't go.
1. I've got to.
2. No, you don't have to go.
1. I want to go home.
2. What do you want to go home for?
1. Open the door.
2. It's not locked. Off you go!
1. I'm sorry.
2. Go home if you want to. Go on.
1. I'm sorry.
2. It's all right. I don't mind.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Listen, look, say:
sir
serve
fir
firm
her
heard
burr
bird
blur
term
surf
first
hurt
burst
learn
reserve
early
certain
birthday
thirteen
world
girl
curl
pearl
hurl
7. Listen, look, say;
1. Certainly, sir.
2. I've overheard the word.
3. I'll turn in early.
4. A worm will turn.
5. What a hurly-burly girl Urse is'
6. I’ll see her further first!
7. The work will serve no purpose.
8. My girl has her bursts of work.
9. Why do Gert's dirty work for her?
10. Erna is a proverb and a byword.
8. Listen and look. Pay attention to the sound [ǝ:].
I
1. What does Evan do?
2. I'm not certain. But he earns a lot. He has money to burn.
1. And Bernard?
2. Oh, I prefer Bernard, of course, but...
1. What a superb fur coat, by the way.
2. As I say, I prefer Bernard, but...
1. And what beautiful pearls!
91
II
1.S-s-s. There's a burglar behind the curtain.
2.Are you certain, Bertha?
1.Don't disturb him. He might hurt us or worse he might even murder us.
2.But are you perfectly certain it is burglar?
1.Perfectly. Only a burglar would hide behind a curtain in that way.
2.Oh, Bertha, do you remember Percy Turner?
1. Sh-sh-sh. Gertrude! We’re not the girls we were 30 years ago you know.
9. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
10. Read the dialogues in pairs.
11. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between [Λ] and [ǝ:].
I
1.Some-thing is burning.
2.Oh, ray buns!
1.I love burnt buns.
2.Curse this oven. Curse it!
1.But I prefer burnt buns.
2.It's the worst oven in the world.
1.Wonderful! A perfect bun, perfect!
2.Well, there are thirty of them. Have another.
1. U-m-m. Lovely!
II
1.I work for your brother's company.
2.Come and work for my company. How much money do you earn?
1.Five hundred a month.
2.You're worth another thirty.
1.I worth another hundred. But I mustn't leave your brother,
2.We'll discuss it on Thursday.
1.We have discussed it.
2.Six hundred?
1. Six hundred and thirty.
12. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
13. Read the dialogues in pairs.
14. Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can.
Robert Rowley rolled a round roll round.
A round roll Robert Rowley rolled round.
Where is the round roll Robert Rowley rolled round?
roll (v.; n.) – катить; ролик
92
7.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –LY
Суффикс –ly является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных и
имеющих значение «имеющий свойство, повторяющийся через определенный промежуток
времени».
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(существительное)
(прилагательное)
mother
мать
motherly
материнский
king
король
kingly
королевский
week
неделя
weekly
еженедельный
hour
час
hourly
ежечасный
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –ly и переведите их:
month, friend, day, year, man
СУФФИКС НАРЕЧИЙ –LY
Суффикс –ly является суффиксом наречий, образованных от
существительных и обозначающих свойство действия.
Исходная форма
practical
easy
week
hour
практический
легкий
неделя
час
прилагательных или
Производное слово
practically
easily
weekly
hourly
практически
легко
еженедельно
ежечасно
Образуйте наречия при помощи суффикса –ly и переведите их:
month, friend, day, year, strong, quiet, slow, full
7.3 ГРАММАТИКА
7.3.1 DEGREES OF COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ
Сравнительная
Положительная
Превосходная
Comparative
Positive Degree
Superlative Degree
Degree
Односложные и
двусложные
прилагательные
Многосложные
прилагательные
Прилагательные,
образующие
young – молодой
younger – моложе
big - большой
easy - лёгкий
simple - простой
bigger - больше
easier - легче
simpler - проще
profitable прибыльный
interesting –
интересный
good - хороший
bad - плохой
more profitable –
более прибыльный
more interesting –
интереснее
better - лучший
worse - худший
93
the youngest – самый
молодой
the biggest – самый
большой
the easiest - легчайший
the simplest - простейший
the most profitable –
наиболее прибыльный
the most interesting – самый
интересный
the best – самый лучший
the worst - наихудший
степени сравнения little - маленький
much, many - много
не по правилу
less - меньше
more - больше
the least - наименьший
the most - наибольший
При образовании простых форм сравнительной и превосходной степени соблюдаются
следующие правила:
 в односложных прилагательных, оканчивающихся на один согласный с предшествующим
кратким гласным звуком, конечный согласный удваивается: hot – hotter
 если односложные или двусложные прилагательные оканчиваются на букву –y с
предшествующей согласной, то в сравнительной и превосходной степени она меняется на
–i: lucky – luckier
 к прилагательным, оканчивающимся на немое е прибавляется –r, - st: pale – paler
1. Выберите прилагательные в положительной степени:
1) largest; 2) hard; 3) simpler; 4) hotter; 5) clever 6) longest; 7) warmer; 8) dirtier; 9) worse 10)
interesting; 11) older; 12) far; 13) nearest 14) little; 15) beautiful; 16) easier; 17) latest 18) less; 19)
long; 20) narrowest; 21) polite 22) greenest; 23) bravest; 24) tender; 25) wetter.
2. Выберите прилагательные в сравнительной степени:
1) good; 2) biggest; 3) more expensive; 4) best; 5) colder; 6) bad; 7) cheap; 8) taller; 9)funnier; 10)
bravest; 11) least; 12) farther; 13) latest; 14) high; 15) more; 16) greener; 17) long; 18) hot; 19)
harder; 20) cleverest; 21) more beautiful;22) younger; 23) richest; 24) gayer; 25) worse.
3. Выберите прилагательные в превосходной степени:
1) strongest; 2) nearer; 3) nice; 4) fatter; 5) more serious; 6) little; 7) happier; 8) shortest; 9) dark; 10)
worst; 11) sharper; 12) most popular; 13) busy; 14) most active; 15) difficult; 16) more careful; 17)
quieter; 18) youngest; 19) most important; 20) earliest; 21) careful; 22) late; 23) easy; 24) most;25)
smaller.
4. Образуйте сравнительную и превосходную степень прилагательных:
Small, hot, fat, great, happy, nasty, clever, sharp, safe, slow, quiet, big, modern, expensive, comfortable,
late, good, funny, intelligent, old, bad, young, far, near, little, large, useful, difficult, interesting, pretty,
wonderful, serious, lucky, simple, thin, beautiful, narrow, careless, dangerous.
5. Используйте сравнительную и превосходную степени прилагательных по образцу:
A cat is fast, a tiger is faster but a cheetah is the fastest.
1. A car is heavy, a truck is ..., but a train is the....
2. A park bench is comfortable, a restaurant chair is ... but a sofa is the ....
3. A horse is big, a bear is..., but an elephant is the....
4. A lake is deep, a sea is ...but an ocean is the ....
5. A soap opera is interesting, an adventure film is ..., but a detective film is the ....
6. English language is difficult, Italian language is ...but Japanese is the
6. Употребите прилагательные в превосходной степени и переведите предложения:
1. Who is the ... (brave) soldier in this troop?
2. What is the ... (long) river in Europe?
3. Where is the ... (old) building in Moscow?
4. What is the ... (important) issue today?
5. Who is the ... (greedy) child in this group?
6. Who is the ... (wise) person in their family?
7. Who is the ... (talented) musician in this orchestra?
94
....
8. Where is the ... (high) mountain in the world?
7. Раскройте скобки и поставьте прилагательные в правильную степень:
1. Red Square is four times (big) than St. Mark's Square in Venice and much (big) than St. Peter's
Square in Rome.
2. In Chicago the (tall) building reached the height of 21 stores (305 ft).
3. Lake Erie is the (old) and (shallow) of the Great Lakes, so it is natural that it is dying faster than
the others.
4. Alaska is the (large) of the states in area, but the smallest in population.
5. The metro is the (fast) and (comfortable) type of the city transport.
8. Раскройте скобки и поставьте прилагательные в правильную степень:
For many young people, life is hard now. Jobs are difficult to find. There's not so much money
around. Things are (expensive), and it's (hard) to find a place to live. Teachers say that students work
(hard) than they used to. They are (little) interested in politics, and (much) interested in passing exams.
They know that (good) exam results may get them (good) jobs.
Most young people worry (much) about money than their parents did twenty years ago. They try to
spend (little) and save (much). They want to be able to get homes of their own one day.
9. Составьте 10 предложений, используя прилагательные в разных степенях сравнения.
10. Составьте рассказ или диалог, используя прилагательные в разных степенях сравнения.
7.3.2 THE ADVERBS
НАРЕЧИЯ
Группы
Наречия образа
действия
Наречия степени
Наречия места и
направления
Наречия
Употребление
hard – упорно
quickly – быстро
fast – быстро
slowly – медленно
well – хорошо
easily – легко
very – очень
too – слишком
quite – вполне
almost – почти
Примеры
He works hard. – Он
упорно работает.
после глагола
или дополнения
перед
определяемым
словом
much – много
little – мало
enough –
достаточно
после
прилагательного
или глагола
here – здесь
there – там
near – рядом
far – далеко
outside – снаружи
inside – внутри
после глагола
или прямого
дополнения
95
He read the massage
quickly. – Он быстро
прочитал записку.
The computer is too
expensive. – Этот
компьютер слишком
дорогой.
He is old enough to
understand that. – Он
достаточно
взрослый, чтобы
понимать это.
You can stay here. –
Вы можете остаться
здесь.
now – сейчас
today – сегодня
в конце или в
начале
Наречия времени tomorrow – завтра
yesterday – вчера
предложения
then – тогда
always – всегда
перед смысловым
usually – обычно
глаголом (но
Наречия частоты
often – часто
после глагола
и повторности
sometimes – иногда
to be)
never - никогда



I’ll call him back
tomorrow. – Я
перезвоню ему
завтра.
He is always polite. –
Он всегда вежлив.
I usually get up at 7 –
Я обычно встаю в 7.
Наречия могут образовываться от прилагательных или существительных при помощи
суффикса –ly:
happy (счастливый) – happily (счастливо)
day (день) – daily (ежедневно)
Иногда суффикс –ly может менять значение исходного прилагательного:
late (поздний) – lately (в последнее время)
hard (усердный) – hardly (едва)
near (близкий) – nearly (почти)
Некоторые наречия совпадают по форме с прилагательными:
hard (усердный) – hard (усердно)
late (поздний) - late (поздно)
early (ранний) – early (рано)
near (близкий) - near (близко)
Степени сравнения имеют преимущественно наречия образа действия и образуются они
аналогично степеням сравнения прилагательных.
1. Распределите наречия на 5 колонок:
Частоты и
повторности
quite, today, well, never, enough, quickly, always, too, then, near, very, tomorrow, much, often, now,
fast, little, sometimes, yesterday, there, here, early, carefully, late
Образа действия
Степени
Места
Времени
2. Выберите наречия в положительной степени сравнения:
1) worst; 2) little; 3) beautifully; 4) loudly; 5) slower; 6) well; 7) farther; 8) latest; 9) early; 10) best; 11)
much; 12) oftenest, 13) technically; 14) faster; 15) most easily.
3. Выберите наречия в сравнительной степени:
1) early; 2) soonest; 3) most easily; 4) fast; 5) more often; 6) well; 7) less; 8) slowly; 9) later; 10)
clearly; 11) more perfectly; 12) completely; 13) terribly; 14)oftener; 15) kindly.
4. Выберите наречия в превосходной степени:
1) sooner; 2) most easily; 3) oftenest; 4) worst; 5) far; 6) quicker; 7) more carefully; 8) most; 9) latest;
10) late; 11) more regularly; 12) most angrily; 13) soonest; 14) quickest; 15) more loudly.
5. Образуйте наречия от приведенных ниже прилагательных, подчеркните те, которые по
форме совпадают с соответствующими прилагательными:
Easy, slow, little, brave, quick, quiet, fast, far, short, early, heavily, near, late, hard
96
6. Заполните пропуски словами enough, well, yesterday, tomorrow, quickly, slowly:
1. I went to the cinema …
2. This car is good … for him.
3. I’ll go there …
4. Time goes …
5. She knows him quite …
6. He … walked to the door.
7. Выберите нужное слово (наречие или прилагательное):
1. If you want to help him, speak (honest/honestly).
2. Your shoes are (exact/exactly) mine.
3. The weather is (terrible/terribly). Don't go out.
4. The work was done very (careless/carelessly).
5. It was (easy/easily) to understand the book and make the report on it.
6. It can be done (easy/easily).
7. The little girl was (terrible/terribly) frightened when the dog ran after her.
8. He ate his breakfast (quick/quickly) and went to school.
9. Be (quick /quickly)! The taxi has arrived!
10. The car drove very (slow/slowly).
11. I speak French (bad/badly). Let's speak Greek.
12. Why did you speak to me so (angry/angrily)?
13. He has always been (angry/angrily).
14. Say this word (correct/correctly)
15. I don't think this is the (right/rightly) word.
8. Выберите подходящее наречие:
1. We had (hard/hardly) reached home when began raining.
2. Nancy learns very (quickly/quite).
3. Do you (almost/always) lock the front door?
4. You are speaking very (quietly/well/then). I can hardly understand you.
5. Do you drink (little/much/lately) coffee? Yes, I (always/never) drink coffee in the morning.
6. It was (very/much/fast) interesting to hear him.
7. We have (nearly/hard/far) finished our work..
8. They (here/easily/quite/usually) go for a holiday in September.
9. He wasn’t at college (tomorrow/now/yesterday/sometimes).
10. You can wait for him (then/inside/never/fast).
9. Cоставьте 10 предложений с наречиями.
10. Составьте рассказ или диалог, используя как можно больше наречий.
7.4 ЛЕКСИКА
SEASONS
Прочитайте текст и заполните таблицу:
There are four seasons in a year: spring, summer, autumn and winter.
March, April and May are spring months. Spring is the most pleasant of all the seasons of the year.
The weather is getting warmer and warmer, everything changes and seems to revive. The trees begin to
bud. Sometimes it rains, but there are no rough winds; the sun shines brightly. The grass is green and
one can see a lot of flowers peeping out from it. In spring all the migratory birds return. They sing
sweetly on the branches of the trees.
1.
97
The summer months are June, July and August. Summer is the hottest season of the year. The days
are longest in summer. The longest day of the year is the 22nd of June. Some people like summer best of
all. All of us enjoy summer with its cloudless sunshine. There is a lot of fruit and vegetables at that time.
In summer many people leave town and spend the hottest time in the country or at the seaside. After
summer autumn comes.
The autumn months are September, October and November. The warm days of early autumn are
called the «Indian Summer» or the «Golden Autumn». The «Golden Autumn» is really beautiful with its
yellow, red and brown trees and golden leaves falling down. Autumn is the season of fruit and
vegetables. But the days become shorter and the nights longer and darker. The weather is not as good as
in spring and in summer. It often rains and the air gets colder and colder. Winter is the coldest season of
the year.
The winter months are December, January and February. The winter days are short and gloomy. It
often snows and it freezes. Winter is a very beautiful season too. Some people like it very much. It is
pleasant to walk when it is not very cold and it snows. The ground is covered with snow. The trees and
the roofs are white with snow too. Winter also gives great opportunities for those who go in for winter
sports.
I think every season has a charm of its own.
SEASONS
MONTHS
DAYS
NIGHTS
WEATHER
2. Изучите слова, составьте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1.
season – время года
13. fruit – фрукты
2.
weather – погода
14. vegetables – овощи
3.
warm – тёплый
15. beautiful – красивый
4.
rain – дождь
16. snow – снег
5.
wind – ветер
17. freeze – морозить
6.
to shine – светить
18. green – зеленый
7.
gross – трава
19. brown – коричневый
8.
flower – цветок
20. golden – золотой
9.
short – короткий
21. red – красный
10. hot – жаркий
22. white – белый
11. long – долгий
23. dark – тёмный
12. cloud – облако
24. cold - холодный
3.
Переведите абзац про одно из времен года. Подчеркните прилагательные и наречия.
7.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
APPROVAL AND DISAPPROVAL
ОДОБРЕНИЕ И НЕОДОБРЕНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember.
Somebody has done or is going to do something you approve or disapprove of. Here are some ways of
expressing your feelings:
A. Approval. Одобрение
1. (That's) a good idea! - (Это) хорошая идея!
2. An excellent idea! - Прекрасная идея!
3. Wonderful! (Excellent, splendid). - Чудесно! (Прекрасно)
98
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Very wise (sensible) of you. - Очень умно с вашей стороны.
Well done! - Молодец!
Good for you! - Отлично!
I'm all for it! - Я только за!
That's it! - Точно!
B. Disapproval. Неодобрение
1. That's not a (very) good idea. - Это не очень хорошая идея.
2. That's silly. - Это глупо.
3. I'm all against it. - Я против этого.
4. I wouldn’t say I like it. - Не сказал бы, что мне это нравится.
5. Rubbish! - Вздор!
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Express your approval on disapproval of the following statement made to you by a close
friend.
I'm going on a diet.
I'm going to learn Japanese.
We're going to get engaged.
I'm going to telephone the police.
I've bought a new car.
I've become a student.
3. Read, listen and then dramatize. Make your own dialogue.
WIFE: I'm going to take a job.
ЖЕНА: Я собираюсь пойти работать.
HUSBAND: I wouldn't say I like it.
МУЖ: Не сказал бы, что мне это нравится.
WIFE: But I feel terribly bored.
ЖЕНА: Но мне ужасно скучно.
HUSBAND: Rubbish!
МУЖ: Вздор!
WIFE: And then I can buy my own car.
ЖЕНА: И тогда я смогу купить себе
машину.
HUSBAND: Really?
МУЖ: Правда?
WIFE: And pay for my own clothes.
ЖЕНА: И сама платить за свою одежду.
HUSBAND: That's an excellent idea. I'm all
МУЖ: Это прекрасная идея. Я целиком за!
for it!
4.
A friend of yours telephones to tell you of his/her plans for the summer holidays. You approve
of some of the plans but not of others. Begin like this:
A. Hullo! I've decided to go to the seaside in July.
B….
7.6 ПИСЬМО
РАССКАЗ О ЛЮБИМОМ ВРЕМЕНИ ГОДА
1.
Используя текст “Seasons” и вопросы, составьте рассказ о вашем любимом времени
года:
1. What is your favourite season?
2. Why do you like this season?
3. What are the days and nights in this season?
4. What is the weather like in this season?
5. What do you prefer to do in this season?
6. What sports are you go in for in this season?
99
Напишите ответ на письмо.
Dear friend,
Where are you and what are you doing? I'm writing this letter to you after my birthday party. My
birthday was last Saturday. The weather was nice. It was a warm and sunny day. We made barbecue.
Mother and father fried steaks and sausages and I helped them. My friends and I danced, played games
and listened to music. I enjoyed my birthday party. What do you usually do on your birthday? Were you
born in spring, summer, autumn or winter? What is the weather usually like on your birthday?
Your friend, Michael
2.
7.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 7
1. Read the text. Try to understand it and be ready to answer the questions.
1. The deaf old lady did not hear the knock, but Coke did. His heart began to pound wildly. He had
to decide what to do, and quickly.
«There's someone at the door», he said loudly, but the old lady did not understand. «There's someone
at the door», he said again, this time even more loudly than before. She went out of the room and Coke
quickly stepped back into the shadows of the front room.
2. The old lady opened the front door. Coke could see her quite clearly, but nothing else. He listened
carefully.
«Hello, Mrs. Hartley. I'm from the village police station. The sergeant sent me. I've got something to
tell you».
Then Coke saw the policeman very clearly. The old lady and the policeman came through the door
into the sitting-room. Coke was behind the door, so the policeman couldn't see him.
«Good evening officer. Can I help you?» Coke said very loudly and clearly. The policeman turned
around and looked at Coke. He was very surprised. Then Coke hit him hard as he could in the stomach
and he fell to the floor heavily. The old lady screamed. The policeman tried to get up, but fell back
weakly. Coke ran out of the room.
3. The phone rang about five minutes later at the local police headquarters. Hall answered it. «What?
Coke? Where? When?» Baxter stood up as soon as he heard Coke's name. He quickly put his hat and
coat on. Halls listened carefully to the voice on the other end and quickly made a few notes. Then he put
the phone down and turned to Baxter. «Well, we know where Coke is now. A policeman almost caught
him only five minutes ago».
«What do you mean, he almost caught him? Did he catch him or didn't he?» «No, he got away. He
stole the policeman's bike».
(313 words)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) украл полицейский велосипед
b) открыла входную дверь
c) был за дверью
d) внимательно слушал
e) еще громче, чем раньше
f) был очень удивлен
g) выбежал из комнаты
h) через пять минут
i) почти поймал его
j) должен был решать, что делать
100
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. When Coke heard the knock...
a) he calmly went to the door;
b) his heart began to pound wildly;
c) he took out his knife.
2. When Coke saw the policeman...
a) he decided to kill him;
b) he decided to use his knife;
c) he stepped back and waited.
3. When Coke hit the policeman...
a) the old lady screamed;
b) the policeman ran after him;
c) he didn't know what to do.
4. Baxter learnt that...
a) the policeman caught Coke;
b) Coke stole the policeman bike;
c) Coke hit the policeman.
4.
Put the sentences in the correct order:
7) Coke heard the knock on the door.
8) Coke decided to hide.
9) Coke hit the policeman.
10) Coke stole the policeman's bike.
11) The policeman was very surprised when he saw Coke.
12) The old lady screamed.
5. Answer the questions.
1. Where did Coke hide?
2. What did Coke do when the policeman entered the room?
3. What did Halls learn on the phone?
4. What did Coke steal?
6. Make a plan of the text.
101
МОДУЛЬ 8
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [u:], [u], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные с суффиксами -less, ful;
 Правильно употреблять модальные глаголы.
 Образовывать и переводить безличные предложения с one.
 Узнать и рассказать о разных магазинах и товарах, которые в них продаются;
 Описать посещение супермаркета;
 Выразить упрек и оправдание.
8.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [U:], [JU:], [U]
Звук
[u:]
Употребление
Примеры
l, r, j + u в открытом слоге
rule, June, lunatic
оо (но не перед буквой k)
food, too
r+e+w
drew, grew
оо перед k
look, book
u в открытом слоге
music, tube
е+w
few, new
[u]
[ju:]
1. Listen, look, say:
too
tomb
boo
booed
rue
rude
who
whom
coo
cooed
sou
soon
lou
lose
tooth
boot
route
hoot
coot
soup
loose
tool
cool
rule
fool
pull
spool
stool
due
view
hue
new
few
pew
stew
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Who'll do the rooms?
2. Do as I do.
3. Sue's true blue.
4. Ruth can't say boo to a goose.
5. You are a nuisance, too.
6. Don't you be too soon, Bruce.
7. Lou grew too big for his boots.
8. Prue knew who's who.
9. I see Prudie once in a blue moon.
10. Read the newspaper review through and through.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the sound [u] as in good, [u:] as in boot.
I
A. Who would he choose?
102
junior
prudent
wounded
whooping
balloon
protrude
include
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
He'd choose you.
He wouldn't choose me — I'm much too young. He doesn't think I could do it.
Well, if he wouldn't choose you, who would he choose?
He'd choose Wood. Wood's very good.
Mm-much too good to be true.
II
A. We should be there by two.
B. Yes. It's a full moon. And the route's good.
A. I'll put the things in the boot.
B. The boot's full.
A. What has that fool put in the boot?
B. I wouldn't look if I were you...
A. Or I should say ... who's he put in the boot?
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Listen, look, say.
good
could
would
should
room
hood
wood
look
put
foot
book
push
cook
puss
woman
sugar
pudding
butcher
woolen
cushion
bullet
full
bull
wool
wolf
wolves
pulpit
pullman
7. Listen, look, say.
1. It looks good.
2 Put your foot down.
3. Keep a good look out.
4. Fuller took good aim.
5. I wouldn't put it past Foots.
6. Woolner refused to put foot out.
7. It wouldn't look good, would it?
8. Wolf is put to the push.
9. Would you help the woman, if you could?
10. I couldn't help looking, could I?
11. If only Foot should pull through.
12. Pull devil! Pull baker! Bully for you!
8. Listen and look. Pay attention to the sound [u]: [u] as in foot, [Λ] as in cut.
I
A. I've cut my foot.
B. Let me look. Ummm... Not much of a cut. No
blood. Just put a plaster on it. Cover it up.
A. It's the other foot actually.
II
A. Could you come for lunch?
B. I wish I could come, but...
A. I'm cooking a duck.
В. A duck? Mmmm...
103
A. I've just made the pudding.
В. Oh! A pudding?
A. With nuts!
B. Nuts? Mmmm... A wonderful lunch! Wonderful!
A. It would be lovely if you could come.
B. I'd love to come mother...
A. Good. Come at once.
B. But…
9. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
10. Read the dialogue in pairs.
11. Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can.
A tutor who taught on the flute,
Tried to teach two young tooters to toot.
Said the two to the tutor:
«It is harder to toot, or
To tutor two tooters to toot? »
8.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКСЫ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –FUL, -LESS
Суффикс –ful является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных,
глаголов или прилагательных. Прилагательные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса,
имеют значение «обладающий качеством».
Производное слово
Исходная форма
(прилагательное)
use
польза
useful
полезный
power
сила
powerful
сильный
truth
правда
truthful
правдивый
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –ful и переведите их:
beauty, grace, to forget, play, peace, to master
Суффикс –less является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от существительных.
Прилагательные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса, обозначают отсутствие признака.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(существительное)
(прилагательное)
use
польза
useless
бесполезный
power
сила
powerless
бессильный
truth
правда
truthless
лживый
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –less и переведите их:
a number, a life, an end, a hope, a doubt, a job, a limit
Образуйте антонимы с помощью суффиксов –ful и –less и переведите их:
harm, shame, meaning, care, thought, cheer, law, taste
104
8.3 ГРАММАТИКА
8.3.1 MODAL VERBS
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ
Глаголы и их
значение
must - должен,
обязан,
необходимо
mustn’t - нельзя
have to - должен,
приходится,
вынужден
Временные формы
Present
Past
Future
must
have to
has to
had to
be to - должен (по
договоренности, по
расписанию,
запланировал)
should - должен
(следует по моему
мнению, совету)
am to
are to
is to
was to
were to
will have
to
should
You must be at school in
time. –Ты должен быть
в школе вовремя.
I had to wait for you for
an hour. – Мне
пришлось ждать тебя
целый час.
She is to go to the doctor
at 12. – Она должна
пойти к врачу в 12.
You should study
English words every day.
- Вам следует учить
английские слова
каждый день.
You ought to return the
book on time. – Ты
должен вернуть книгу
вовремя.
You needn’t buy this
book. I have it. – Тебе не
нужно покупать эту
книгу. Она у меня есть.
She can write songs. Она умеет писать
песни.
ought to - следует, ought to
должен
(моральный долг,
закон, правило)
needn’t - не нужно, need
нет необходимости
can - могу
(возможность,
способность,
вопрос о
разрешении,
просьба)
may - могу
(допущение
возможности,
разрешение
совершить
действие)
Примеры
can
could
may
might (в
косвенной
речи)
105
You may go to the
movies. – Вы можете
сходить в кино (вам
разрешили).
Модальные глаголы имеют следующие особенности:
 не имеют неличных форм (инфинитива, причастия, герундия)
 не принимают окончания –s в 3 лице ед. числа Present Indefinite
 образуют отрицательную и вопросительную формы без вспомогательных глаголов
 не имеют повелительного наклонения
 употребляются с инфинитивами (без частицы to)
1. Найдите соответствующий перевод:
1. You must go there.
2. You should go there.
3. You have to go there.
4. You may go there.
5. You can go there.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Тебе следует пойти туда.
Тебе можно пойти туда.
Ты можешь пойти туда.
Ты должен пойти туда.
Тебе приходится идти туда.
2. Какой глагол нужно использовать при переводе предложения на английский язык?
а) should b) shouldn’t с) must d) mustn’t
1. Тебе следует закрыть окно.
2. Не надо включать газ.
3. Мне надо ехать на автобусе или трамвае?
4. По озеру нельзя ездить, там тонкий лёд.
5. Пассажиры не должны проносить эти вещи в самолёт.
6. Следует уступать место старшим.
7. Там знак. Ты должен ехать назад.
8. Тебе надо есть больше фруктов.
9. Надо выключить воду.
10. Этот текст вы должны прочитать дома.
3. Вставьте нужный глагол:
1. I (can/was to) meet him but he didn't come.
2. It's cold. You (should/ can) close the window.
3. I'm busy. (Need/ could) you call back later?
4. I (can/ have to) get up early every morning.
5. He (need/must) read this story. It's his home task.
6. If you've done your home task you (may/ be to) go for a walk.
7. She (may/ can) play tennis well. I've lost.
8. (Should/ can) I have another glass of water? I'm so thirsty.
9. You (should / ought to) go by bus to get to the station.
10. (Can/ have to) I try this dress on?
4. Вставьте нужный глагол:
1. I (mustn't / can / ought to) swim well.
2. When I was 5 I (was to / could / should) read.
3. You (ought to / may / are allowed to ) return the book in time.
4. We (must / mustn't / had to ) wait for him for a long time.
5. They (were to / are to / may) meet today.
6. You (ought to / may / are to ) go for a walk till 10.
7. We ( must / can / could ) be at school by 8.
8. (Should / can / have to ) you bring a cup of tea?
9. You (will have to / ought to / need) to wait. The manager is busy.
10. You (must / need / needn't) clean your room. Your mother has done it.
5. Вставьте нужный глагол:
106
1. I_______take my umbrella. It's raining.
2. _______I leam this poem by heart? - Yes, it's your homework.
3. You ______return the book to me on time.
4. We _______meet on the bus stop.
5. You______buy this book. I have it.
6. You_______clean your room more often.
7. Little kids _______play with matches.
8. We_______speak English well this year.
9. You _______go to the movies if you've done your homework.
10. You______never open the door to someone you don't know.
6. Составьте диалоги по предложенным ситуациям:
1. You want your friend to lend you some money.
2. You want your little brother to be polite with your mother.
3. You want a stranger to tell you the way to the nearest bus stop.
4. You want your teacher to explain you the rule.
8.3.2 IMPERSONAL SENTENCES WITH “ONE”
БЕЗЛИЧНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ С “ONE”
Английские предложения отличаются от русских тем, что в них всегда есть подлежащее и
сказуемое. Поэтому в безличных предложениях, когда нет подлежащего, используется в качестве
формального подлежащего местоимение one. One can do it easily. – Это легко можно сделать.
Структура безличных предложений:
Местоимение Модальный Именная
Другие
one (не
глаголчасть
члены
переводится)
связка
сказуемого предложения
One
may
swim
in this river.
One
shouldn’t
eat
much.
One
can
do
it oneself.
One
must
be
accurate.
Перевод
В этой реке можно
купаться.
Не следует много есть.
Можно делать это
самому.
Необходимо быть
аккуратным.
Обстоятельства места и времени могут стоять также на первом месте в предложении.
Безличные предложения с one означают возможность, долженствование, наличие или
отсутствие необходимости и т.д. в зависимости от модального глагола, который в них
употребляется.
1.
Переведите на русский язык:
1. One mustn’t be late.
2. One has to do all possible.
3. One can see many beautiful pictures in this museum.
4. One should take it into consideration.
5. How can one do it?
6. One should be attentive when crossing the street.
7. In the bedroom one can see two beds.
8. One needn’t go there on foot.
9. One should go by bus to get to the station.
107
10. One must write correctly.
2.
Переведите на английский язык:
1. Нельзя опаздывать.
2. Нужно приходить в колледж вовремя.
3. Следует есть больше фруктов.
4. Следует возвращать деньги вовремя.
5. Нужно быть осторожным.
6. В этой книге можно увидеть много картинок.
7. Следует быть вежливым.
8. Следует ехать туда на поезде.
9. Необходимо делать это быстро.
10. В библиотеке можно брать любые книги.
8.4 ЛЕКСИКА
SHOPPING
Прочитайте текст.
People do shopping almost every day. When people want to buy something, they go to shops
where various goods are sold. Through the shop-window we can see what is sold in this or that shop.
Big supermarkets are self-service shop. Customers can buy all the necessary foodstuffs there: bread,
milk, meat, fish, grocery, sausages, sweets, vegetables and fruit. When customers come into the shop,
they take a food basket and choose the products they want to buy. When they put everything they want
into the basket they come up to the cashier's desk. There is a computer with a laser scanner that reads
and sums up the prices on packed goods at the cashier's desk. The saleswoman tells how much to pay.
The customers pay the money and leave the shop.
At the grocer's you can buy sugar, tea, coffee, salt, pepper, ham, bacon, sausages, frankfurters and
so on. Bread is sold at the baker's, meat at the butcher's. We go to the greengrocer's for vegetables and
fruit. Cakes and sweets are sold at the confectioner's. When we want to buy clothes, we go to the men's
and ladies clothes shop. We buy boots and shoes at the footwear shop. We buy jewelry at the jeweler's.
We buy books at the bookseller's.
Some shops may have many departments. These shops are called department stores or
supermarkets. Supermarkets are self-service stores with departments for different food products.
Supermarkets sell thousands of food products: meat, fresh fruits and vegetables, dairy products, canned
groceries, bakery items, delicatessen items, and frozen foods. Some supermarkets also have seafood and
alcohol. The supermarkets are located in shopping centers or malls and along main roads. Supermarkets
are popular because they save time, have low prices and variety of products in one place. There you can
buy almost everything you need. These shops are called self-service shops because there are no
salespersons there but only cashiers at the cash desks. The customers choose the goods they want to buy
and pay for them at the cash desk.
1.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. cannot do without — не могут без
17. scales [skeilz] — весы
2. to buy [bai] — купить, покупать
18. self-service [,self sarvis] —
3. various — различный
самообслуживание
4. goods — товары
19. mall [mo:l] ам. — торговый центр
5. the grocer's — бакалея
20. department store — универмаг
6. the baker's — булочная
21. canned — консервированный
7. the butcher's — мясной магазин
22. supermarket — супермаркет,
8. the greengrocer's — овощной и
универсам
фруктовый магазин
23. sugar — сахар
108
9. the confectioner's — кондитерский
магазин
10. footwear shop— обувной магазин
11. the jeweler's — ювелирный магазин
12. cashier — кассир
13. bookseller's — книжный магазин
14. salesgirl ['seilzgə:l] — продавщица
15. saleswoman — продавщица
16. salesman = shop assistant — продавец to
weigh [wei] — взвешивать
3.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
coffee ['kofi] — кофе
frankfurter ['frænkfə:tə] — сосиска
ham [hæm],— ветчина
sausage — колбаса
meat ['mi:t] — мясо
dairy — молочные продукты
bakery items ['aitəmz] — хлебные
изделия, выпечка
Ответьте на вопросы:
1.Do shops play an important role in our life?
2.Where do people go when they want to buy something?
3.What can one see through the shop-window?
4.What can we buy at the grocer's?
5.What can we buy at the baker's?
6.What can we buy at the greengrocer's?
7.What can we buy at the butcher's?
8.What can we buy at the confectioner's?
9.What can we buy at the footwear shop?
10. What can we buy at the bookseller's?
11. Where can one pay for the goods at the self-service shops?
12. What is a supermarket?
Прочитайте и переведите диалог.
At the Greengrocer's
Salesman: Morning Harry, how's it going?
Harry: Things are going fine Bob, how's business?
Salesman: Oh, the usual. So what'll it be for today? There's some fine eggplant, and there's some
great zucchini.
Harry: What's that?
Salesman: What... this? This here is a tomato, Harry.
Harry: No, not that! That yellow thing, there.
Salesman: Oh this, these are yellow peppers. They are sweet. They're good in salad.
Harry: I'll take three.
Salesman: Okay, do you want this big one?
Harry: Yes, I want the three biggest ones.
Salesman: Okay, here you are.
Harry: Thanks.
Salesman: That's two twenty.
Harry: Two twenty for three peppers!
Salesman: That's the price.
Harry: Okay, but it's expensive. Here's the money.
Salesman: Thanks. Prices are high for me too. Here's your change. See you later.
Harry: Good-bye.
4.
Words:
eggplant — баклажан
zucchini [zu'kini] — кабачок цуккини
here you are — вот, пожалуйста
change — сдача
109
6.
Соотнесите магазины и товары, которые в них продаются:
a. books
b. vegetables
c. sugar
d. apples
e. jewelry
f. bacon
g. tea
h. clothes
i. tomato
1. grocer's
j. frankfurters
2. baker's
k. sweets
3. greengrocer's
l. dictionaries
4. butcher's
m. oranges
5. confectioner's
n. coffee
6. bookseller's
o. cakes
7. footwear shop
p. salt
8. men's and ladies clothes shop
q. boots
9. jeweler's
r. pepper
s. ham
t. shoes
u. pears
v. meat
w. fruit
x. bread
y. sausages
z. potato
8.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
ACCUSAL AND DEFENSE
УПРЕК И ОПРАВДАНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
Someone accuses you of having done something wrong. You know or feel you haven't done it.
Here are some ways of defending yourself. Как сказать что-то в свою защиту.
1. I'm sorry, but I don't think I did. – Простите, но не думаю, что это так.
2. I'm sorry, but I don't think you're right. – Простите, но не думаю, что вы правы.
3. Oh, no. I didn’t. - О, нет. Я этого не делал.
4. Really? – Правда?
5. Did I? – Я?
6. Are you sure? – Вы уверены?
7. What makes you think that? – Что заставляет вас так думать?
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Someone accuses you. Tell something in your defense.
You are telling a lie.
You stole my gloves.
You owe me some money.
You left the light on.
You left the car door open.
You took my umbrella.
110
7. You broke my pen.
3. Look through the dialogue and insert the missed parts. Dramatize the dialogues.
A. You still owe me 10, you know.
B. No, I don't... (right).
A. Oh, yes; I am.
B....?
A. Absolutely.
4. Dramatize the dialogue. Learn it by heart.
In the bus
A. Any more fares?
А. Оплачиваем проезд.
B. Trafalgar Square, please.
В. До Трафальгарской Площади,
пожалуйста.
A. The fare's 30p now, sir.
А. Проезд теперь стоит 30 пенсов, сэр.
B. Yes, I know.
В. Да, я знаю.
A. But you only gave me 10 p.
А. Но вы дали мне только 10.
B. Really?
В. Правда?
A. Look, here's the 10 p you gave me.
А. Посмотрите, вот 10 пенсов, которые вы
мне дали.
B. Are you sure?
В. Вы уверены?
A. Absolutely sure.
А. Совершенно уверен.
B. I'm sorry, but I don't think you’re right. But В. Простите, не думаю, что вы правы. Но в
anyhow here's another 20 p.
любом случае вот вам еще 20 пенсов.
5.
Accuse your partner of something. He/she will defend him/herself.
8.6 ПИСЬМО
РАССКАЗ О ПОСЕЩЕНИИ СУПЕРМАРКЕТА
1. Распределите действия в той последовательности, как вы их совершаете в
супермаркете; составьте с их помощью рассказ о том, как вы обычно это делаете.
Используйте следующие слова и выражения:
At the beginning – вначале
First of all – прежде всего
Then – потом, затем
After that – после этого
Finally – и наконец
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
take a food basket
pay the money
a laser scanner reads and sums up the prices
the saleswoman tells how much to pay
come into the shop
put everything into the basket
leave the shop
choose the products
come up to the cashier's desk
111
8.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 8
1. Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Baxter got into the car first. Halls was right behind him. «You drive. You know the area better
than I do». Baxter said. They raced out of the town and into the dark countryside.
Ten minutes later, about three miles from the old lady's house, Baxter suddenly saw someone on the
dark road ahead. «Look! There!» he shouted. «There's someone on a bike! And look! He's going to get
off!» Halls saw the man quite clearly, but only for a second. As soon as the man saw they were in a
police car, he dropped his bike and ran into the trees at the side of the road. «That's Coke!» Baxter
shouted. «He isn't going get away this time!» Baxter jumped out of the car even before Halls stopped it,
and ran after Coke. Halls jumped out, too. He didn't switch off the headlights.
2. All Coke's training as a soldier helped him now. Baxter was just behind him when Coke suddenly
turned. Baxter tried to grab him but almost lost his balance. Then Coke hit him on the chin as hard as he
could. Baxter fell to the ground heavily. At that moment, Halls jumped on Coke from behind but Coke
threw him over his back and against a tree and then ran back towards the road before Halls could get up.
Even when he did, he fell to the ground again. There was a terrible pain in his ribs. Coke saw the police
car very clearly. The headlights were still on and the door was open. Coke jumped in. When Baxter and
Halls came to themselves it was too late. Coke was gone and so was their car.
Coke drove for about twenty minutes. He felt nervous in the police car but he knew it was his only
chance. Suddenly something on the road ahead attracted his attention. Two police cars were there, side
by side, blocking the road. Nothing could get by them!
3. The two policemen at the road block were bored. Suddenly they saw a car coming towards them.
«It's a police car», one of them said. «Perhaps they're bringing us some hot coffee or something to
eat». The car was still a good distance away. «Isn't it going to stop?» «It doesn't look like it. Shall we
stop it? Our orders are to stop every car». Just then, they heard the two-tone sound of the horn. «Would
you move the car out of the way, Bob, or shall I?» «But our orders were...» «You don't think Coke's
going to come through here in a police car, do you?» The policemen hardly had time to move back their
cars when Coke shot through the narrow gap and raced down the road in the direction of London.
(461 слово)
2.
3.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) на большом расстоянии
b) на это раз он не уйдет
c) мимо них нельзя было проехать
d) не выключил фары
e) солдатская выучка
f) чуть не потерял равновесие
g) уехал вместе с их машиной
h) привлекло его внимание
i) помчался по дороге
j) двойной звук клаксона
k) проехать через это место
l) бросил его через спину об дерево
m) едва успели отъехать в своих машинах
n) пронесся через узкую брешь
o) ужасная боль в ребрах
Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
112
1. As soon as the man saw they were in a police car...
a) he began to drive faster;
b) he dropped his bike and ran into the trees;
c) he stopped and walked for them.
2. When Halls jumped on Coke from behind Coke...
a) threw him over his back;
b) hit him on the chin;
c) seized him.
3. Coke could get into the car because...
a) the headlights were on;
b) the door was open;
c) he had the key.
4. The policemen let Coke pass because...
a) they recognized him;
b) they thought it was the police officer in the car;
c) he signaled to them.
4.
Put the sentences in the correct order:
1) Coke could run away from the detectives.
2) Baxter and Halls raced out of the town in a police car.
3) Coke signaled and the policemen let him go.
4) Coke drove the police car.
5) The road was blocked by two policemen.
6) Baxter and Halls saw a man on a bike.
5.
Answer the questions.
1) Where did Halls and Baxter see Coke?
2) What did Coke do as soon as he saw the police car?
3) What helped Coke to escape this time?
4) What did Halls feel?
5) What did Coke see on the road?
6) What did the policemen think about the car coming towards them?
6.
Give the main idea of the extract in 3-4 sentences.
113
МОДУЛЬ 9
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [w], узнавать его на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные с суффиксом –ive;
 Правильно употреблять настоящие времена английского глагола в активном
залоге;
 Узнать и рассказать о разных видах путешествий;
 Изучить структуру и правила составления делового письма
 Дать совет.
9.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND
[W]
При произнесении звука [w] губы округлены и выдвинуты вперед.
1. Listen, look, say:
we
work
why
way
west
war
wool
walk
ward
wood
was
win
sweet
swift
swam
swan
swore
swine
twice
twelve
twenty
twin
tweed
twist
queen
quick
quite
question
quarrel
quiet
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Why worry?
2. We wondered where we were.
3. I wonder what's wrong with Wyn.
4. The sweater will wear well.
5. Wilful waste makes woeful want
6. Walter always knows what's what.
7. It was a wonder the weather was so wet.
8. Winnie is as weak as water.
9. Watt is as swift as the wind.
10. No sweet without some sweat.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the pronunciation of the sound [w].
I
([w] as in want)
A. Where’s the wagon?
B. Where’s what wagon?
A. The water wagon.
B. What water wagon?
A. The wagon with the water.
B. What water?
A. I want water.
B. We all want water.
A. Well, where's the water?
B. Good question!
II
([w] as in want, [v] as in very)
114
where
which
whale
wet
wine
weather
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Come on, Vicky. Time for our evening walk, Vicky! Evening walk time!
Vicky, why won't you come for your walk this evening?
You know we go for our walk at seven every evening.
Talk, Vicky, please. Talk. Use words.
You don't have to growl — you have a voice you know.
Perhaps we should've called you Rover. Oh, I'm going! Here — have a bone!
4.Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5.Read the dialogues in pairs.
6.Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can:
Whether the weather be fine
Or whether the weather be not,
Whether the weather be cold
Or whether the weather be hot,
We'll weather the weather
Whatever the weather
Whether we like it or not.
9.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –IVE
Суффикс –ive является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от глаголов. Такие
прилагательные имеют значение признака какого-либо явления или личности.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(глагол)
(прилагательное)
to effect
действовать
effective
эффективный
to describe
описывать
descriptive
описательный
to relate
иметь отношение
relative
относительный
Образуйте прилагательные при помощи суффикса –ive и переведите их:
to act, to talk, to compare, to create, to decide
9.3 ГРАММАТИКА
НАСТОЯЩИЕ ВРЕМЕНА В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛОГЕ
PRESENT TENSES IN ACTIVE VOICE
Утвердительная форма в настоящих временах:
Present
Simple
настоящее
простое
V, V-s
I
ask
you
we
Present
Progressive
настоящее
длительное
be V-ing
I
am asking
you
are asking
we
Present
Perfect
настоящее
завершенное
have V3
I
you have asked
we
115
Present Perfect
Progressive
настоящее завершеннодлительное
have been V-ing
I
have been asking
you
we
they
he
she
it
asks
they
he
she
it
is asking
they
he
she
it
has asked
they
he
she
it
has been asking
Употребление настоящих времен:
Present Simple
факт или обычное
повторяющееся
действие
usually - обычно
often - часто
always - всегда
every day – каждый день
sometimes – иногда
seldom - редко
never - никогда
Present Progressive
Present Perfect
Present Perfect
Progressive
действие,
происходящее в
настоящий момент
действие,
завершившееся к
настоящему
моменту в
неистекший период
времени
действие, длящееся
в течение
некоторого периода
времени
now – сейчас
at the moment – в
данный момент
already - уже
just – только что
today - сегодня
this month – в этом
месяце
ever – когда-нибудь
for 2 hours – уже 2
часа
since 3 o'clock – с 3
часов
He has been writing a
letter for an hour. - Он
пишет письмо уже
час.
В форме Progressive НЕ употребляются глаголы чувственного восприятия, умственной
деятельности, желания и т.п.:
He writes long letters. Он (обычно) пишет
длинные письма.
He is writing a letter. Он (сейчас) пишет
письмо.
to like – нравиться
to love – любить
to suppose – полагать
to consist – состоять
to want – хотеть
He has written a letter.
- Он (уже) написал
письмо.
to belong – принадлежать
to hear – слышать
to see – видеть
to understand – понимать
to prefer - предпочитать
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы:
Вопросительная
Do
Does
Am
Are
Pre
sen
t
Pro
gre
ssiv
e
Present Simple
вспом.
глагол
подлежащее
I
you
we
they
he
she
it
I
you
Отрицательная
основной
глагол
work?
working?
116
подлевспом.
жащее глагол+not
I
You
do not
We
They
He
She
does not
It
I
am not
You
are not
основной
глагол
work.
working.
Present Perfect
Progressive
Present Perfect
Is
Have
Has
Have
Has
Сокращенные формы:
don’t = do not
doesn’t = does not
we
they
he
she
it
I
you
we
they
he
she
it
I
you
we
they
he
she
it
worked?
been
working?
aren’t = are not
isn’t = is not
We
They
He
She
It
I
You
We
They
He
She
It
I
You
We
They
He
She
It
is not
have not
worked.
has not
have not
been
working?
has not
haven’t = have not
hasn’t = has not
1. Не переводя предложения, назовите вид глагола, который следовало бы употребить в
предлагаемых микроситуациях и шутках при переводе их на английский язык:
1. Я изучаю английский язык уже несколько лет.
2. Мы занимаемся английским языком два раза в неделю.
3. Сейчас у нас урок английского языка. Мы повторяем видовременные формы английского
глагола.
4. - Доктор, что вы употребляете, когда у вас сильный насморк?
- Шесть носовых платков в неделю.
5. - Предупреждаю вас, что работа в должности ночного сторожа требует абсолютной
честности.
- Будьте спокойны, я уже двадцать лет работаю сторожем в плавательном бассейне, и за
это время ни разу не выкупался в нем.
6. Кинозвезда увольняет свою служанку.
- За что? - спрашивает она.
- За то, что вы всем говорите, что работаете у меня уже тридцать лет.
7. Мать готовит на кухне и просит дочь:
- Бетти, иди посмотри, что там делает Джон, и скажи, чтобы он этого не делал.
8. Посетитель, уходя из ресторана, обращается к официанту:
- Дождь все идет?
- Не знаю. Ваш столик обслуживаю не я, а вон тот блондин.
2. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыслу глаголами в Present Simple в нужной
форме
(to want, to look, to look, to go):
117
In England the cars _______ on the left, not on the right side of the road. If people ______ to
cross the street, they have to _______ first to the right and then to the left. In Russia people _______
first to the left and then to the right.
3. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в Present Progressive или в Present Simple.
1. I (to read) now.
2. I (to read) every day.
3. He (to sleep) now.
4. He (to sleep) every night.
5. We (to drink) tea now.
6. We (to drink) tea every morning.
7. They (to go) to school now.
8. They (to go) to school every morning.
9. I (to sleep) in the daytime.
10. They (to eat) now.
4. Переведите преложения:
1. Я учу английский (не мешай мне).
2. Я учу английский уже 4 года.
3. Я учу английский, а не немецкий.
4. Он говорит на 3 языках.
5. Он говорит по телефону (не мешайте).
6. Он говорит по-английски с 5 лет.
5. Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов)
Present Simple or Present Progressive?
1. ... you (see) that man over there?
a) Do ... see; b) Are... seeing.
2. I'm hungry. I (want) something to eat.
a) am wanting; b) want.
3. I (feel) hungry. Let's go somewhere to eat.
a) am feeling; b) feel.
4. It (rain) hard today, and the children (stay) at home all the time.
a) rains; are staying; b) is raining; are staying.
5. Can you see who (sit) in the park?
a) is sitting; b) sits.
6. ... you (believe) in God?
a) Are ... believing; b) Do ... believe.
7.1 used to drink coffee but today I (prefer) tea.
a) am preferring; b) prefer.
8. She (think) of her old friends. Don't bother her.
a) thinks; b) is thinking.
9. ... she (belong) to a political party?
a) Is ... belonging; b) Does ... belong.
10. Who is that man? What he (want)?
a) does ... want; b) is ... wanting.
6. Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов)
Present Progressive or Present Perfect Progressive:
1. “... it (rain)?”—“Look at the window and see.”
a) Has ... been raining'; b) Is ... raining.
2. You look very tired. ... you (work) all day?
118
a) Are ... working; b) Have ... been working.
3. “How long ... you (learn) English?”—“I still (learn) it.”
a) have ... been learning; am learning; b) are ... learning; have been learning.
4. Why ... he (look) at me like that? Ask him to stop it!
a) has ... been looking; b) is ... looking.
5. “... you (think) about my advice?”—“Yes, of course. I've decided to follow it.”
a) Are ... thinking; b) Have ... been thinking.
6. “What ... they (do)?”—“They (paint). Don't disturb them.”
a) are ... doing; are painting; b) have ...been doing; have been painting.
7. “... you (wait) long, my dear?”—“Not very long. About ten minutes.”
a) Have ... been waiting; b) Are ... waiting.
8. I (look) for you for the last half hour. Where were you?
a) have been looking; b) am looking.
9. Hurry up! Peter (wait) for you.
a) has been waiting; b) is waiting.
10. My dress is dirty. I (paint) the walls in my room.
a) am painting; b) have been painting.
7. Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов)
Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive:
1. “... you ever (work) in a factory?”—“No, never.”
a) Have ... ever worked; b) Have ... been working.
2. How long ... you (read) that book?
a) have ... read; b) have ... been reading.
3. “Is it still raining”—“No, it (stop)”
a) has stopped; b) has been stopping.
4. Mary (write) ten letters today. Where are they?
a) has been writing; b) has written.
5. She (read) the book you lent me but I (not/finish) it yet.
a) has read; haven't been finishing; b) has read; haven't finished.
6. How long ... your brother (be) in hospital?
a) has ... been; b) has ... been being.
7. How long ... you (teach) English?
a) have ... been teaching; b) have ... taught.
8.1 know Alan works at the institute. How long ... he (work) there?
a) has ... been working; b) has ... worked.
9. “Does Ann phone you?”—“She (not/phone) me for two weeks.”
a) hasn't phoned; b) hasn't been phoning.
10. We shouldn't go out because it (rain) all day.
a) has rained; b) has been raining.
8. Составьте предложения в настоящих временах:
1. two, waiting, for you, have, for, I, been, hours
2. reading, he, book, an, is, interesting, now
3. at, we, the college, studing, have, for, been, a year
4. the swimming-pool, every, goes, week, she, to
5. lesson, at, rules, are, English, they, the, learning
6. can't, wants, the, to go, James, the club, but, to, he
9. Составьте вопросы к предложению:
They like to go for a walk in the forest in winter.
1. Do…………………………………………………………?
119
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Who……………………………………………………….?
What…………………………………………………….?
When……………………………………………………?
Where……………………………………………………?
………………………………………………………, do they?
………………………………………in winter or in autumn?
10. Составьте вопросы к предложению:
She reads newspapers in the garden every morning.
1. Does……………………………………………………..?
2. Who……………………………………………………..?
3. What…………………………………………………….?
4. When……………………………………………………?
5. Where…………………………………………………...?
6. …………………………………………………,doesn’t she?
7. ……………………………every morning or every evening?
11. Составьте вопросы к предложению:
She is reading a book in the garden now.
1. Is………………………………………………….?
2. Who………………………………………………?
3. What………………………………………………?
4. Where…………………………………………….?
5. ……………………………in the garden or in the house ….?
6. …………………………………………………., isn’t she?
12. Составьте вопросы к предложению:
He has read all newspapers this morning.
1. Has………….……………………………………….?
2. Who………………………………………………….?
3. What…………………………………………………?
4. ………he or his secretary………………………………?
5. …………………………………………………, hasn’t he?
13. Составьте вопросы к предложению:
She has been talking on the phone for twenty minutes already.
1. Has………………………………………………..?
2. Who………………………………………………….?
3. How long…………………………………………….?
4. ……………………......for ten or for twenty minutes……….?
5. …………………………………………………, hasn’t he?
9.4 ЛЕКСИКА
TRAVELLING
Прочитайте текст. Составьте план текста.
Modern life is impossible without travelling. Almost all people are fond of travelling. Thousands
of people travel every day either on business or for pleasure. It is very interesting to see new places,
other towns and countries.
There are various means of travelling. People can travel by air, by train, by sea or by road. Of
course, travelling by air is the fastest and the most convenient way. There is none of the dust and dirt of
1.
120
a railway or car journey, none of the trouble of changing from train to steamer and then to another train.
But this way of travelling is the most expensive, too.
Travelling by train is slower than by plane, but it has its advantages. With a train you have speed,
comfort and pleasure combined. You can see much more interesting places of the country you are
travelling through. Modern trains have comfortable seats. There are also sleeping cars and dining cars
that make even the longest journey enjoyable.
Speed, comfort, and safety are the main advantages of trains and planes. That is why many people
prefer them for business trips to all other means of travelling.
Travelling by sea or sea voyages is popular mostly as pleasure journeys. Large ships can visit
foreign countries and different places of interest. It is very pleasant to feel the deck of the ship under the
feet, to see the rise and fall of the waves, to feel the fresh sea wind blowing in the face and hear the cry
of the seagulls.
Many people like to travel by car. It is interesting too, because you can see many places in a short
time, you can stop anywhere you wish and spend as much time as you like at any place.
Nowadays a very popular method of travelling is hiking. It is travelling on foot. Walking tours are
very interesting. Hitchhiking is a very popular method of travelling among young people. But it is not so
popular in our country as abroad.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. advantage — преимущество
12. sleeping саг — спальный вагон
2. to be fond of – любить, увлекаться
13. dining саг — вагон-ресторан
3. business trip — деловая поездка,
14. sea voyage - морское путешествие
командировка
15. foreign countries – зарубежные
4. to travel by air – путешествовать по
страны
воздуху
16. deck – палуба
5. by train – поездом
17. seagulls - чайки
6. railway – железнодорожный
18. nowadays — в наши дни
7. means — средство; способ
19. hiking — пеший туризм
8. expensive — дорогой (о стоимости)
20. walking tour — пешая экскурсия
9. pleasure - удовольствие
21. hitchhiking – путешествие
10. plane (airplane) — самолет
автостопом
11. journey - путешествие, поездка (по
22. abroad - заграницей
суше)
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. Why do people travel?
2. What are the means of travelling?
3. What are the advantages of travelling by plane?
4. Do passengers have to take their luggage with them when they travel by plane?
5. What does the stewardess ask them to do?
6. What do passengers do during the flight?
7. What are the advantages and disadvantages of travelling by car?
8. Why do people like to travel by ship?
9. Why do many people prefer to travel by car?
10. How long does it take one to get to Moscow from Angarsk in a train?
11. Why do many people prefer to travel by train?
12. Which is more expensive — to travel by air or by train?
13. Do you prefer an upper berth when you go somewhere by train?
4.
Составьте рассказ, используя следующие вопросы:
1. Are you fond of travelling?
2. How do you prefer to travel and why? (Tell about you last travelling.)
121
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
5.
Do you travel much?
Do you usually book your tickets in advance?
How do you spend your time when you are travelling by air? by train?
Do you prefer to travel light or heavy?
Where do people like to spend their days off?
What kind of rest is becoming very popular among people?
Переведите на английский язык:
1. Современные люди любят путешествовать.
2. Многие люди ездят в командировку.
3. Путешествие по воздуху – самый удобный и дорогой способ.
4. Путешествие на поезде – это удовольствие и комфорт.
5. Люди путешествуют на кораблях и посещают зарубежные страны.
6. Когда вы путешествуете на автомобиле, вы можете остановиться где угодно.
7. Молодые люди любят путешествовать автостопом.
9.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
ADVICE
СОВЕТ
1. Read and try to remember:
1. Why don't you...? – Почему бы Вам не…?
2. (I think) you'd better... – (Я думаю) Вам лучше…
3. I advise you to... – Я советую Вам…
4. I don't think you should... – Не думаю, что Вам следует…
5. You'd better not... – Вам лучше не…
6. I advise you not to... – Я советую Вам не…
7. One should… - Следует…
8. One shouldn’t… - Не следует…
2. Advise your friend to:
1. work harder
2. worry less
3. eat more
4. eat less
5. get married.
3. Advise your friend not to:
1. go to bed so late
2. waste his time
3. spend so much money
4. be rude to your friends.
4. A friend of yours asks you for advice.
1. He/she doesn't like his/her job;
2. He/she is short of money;
3. He/she doesn't like the place where she/he lives;
4. He/she is bored;
5. He/she is going to buy new jeans.
Advise your friend.
122
5. Read, listen and then dramatize. Learn the dialogue by heart.
A. How are you?
А. Как дела?
B. Not very well. I have a headache.
В. Не очень хорошо. У меня болит голова.
A. Why don't you go for a walk?
А. Почему бы тебе не сходить прогуляться?
B. I don’t want to.
В. Я не хочу.
A. I think you'd better go out on the fresh air.
А. Я думаю, тебе лучше выйти на свежий
воздух.
B. Do you really think so?
В. Ты правда так считаешь?
A. I advise you not to stay at home. You’ll see А. Я советую тебе не сидеть дома. Вот
you’ll fell well.
увидишь, ты почувствуешь себя хорошо.
B. Then let’s go to the park.
В. Тогда давай сходим в парк.
A. Fine. I’m glad you have agreed.
А. Отлично! Я рад, что ты согласился.
9.6 ПИСЬМО
BUSINESS LETTER LAYOUT
СТРУКТУРА ДЕЛОВОГО ПИСЬМА








Letterhead (бланк)
Dateline (дата)
Name and address of the recipient (имя и адрес получателя)
Salutations (приветствие)
Communication (содержание письма)
Closing (завершение)
Signature (подпись)
Enclosures (приложения)
 Letterhead
your name, address, telephone number, fax number, e-mail address, web address
 Dateline
The British write: 10 December, 2008
The American write: December 10, 2008
 Name and address of the recipient
• Title and name of the addressee
Ms A. Arafel
• Position in the company
Production Manager
• Name of the company
McCraw-Hill Book Inc.
• Number or name of the building
1221, Avenue of the Americas
• Name of the street
New York, NY
• Name of the city, town or locality
10020 USA
• Name of the state
• Postal index
• Name of the country
 Salutations
Try to personalize your letter, avoid the "dear sir/madam" salutation.
 Communication
A number of paragraphs, where you give the reason of your writing, all those facts and information
which represent the matter of your writing. Each paragraph deals with one point only.
 Closing
Yours sincerely – искренне Ваш
Sincerely yours – искренне Ваш
Very truly yours – искренне Ваш
123
Always yours – Всегда Ваш
 Signature
It should also be followed by your name printed.
 Enclosures
'Enclosure', 'enc.', or 'encl.', two lines below your signature.
1. You're going to write letters to these people. Write their addresses. (Вы собираетесь
написать письма этим людям. Напишите их адреса):
 A. To Tatiana Polyanskaya, Managing Director of a Private Limited Company "Education &
Travelling". The head office is in Russia, Moscow, postal code 136657, on Tverskaya Street,
building №11.
 B. To Professor Peter Kickdown, Director of a Corporation "Learn Fast Open University" in the
USA, state North Dakota, town Greenville. The postal code is 44444. The building № 345.
 C. To Mark Crackton, Sales Manager of "British Files". It's a Public Limited Company. The
office is in the North West of London, the Postal Service abbreviation is 8BA. The street is High
Holborn, the number of the building is 265.
Пример написания делового письма:
Robin Bright
32, Chase Street
Atlanta, GA
16557 USA
March 16, 2009
Mr. Black
Personnel Manager
Johnson & Johnson
900, Market Avenue
Washington, DC
12888 USA
Dear Mr. Black:
Thank you for your letter of 14th March. I am pleased to accept your offer of Computer
Programmer position at your company. I am eager to apply the abilities, skills and experience
that I have. A thee month probationary period suits me well.
I confirm I will start work at 9.00 on 1st September.
I look forward to becoming a member of your team.
Yours faithfully,
Robin Bright
Robin Bright
9.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 9
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
124
1. «How much farther is it to the nearest village?» Baxter asked. He and Halls were in the middle
of the countryside. The night was very dark and there was no traffic on the roads. They couldn't see a
house or even a public phone box anywhere. «It must be on the other side of that hill» Halls answered.
«I hope so! We've been walking for twenty minutes now! When we started, you said it was only ten
minutes away!» Baxter said angrily. He was tired and his jaw hurt.
2. In his apartment in London, a well-dressed man named Eric Masters turned on the radio and
listened. The news was still bad. Coke was still free. Masters looked very frightened. He turned off the
radio suddenly and picked up the phone.
3. Coke turned off the main road. He wanted to get rid of the police car as soon as possible. In a
village almost 200 miles away, Coke found what he wanted. «People in villages like this always trust
their neighbors. How lucky!» he thought when he saw the motorbike. It was in a garage at the edge of
the village. The garage was not even locked and there were a pair of gloves and a helmet. Coke pushed
the bike down the road. When he was far enough away from the village he started the engine and raced
towards London.
4. Eric Masters dialed nervously. At first nobody answered at the other end. Finally a sleepy voice
answered angrily, «Who is it? What the devil do you want at this hour?»
«Is that you, Hugo? This is Eric», Masters said quickly.
«And why are you ringing at this hour? I've been in bed for an hour!»
«But haven't you heard the news, Hugo? Coke's still free! I can't sleep. I've been thinking about
Coke all evening!»
«Perhaps you'd better take a sleeping pill!»
Masters almost screamed the next question into the phone. «What are you going to do, Hugo?»
The man at the other end answered just as coldly and as calmly as before, «Do? We're going to kill
Coke! That's what we're going to do. That is, if he is stupid enough to come to London!»
(366 слов)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
p) свернул с главной дороги
q) гараж даже не был заперт
r) завел двигатель
s) никто не отвечал
t) лучше принять снотворное
u) мы собираемся убить Коука
v) сонный голос сердито ответил
w) достаточно глуп
x) ночь была очень темной
y) мы идем уже 20 минут
z) хорошо одетый человек
aa) всегда доверяют своим соседям
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Baxter and Hall couldn't get any help because...
a) they were very tired;
b) there was no traffic on the roads;
c) they couldn't see any house.
2. Coke could get the motorbike because...
a) he managed to unlock the garage;
b) he got rid of the police car;
c) people in villages trust their neighbors.
3. Hugo was calm because...
a) he didn't know the news about Coke;
b) he wasn't afraid of Coke;
125
c) his people were going to kill Coke.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Coke wanted to get rid of the police car as soon as possible.
2. Masters was afraid when he learned Coke was free.
3. Coke was going to London to meet Masters.
4. Hall’s jaw hurt.
5. Masters phoned Baxter.
6. Baxter and Halls were going to London.
5. Answer the questions.
1. Where were Baxter and Halls?
2. Why did Masters look frightened?
3. What did Coke want to find in the village?
4. What did he find in the garage?
5. Whom did Masters phone?
6. What was Hugo going to do?
6. Give titles to each paragraph.
126
МОДУЛЬ 10
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звук [θ], узнавать его на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить прилагательные и существительные с
суффиксом -(i)an;
 Правильно употреблять прошедшие времена английского глагола в активном
залоге;
 Узнать об особенностях авиаперелетов и правилах проживания в гостиницах за
рубежом;
 Пожаловаться и извиниться;
 Заказать номер в гостинице письмом.
10.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [Ɵ]
Звук
Употребление
th в начале и в конце
знаменательных слов
[Ɵ]
Примеры
thin, thick, seventh
1. Listen, look, say:
theme
thought
thigh
thing
thumb
thin
north
fifths
three
south
hearths
throw
month lengths
thread
youth faiths
threw
truth
Ruth's thrust
birth
Smith's
throng
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Think things over.
2. When three Thursdays come together.
3. Thad'll go through thick and thin.
4. A thousand thanks to you both.
5. You've thrust the thing in my throat.
6. Theo threw the thing into his teeth.
7. Martha's like nothing on earth.
8. Kenneth and Arthur are as thick as thieves.
9. Theo sees through things.
10. Timothy is within a hair's breadth of death.
11. I'll speak the truth and nothing but the truth
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the pronunciation of the sound [Ɵ].
A. Date of birth?
B. The third of March, nineteen thirty three.
A. The third of March, nineteen thirty three.
В. I think.
A. You think what?
127
B. I think it was the third ~ but perhaps it was the fourth.
A. You think in was either the third or the fourth?
B. No, I don't think it was either the third or the fourth — I know it was either the third or the
fourth and I think it was the third.
A. Mmm. Well anyway, I think you ought to know...
B. Yes?
A. The positions have been taken. We've filled the vacancies already.
B. What, both? A. Both.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can:
Theo thrust a thumb through two or three thick straw thatches.
10.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ И ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ –(I)AN
Суффикс –(i)an является суффиксом существительных или прилагательных, обозначающих
национальность, занятие, взгляды лица.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
America
Америка
American
Russia
parliament
republic
Россия
парламент
республика
Russian
parliamentarian
republican
американец,
американский
россиянин, российский
член парламента
республиканец,
республиканский
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –(i)an и переведите их:
Albania, Nigeria, Italy, music, politics, California, Asia, Siberia, academy
10.3 ГРАММАТИКА
ПРОШЕДШИЕ ВРЕМЕНА В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛОГЕ
PAST TENSES IN ACTIVE VOICE
Утвердительная форма в прошедших временах:
Past
Simple
Past
Progressive
Past
Perfect
Past Perfect
Progressive
Прошедшее
простое
Прошедшее
длительное
Прошедшее
завершенное
Прошедшее завершеннодлительное
V-ed, V2
be V-ing
had V3
had been V-ing
I
he
she
it
asked
I
he
she
it
was asking
I
he
she
it
had asked
128
I
he
she
it
had been asking
you
we
they
went
you
we
they
had gone
you
were going we
they
you
we
they
had been going
Глагол ask – правильный (ask-asked-asked)
Глагол go – неправильный (go-went-gone)
Употребление прошедших времен:
Past Simple
Past Progressive
Past Perfect
факт или обычное
повторяющееся действие
в прошлом
действие,
длившееся в
определенный
момент в прошлом
действие,
завершившееся
до определенного
момента в
прошлом
Past Perfect
Progressive
действие,
длившееся в
течение
некоторого
периода времени
in 1980 – в 1980 году
yesterday – вчера
last week – на прошлой
неделе
last month – в прошлом
месяце
last year – в прошлом году
a year ago – год назад
then – затем, потом
every day – каждый день
yesterday at 6 - вчера
в 6 часов
yesterday when he
came - вчера когда
он пришел
yesterday at that time
- вчера в это время
yesterday by 6 вчера к 6 часам
before he came - до
того, как он
пришел
for 2 hours by the
time I came - уже
2 часа к тому
времени, как я
пришел
He had written a
test before the
lesson was over. Он (уже) написал
тест до того, как
кончился урок.
He had been
writing a test for
an hour by the time
I came. - Он
писал тест уже
час к тому
времени, как я
пришел.
He wrote a test yesterday. Вчера он писал тест.
He was writing a test
yesterday at that time.
- Вчера в это время
он писал тест.
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы:
Past
Progressive
Past
Simple
Вопросительная
Отрицательная
вспом.
глагол
подлежащее
основной
глагол
подлежащее
вспом.
глагол+not
основной
глагол
Did
they
(V1)
work?
They
did not
(V1)
work.
Was
I, he, she,
it
Were
you, we,
they
I, he,
she, it
working? you,
we,
they
129
was not
working.
were not
Past
Perfect
Had
he
(V3)
worked?
He
had not
(V3)
worked.
Past Perfect
Progressive
Had
she
been
working?
She
had not
has not
been
working?
Сокращенные формы:
didn’t = did not
wasn’t = was not
weren’t = were not
hadn’t = had not
1. Не переводя предложений, назовите, какой вид глагола следует употребить:
1. Он уже принял наше приглашение, когда я позвонил ему вчера.
2. Мы с ним встречались до того, как я приехал сюда.
3. Они обсудили все дела вчера.
4. Мы обсуждали дела, когда он позвонил.
5. Президент еще не подписал этот документ в 6 часов.
6. Кого вы привели с собой в прошлый раз?
7. Комиссия вчера в это время ехала в район катастрофы.
8. В прошлом году картину передали музею.
9. Эта партия компьютеров была продана на прошлой неделе.
10. Мы пользовались услугами этой фирмы до 2007 года.
11. Экзамен уже шел, когда она появилась.
12. Прошлым летом они не ездили к морю.
13. Председатель приехал до того, как все собрались.
2.
Поставьте глаголы в Past Simple. Добавьте подходящие обстоятельства времени:
1.I (clean) the room.
2.I (send) two letters.
3.He (read) this magazine.
4.He (be) to Australia.
5.We (play) baseball.
6.He (translate) two texts.
7.They (see) 3 films.
8.They (eat) pears.
9.I (come) home.
10. I (phone) Jack.
11. She (type) four pages.
3.
Переведите предложения:
1. Я написала письмо вчера.
2. Я написала письмо до того, как пришла мама.
3. Я писала письмо уже час, когда он пришел.
4. Я писала письмо, когда он пришел.
5. Он делал доклад на прошлой неделе.
6. Он делал доклад, когда мы вошли.
7. Он делал доклад уже час, когда мы вошли.
130
8. Он уже сделал доклад, когда мы вошли.
4.
Укажите, в каком времени стоят предложения. Напишите предложения в
соответствующем прошедшем времени, заменив обстоятельства времени:
1. He has left college by the moment.
2. She does her homework in the evening.
3. They are crossing the street.
4. He sends me two e-mails every day.
5. We play football in summer.
6. She has been knitting a sweater for two months.
7. Mr. Norris finishes the work at 5 p.m.
8. She is cleaning the room now.
5.
Составьте предложения в прошедших временах:
1.game, at, they, their, began, 7 o'clock
2.met, in, I, football, the yard, was, when, him, he, playing
3.20, the lesson, ago, started, minutes
4.were, yesterday, we, at, dancing, at 10, the disco
5.waiting, he, been, I , 30 minutes, had, when, for, came
6.
Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов) Present Perfect or Past
Simple:
1. The police (arrest) two men in connection with the robbery.
a) arrested; b) have arrested.
2. Mike can't find his key. He (lose) it.
a) has lost; b) lost.
3. I (read) this book when I was a child.
a) read; b) have read.
4. Mozart (write) more than 600 pieces of music.
a) wrote; b) has written.
5. I (work) very hard this term. I want to have a rest.
a) worked; b) have worked.
6. ... you (drive) a car before? You are so nervous.
a) Did ... drive; b) Have ... driven.
7. I (not/enjoy) the film. It wasn't very good.
a) have not enjoyed; b) didn't enjoy.
8. '... you (pass) your driving test?'—'Not yet.'
a) Have ... passed; b) Did ... pass.
9. 'When ... it (begin) snowing?'—'About an hour ago.'
a) did ... begin; b) has ... begun.
10. I (not/see) Tom this morning. What about you?
a) didn't see; b) haven't seen.
7.
Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов) Past Simple or Past
Progressive:
1. When you rang me yesterday, I (have) dinner.
a) had dinner; b) was having.
2. As he (pass) by her office, he saw Ann near the gate.
a) passed; b) was passing.
3. I (walk) home after the party last night.
a) was walking; b) walked
4. He (wait) for Jack when I (arrived).
131
a) was waiting; arrived; b) waited; was arriving;
5. When my mother (arrive), we (have) dinner.
a) arrived; were having; b) was arriving; had;
6. When my sister was young, she (want) to be a space woman.
a) was wanting; b) wanted.
7. I (watch) television a lot when I was ill last week.
a) was watching; b) watched.
8. I (see) Diana, (stop) and (have) a chat.
a) saw; stopped; had; b) was seeing; was stopping; was having.
9. ... he (go) to the party last night?'—"No, he was busy.'
a) Was ... going; b) Did ... go.
10. My mother burnt her finger while she (cook) supper.
a) was cooking; b) cooked.
8.
Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов) Present Perfect or Past
Perfect:
1. He (read) the book when Natalie came.
a) has read; b) had read.
2. It was our first time in Holland. We (never/be) I there before.
a) had never been; b) have never been.
3. I'm looking for Bert. ... somebody (see) him?
a) Had ... seen; b) Has ... seen.
4. I (not/meet) Tim before. I don't know him.
a) haven't met; b) hadn't met.
5. Your suit was very dirty. You (not/clean) it for weeks, I think.
a) haven't cleaned; b) hadn't cleaned.
6. They arrived in the morning and found that somebody (break) into the house.
a) has broken; b) had broken.
7. When I arrived at the party, my boy-friend (go) home.
a) had gone; b) has gone.
8. David isn't very good at chess. He (never/play) chess before.
a) has never played; b) had never played.
9. Susan wasn't hungry. She (just/have) dinner.
a) had just had; b) has just had.
10.1 (lose) my dictionary. I can't find it.
a) have lost; b) had lost.
9.
Choose the right tense (выберите подходящее время глаголов) Past Perfect Progressive
or Present Perfect Progressive:
1. I hope she comes. I (wait) for an hour.
a) have been waiting; b) had been waiting.
2. My father was very tired. He (work) hard all day.
a) has been working; b) had been working.
3. The two boys (walk) along the road for about ten minutes when a car stopped behind them.
a) had been walking; b) have been walking.
4. William was out of breath. He (run).
a) has been running; b) had been running.
5. I know your sister is a teacher. How long ... she, (teach)?
a) has ... teaching; b) had ... teaching.
6. All people were extremely tired. They (travel) for more than two days.
a) had been travelling; b) have been travelling.
7. Are you a writer? How long ... you (write) books?
132
a) have ... been writing; b) had ... been writing.
8. All children were sitting in front of the TV. They (watch) the film.
a) had been watching; b) have been watching.
9. How long ... she (save) money for her holiday?
a) had ... been saving; b) has ... been saving.
10. There was a smell of cigarettes. Somebody (smoke) in the hall.
a) has been smoking; b) had been smoking.
Найдите ошибки и объясните их:
She had read a lot of books last year.
He already did his homework before I came.
We had been going to the theatre last month.
They were discussing this problem last time.
He had bought this car two years ago.
I had seen her yesterday.
10.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
11.
Составьте разные виды предложений:
The police arrested two men in connection with the robbery.
1. ……………..didn’t…………………………………
2. Did………………………………………………………?
3. Who…………………………………………………….?
4. Why…………………………………………………….?
5. When……………………………………………………?
6. Where……………………………………………………?
7. ………………………………………………………, did they?
8. ………………………………two or three men…………..?
12.
Составьте разные виды предложений:
He was waiting for Jack when they arrived.
1.……………..wasn’t………………………………..
2.Was……………………………………………………?
3.Who…………………………………………………….?
4.Why…………………………………………………….?
5.Where……………………………………………………?
6.………………………………………………………, wasn’t he?
7.……………………………for Jack or for Lucy…………..?
13.
Составьте разные виды предложений:
They had passed all the exams by the end of May.
1.……………….hadn’t……………………………
2.Had………….……………………………………….?
3.Who………………………………………………….?
4.What…………………………………………………?
5.……………………………by the end of May or June?
6.…………………………………………, hadn’t they?
14.
Составьте разные виды предложений:
She had been waiting for an hour when they came.
1.……………….hadn’t been…………………………
2.Had……been…………………………………………..?
3.Who………………………………………………….?
4.How long…………………………………………….?
133
5.……………………......for an hour or two……….?
6. …………………………………………, hadn’t she?
10.4 ЛЕКСИКА
BUSINESS TRIPS
Прочитайте текст.
Never before in the history of the world have businessmen traveled so much as they do today. It is
not surprising because we are living in a world of growing international trade and expanding economic
and technical cooperation. Traveling has become the most tiring of all the occupations for many
businessmen and experts. Choosing a comfortable hotel to stay at is a matter of some importance. There
are plenty of good hotels, motels, and guest houses, in the world, conveniently located for major
business centers.
Many developing countries, such as India, Egypt, Nigeria, Libya, etc have excellent hotels. Their
numerous facilities include conference halls, equipped with simultaneous, multilingual translation
systems. There are parking areas which can accommodate a lot of cars. It might be useful for traveling
businessmen and tourists to know that tailor shops, shoe repair shops and laundry, dry cleaning services
are available for guests. People in the office help guests to book train tickets and rent a car. They are
also ready to give all necessary information.
Nowadays people who go on business mostly travel by air as it is the fastest means of traveling.
Passengers are requested to arrive at the airport 2 hours before departure time on international flights
and an hour on domestic flights as there must be enough time to complete the necessary airport
formalities. Passengers must register their tickets, weigh in and register the luggage.
Most airlines have at least 2 classes of travel: first class and economy class which is cheaper. Each
passenger has a free luggage allowance. Generally this limit is 20 kg for economic class passenger and
30 kg for first class passenger. Excess luggage must be paid for except for some articles that can be
carried free of charge. Each passenger is given a boarding pass to be shown at departure gate and again
to the stewardess when boarding the plane. Watch the electric sign flashes when you are on board, when
the "Fasten Seat Belts" sign goes on do it promptly and also obey the "No Smoking" signal. Do not
forget your personal effects when leaving the plane.
1.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. growing international trade – растущий международный рынок
2. expanding economic and technical cooperation – расширяющиеся экономические и
технические связи
3. tiring - утомительный
4. a matter of some importance – важное дело
5. conveniently located – удобно расположенный
6. developing countries – развивающиеся страны
7. numerous facilities – многочисленные услуги
8. simultaneous, multilingual translation systems – синхронные многоязычные системы
перевода
9. can accommodate – могут вместить
10. available - доступны
11. to book - заказывать
12. rent a car – взять напрокат машину
13. domestic flights – внутренние рейсы
14. a free luggage allowance – бесплатно провозимый багаж
15. excess luggage – багаж сверх нормы
16. free of charge – без уплаты пошлины
134
17. a boarding pass – посадочный талон
18. personal effects – личные вещи
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. Why do businessmen travel so much today?
2. Is it important to choose a comfortable hotel?
3. What facilities are there in many excellent hotels?
4. What shops and services are available for guests in hotels?
5. How can people in the office help guests?
6. Why do businessmen mostly travel by air?
7. What must passengers do at the airport?
8. What is cheaper – first class or economy class?
9. What must the passengers pay for?
4.
Переведите один из абзацев текста письменно.
5.
Догадайтесь о значении международных знаков, которые используются в аэропортах,
на вокзалах, в гостиницах:
6.
Изучите названия знаков и соотнесите их с картинками:
1. TELEPHONE
13. PORTERS
2. ELEVATOR
14. SOUVENIRS
3. FACILITY FOR THE DISABLED
15. POST OFFICE
4. INFORMATION
16. CHECKROOM
5. CAFE
17. TAXI
6. NO SMOKING
18. FIRST AID
7. MEETING POINT
19. ENTRANCE
8. BAGGAGE CLAIM
20. EXIT
9. RESTROOMS
21. DEPARTURES
135
10. EXCHANGE
11. RESTAURANT
12. BUS
22. ARRIVALS
23. HAIRDRESSER
24. LUGGAGE LOCKERS
10.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
COMPLAINT AND APOLOGY/EXCUSE
ЖАЛОБА И ИЗВИНЕНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
Here are some ways of expressing your dissatisfaction with someone or something.
A. (complaint - жалоба)
1. I bought these gloves here. When I got home there was a hole in them. Look! – Я купил
здесь эти перчатки. Когда я пришел домой, то обнаружил в них дырку. Смотрите!
2. I don't think this fish is fresh. – Не думаю, что эта рыба свежая.
3. There's no hot water in my room. - В моей комнате нет горячей воды.
B. (apology/excuse - извинение)
1. Yes, I know but... – Да. Я знаю, но…
2. I'm sorry... – Извините…
3. Sorry, there's nothing I can do about it, I'm afraid. – Извините, боюсь, что ничего не могу
для вас сделать.
C. (the ways not to accept apology – как не принять извинение)
1. It/that (just) won't do. – Так не пойдет. Так не может продолжаться.
2. That's no excuse. – Это непростительно.
3. You can't expect me to... – Вы же не думаете, что я…
2. A friend complains that you:
1. never write to him or her.
2. were very rude to him/her.
3. tell lies.
4. still owe him/her 10 dollars.
Excuse yourself. Your friend doesn't accept your apology.
3. Suppose you are a landlord (домовладелец). One of your guests (жилец):
1. comes in late every night.
2. leaves all the lights on.
3. makes a lot of noise.
4. listens to loud pop music on the radio.
5. leaves the front door open.
Complain to him/her about these habits. He/ she will find excuses which you do not accept.
4. Read, listen and then dramatize. Learn the dialogue by heart.
Спорят недовольный постоялец гостиницы и портье.
A. There's no hot water in my room.
А. В моей комнате нет горячей воды.
B. Yes, I know. But it was a breakdown last
В. Да, я знаю. Но этой ночью была авария.
night.
A. But you can't expect me to wash myself
А. Но вы же не думаете, что я буду мыться
with cold water.
холодной водой.
B. I'm sorry but…
В. Я сожалею, но…
A. I’ve paid $40 for this room and I want to
А. Я заплатил 40 долларов за эту комнату, и
136
take a hot shower.
B. Sorry, there's nothing I can do about it now,
I'm afraid.
A. It won’t do.
B. A repair will have come by 10.
A. That's no excuse. I won’t stay here
anymore!
я хочу принять горячий душ.
В. Извините, но боюсь, что сейчас я ничего
не могу для вас сделать.
А. Так не пойдет.
В. Наладчик придет к 10.
А. Это непростительно. Я не собираюсь
здесь больше оставаться.
10.6 ПИСЬМО
BUSINESS LETTER
ДЕЛОВОЕ ПИСЬМО
1. Напишите деловое письмо-заказ номера в гостинице, расположив следующие его
элементы в нужной последовательности и оформив в соответствии с требованиями
структуры:
 Letterhead (бланк)
 Dateline (дата)
 Name and address of the recipient (имя и адрес получателя)
 Salutations (приветствие)
 Communication (содержание письма)
 Closing (завершение)
 Signature (подпись)
 Enclosures (приложения)
1. I would like to book a single room at your hotel for the nights of 12, 13 and 14 April.
2. March 16, 2008
3. Yours faithfully,
4. Please let me know if you need a credit card number.
5. Dear Sir or Madam:
6. Peter West
123, Small Road Washington, DC
12144 USA
7. Thank you very much. I look forward to hearing from you.
8. The Receptionist
Clifton Hotel 34, Green Road
San Francisco, CA 12345 USA
9. Peter West
10. Peter West
137
10.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 10
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. The motorbike was fast but the roads were icy. Coke drove dangerously. He knew he had to. He
had very little time. Around 2 o'clock in the morning he suddenly saw lights in his mirror. They were the
headlights of police car. It came closer and closer and then suddenly speeded up. For several seconds,
Coke and the car raced along side by side. The two policemen in the car were looking at him but they
couldn't see his face clearly. Coke raised his hand and waved casually. Then, the car speeded up again.
In a few seconds it was far ahead him. Coke raced towards London. He knew exactly where he wanted
to go. He reached London just before 6. He drove to a block of small flats not far from the river in the
south east. There was a light on in one of the ground floor flats. He went to the window and tapped
softly. He was still standing at the window when the back door opened. When he looked up, a woman
was standing there. «Come in, Ted. I've been expecting you», she said very softly. «I haven't got any
right to ask you for help», he said after a pause. «But there's nobody else you can go to, is there? You'd
better come in», she answered calmly.
2. Baxter caught a very early train to London. When he got to Scotland Yard the Chief Inspector
was waiting for him. When Baxter went into his office, he was sitting at his desk and looking at a
photograph. «Perhaps it was a good thing you didn't catch Coke after all», he said suddenly. Baxter
stared at him in surprise. «What do you mean, sir? I don't understand». «I have a picture here of a man
who knew Coke in the army. He was also a witness at Coke's trial. I've been interested in the man for
some time now. Perhaps we'll be able to find out more about him now when Coke's free», the Inspector
said, and gave Baxter the photograph. «This is the man. Watch him. Follow him everywhere!» Baxter
looked at the man in the photo carefully. It was Eric Masters.
3. «You really shouldn't help me, Kate. It's against the law», Coke said. He and the young woman
were sitting in her kitchen. He was eating breakfast hungrily. Kate didn't say anything. «I mean,
everybody thinks I'm a spy», he went on. «But I don't think so», she finally said. Coke finished his
breakfast silently. Then he said, «You were the only person who ever believed I was innocent. That's
why I came to you. Who else will help me?» «Help you to do what, Ted?» Kate asked. «Help me to find
the real spies», he answered slowly.
(461 слово)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) у него было очень мало времени
b) фары полицейской машины
c) ехали бок о бок
d) точно знал, куда он едет
e) в одной из квартир на первом этаже
f) тихонько постучал
g) тебе больше не к кому пойти
h) успел на очень ранний поезд
i) может. это и хорошо, что вы не поймали Коука
j) свидетель на суде над Коуком
k) следите за ним
l) это противозаконно
m) единственным человеком, который верил в мою невиновность
n) найти настоящих шпионов
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Coke saw the headlights...
138
a) of another motor bike behind him;
b) of another police car in front of him,
c) of another police car behind him.
2. Coke drove to a block of flats in...
a) the south east;
b) south west;
c) north east.
3. The Chief Inspector wanted Baxter...
a) to follow Coke everywhere;
b) to follow Masters everywhere;
c) to arrest Masters.
4. Coke came to Kate because...
a) he wasn't afraid of her;
b) she believed he was innocent;
c) she was brave.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Coke was frightened when he saw a police car.
2. A woman was expected Coke.
3. Eric Masters was a witness at Coke's trial.
4. The Chief Inspector wanted Baxter to watch Coke.
5. Kate didn’t believe Coke was guilty.
6. Eric Masters was a real spy.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What did Coke see in his mirror?
2. Why did Coke wave his hand?
3. Where did Coke drive to when he got to London?
4. What did the woman say?
5. What photo was the Chief Inspector looking at?
6. Why was it a good thing they didn't catch Coke?
7. Why did Coke come to Kate?
8. What was Coke going to do?
6. Compose the plan for this part of the story.
139
МОДУЛЬ 11
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [ð] и [θ], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом - man;
 Правильно употреблять будущие времена английского глагола в активном залоге;
 Правильно употреблять все времена в активном залоге;
 Узнать и рассказать об англоязычных странах;
 Выразить свое удовольствие и неудовольствие;
 Заполнить анкету при пересечении границы.
11.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUND [ð], [Ɵ]
Звук
[Ɵ]
[ð]
1. Listen, look, say:
these
those
they
there
this
Употребление
th в начале и в конце
знаменательных слов
th в начале служебных слов
thin, thick, seventh
th между гласными
mother
with
that
breathe
booth
smooth
either
neither
northern
southern
weather
with Sid
breathe slower
soothe
bathe Sis
although
Примеры
the, then
with Roy
with Roger
clothe Ruth
bathe Rob
bathe
2. Listen, look, say:
1. And that's that.
2. That 's neither here nor there
3. There's nothing like leather.
4. I'll do anything rather than that.
5. I don't wish them other than they are.
6. That means nothing other than the usual thing.
7. Then there's that brother of mine.
8. They were gathered to their fathers.
9. The Smiths keep themselves to themselves.
10. The less men think the more they talk.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the sound [ð]
I
A. They've all gone bathing in the sea. I'm not going bathing in this weather, are you?
B. No, I'm not going bathing.
A. I loathe bathing in the sea in this sort of weather.
B. I loathe bathing.
II
A. And ... while you're up there. Heather, could you pass me that one, too?
140
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
Oh, you mean this one, Mother?
No, not that - the other. That one. Yes, that.
There you are, Mother. Will that be all?
Yes — that's all for the moment, Heather.
Then I'll shut the cupboard, Mother.
Though while you're still up there, could you perhaps pass me that one, too?
This one, Mother?
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [Ɵ] and [ð] ([Ɵ] as in
thing, [6] as in they).
I
A. Arthur and Martha are such enthusiasts. They are so enthusiastic.
B. What are they so enthusiastic about?
A. Oh, about everything. Among other things, they're both very enthusiastic about the
theatre.
В. The theatre. Mm.
A. I loathe the theatre. And I loathe enthusiasts.
B. I loathe Arthur and Martha.
II
A. They make my clothes from this special cloth. And they sew them with this special cotton.
There's something special about the buttons, too.
B. Mm.
A. Don't you think my clothes look rather special?
B. To tell you the truth, I think your clothes look rather...
A. Yes? Say what you think.
B. Well, yes, I suppose they do look rather special.
7. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
8. Read the dialogues in pairs.
11.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –MAN
Суффикс существительных –man, прибавленный к основе существительного или
прилагательного является признаком производных существительных, обозначающих занятие,
национальность, место проживания, социальное положение, качество лица.
Исходная форма
sport
bar
Scotch
Dutch
fresh
спорт
бар
шотландский
голландский
новый, свежий
Производное слово
sportsman
barman
Scotchman
Dutchman
freshman
спортсмен
бармен
шотландец
голландец
новичок, первокурсник
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –man и переведите их:
taxi, post, congress, jury, police, railway, English
141
11.3 ГРАММАТИКА
11.3.1 БУДУЩИЕ ВРЕМЕНА В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛОГЕ
FUTURE TENSES IN ACTIVE VOICE
Утвердительная форма в будущих временах:
Future
Future
Future
Simple
Progressive
Perfect
будущее
будущее
будущее
простое
длительное
завершенное
will V
will be V-ing
will have V3
I
I
I
you
we
they
he
she
will
ask
it
you
we
they
he
she
will be
asking
it
you
we
they
he
she
will have
asked
it
Future Perfect
Progressive
будущее завершенодлительное
will have been V-ing
I
you
we
they
he
she
will have been asking
it
Употребление будущих времен:
Future Perfect
Progressive
Действие, которое
начнется до
определенного
момента в
будущем, и будет
продолжаться
вплоть до этого
момента.
Future Simple
Future Progressive
Future Perfect
Действие или ряд
последовательных
действий,
относящихся к
будущему.
Действие,
происходящее в
определенный
момент в будущем.
Действие, которое
будет завершено до
какого-то момента
в будущем.
tomorrow – завтра
next week – на
следующей неделе
next year – в
следующем году
every day – каждый
день
often - часто
tomorrow at this time
– завтра в это время
tomorrow at 3 –
завтра в три
tomorrow when you
come – завтра, когда
ты придешь
while you will be
writing – пока ты
будешь писать
tomorrow by 5 –
завтра к 5 часам
tomorrow before you
come – завтра до
твоего прихода
for 2 hours when you
come – уже 2 часа,
когда ты придешь
He will write a letter
tomorrow. - Он
напишет письмо
завтра.
He will be writing a
letter when you come.
- Он будет писать
письмо, когда ты
придешь.
He will have written
the letter by 5
tomorrow. - Он
напишет письмо
завтра к 5 часам.
He will have been
writing a letter for 3
hours when you come.
- Он будет писать
письмо уже 3 часа,
когда ты придешь.
142
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы:
вспом.
глагол
подлежащее
основной
глагол
подлежащее
вспом.
глагол+not
основной
глагол
Past
Simple
Will
they
(V1)
work?
They
will not
(V1)
work.
Past
Progressive
Will
I
be working?
I
will not
be working.
Past
Perfect
Отрицательная
Will
he
have (V3)
worked?
He
will not
have (V3)
worked.
Past Perfect
Progressive
Вопросительная
Will
she
have been
working?
She
will not
have been
working?
Сокращенная форма: will not = won’t
1. Не переводя предложения, скажите, какой вид глагола следует использовать:
1. Я буду очень занят в начале июня.
2. К 7 часам он закончит эту работу.
3. К 1 декабря будет уже 3 года, как она работает здесь.
4. Я все еще буду работать, когда ты вернешься.
5. Не звоните мне в 5 часов, у меня будет урок английского.
6. Что ты будешь делать завтра в это время? – Я буду просматривать новые газеты и
журналы.
7. Поезд уже уйдет к тому времени, как мы приедем на станцию.
8. На следующей неделе мы к вам приедем.
9. Мы будем обедать через несколько минут.
10. Эту школу достроят к 1 сентября.
11. Ровно в 6 часов я буду ждать тебя на автобусной остановке.
12. Завтра в это время мы будем подъезжать к Новосибирску.
13. Когда ты поступишь в институт, ты будешь изучать английский язык уже более 8 лет.
2. Поставьте глаголы в Future Simple. Добавьте подходящие обстоятельства времени:
12. I (clean) the room.
tomorrow – завтра
13. I (send) two letters.
in a week – через неделю
14. He (read) this magazine.
next week – не следующей неделе
15. He (go) to Australia.
in a month – через месяц
16. We (play) baseball.
next month – в следующем месяце
17. He (translate) two books.
every day – каждый день
143
18. They (see) 3 films.
19. They (eat) pears.
20. I (come) home.
21. I (phone) Jack.
22. She (type) four pages.
often – часто
in summer – летом
in a year – через год
next year – в следующем году
soon - скоро
3. Переведите предложения:
1. Я буду занят в начале июня.
2. К 7 я закончу эту работу.
3. Ты пообедаешь со мной?
4. Я буду работать, когда ты вернешься.
5. На следующей неделе мы к вам не приедем.
6. Он приедет в следующем году.
7. Не звоните мне завтра в 6. Я буду работать.
8. Когда ты поступишь в колледж, ты будешь изучать язык уже 5 лет.
9. В 4 часа я буду ждать тебя на автобусной остановке.
10. Я напишу тебе письмо.
4. Выберите подходящее время глаголов:
Future Simple или Future Progressive
1. I (look) through the new magazines at 5 o'clock tomorrow.
a) will look; b) will be looking.
2. Wait a minute, I (go) with you.
a) will go; b) will be going.
3. What ... we (do) if he's late?'—'I don't know exactly.'
a) will... do; b) will... be doing.
4. I think we (meet) our friends in a few days,
a) will be meeting; b) will meet.
5. … you (see) Peter in a few days?'—'Yes, I will.'
a) Will ... see; b) Will... be seeing.
6. I (not/see) the film without you! Believe me.
a) will not see; b) will not be seeing.
7. I'm sure he (pass) the exam. He worked hard,
a) will be passing; b) will pass.
8. I (play) chess with Tom tomorrow. What ... you (do) at that time?
a) will be playing; will ... be doing; b) will play; will ... do.
9. I think there (not/be) many mistakes in my dictation.
a) will not be being; b) will not be.
10. We (not/go) for a walk in the evening, we (watch) TV.
a) will not go; will watch; b) will not be going; will be watching.
5. Выберите подходящее время глаголов:
Future Progressive или Future Perfect
1. What time ... your sister (arrive) tomorrow?
a) will ... be arriving; b) will ... have arrived.
2. ... they (finish) their composition by that time?
a) Will ... be finishing; b) Will ... have finished.
3. By the time he arrives they (have) dinner.
a) will have had; b) will be having.
4. The workers say that they (build up) our school by the end of 2009.
a) will be building up; b) will have built up.
144
5. 'Can you meet Robert tomorrow?'—'No, I can't. I (clean) our room.'
a) will be cleaning; b) will have cleaned.
6. The play (start) by the time we get to the theatre.
a) will have started; b) will be starting.
7. … she (work) at 6 o'clock tomorrow?'—'Unfortunately, not.'
a) Will... be working; b) Will... have worked.
8. By the end of that week, I (read) the whole book in English.
a) will be reading; b) will have read.
9. Leo (watch) the football match at 7 p.m.
a) will be watching; b) will have watched.
10. I certainly (do) all my homework before my friend rings me up.
a) will be doing; b) will have done.
6. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в одном из будущих времен:
Future Simple, Future Progressive, Future Perfect, Future Perfect Progressive
1. I (to do) my homework tomorrow.
2. I (to do) my homework at 6 tomorrow.
3. I (to do) my homework by 6 tomorrow.
4. When I come home tomorrow, my family (to have) supper.
5. I (to do) my homework by the time you come.
6. I (to do) my homework for 2 hours by the time you come.
7. I (not to go) to the cinema tomorrow.
8. What you (to do) tomorrow?
9. What you (to do) at 7 tomorrow?
10. When you (to go) to see your friend next time?
11. How many pages you (to read) by 5 tomorrow?
7. Составьте предложения в будущих временах:
1. will, my, you, I, tomorrow, town
2. not, to, she, talk, us, will
3. have, we, our, passed, will, exams, by Wednesday
4. I, be, to, you, exams, preparing, my, when, will, come
5. next, go, England, not, to, he, will, year
8. Найдите ошибки и объясните их:
1. She will be reading many books next year.
2. It will have rained tomorrow.
3. What will you do at 8 tomorrow?
4. I will not be finishing my report by your coming.
5. When you come I will watch TV.
9. Составьте разные виды предложений:
They will go to Manchester next summer.
1. ………..won’t………………………………
2. Will………………………………………...?
3. Who………………………………………..?
4. When……………………………………….?
5. Where………………………………………?
6. ………………...…………………….., won’t they?
7. …………………………….next summer or next autumn?
10. Составьте разные виды предложений:
145
He will be writing an essay at 3 tomorrow.
1. ………..won’t………………………………
2. Will…………………………………………?
3. Who…………………………………………?
4. When……………………………………….?
5. ………………...…………………….., will he?
6. ………………………………….at 3 or at 4 tomorrow?
11.3.2 ВРЕМЕНА ГЛАГОЛА В АКТИВНОМ ЗАЛОГЕ
Simple
Present
V
V-s
Past
V-ed
V2
Future
will V
Progressive
am
is
V-ing
are
was
V-ing
were
will be V-ing
Perfect
have
V3
has
Perfect Progressive
have been
V-ing
has been
had V3
had been
will have V3
will have been V-ing
V-ing
Употребление настоящих времен:
Present Perfect
Progressive
Настоящее
завершеннодлительное
Present Simple
Present Progressive
Present Perfect
Настоящее простое
Настоящее
длительное
Настоящее
завершенное
usually - обычно
often - часто
always - всегда
every day – каждый
день
seldom - редко
sometimes – иногда
now – сейчас
at the moment – в
данный момент
already - уже
just – только что
today - сегодня
this month – в этом
месяце
for 2 hours – уже 2
часа
since 3 o'clock – с 3
часов
He writes long letters. Он (обычно) пишет
длинные письма.
He is writing a letter.
- Он (сейчас)
пишет письмо.
He has written a
letter. - Он (уже)
написал письмо.
He has been writing
a letter for an hour. Он пишет письмо
уже час.
Употребление прошедших времен:
Past Simple
Past Progressive
Past Perfect
Прошедшее простое
Прошедшее
длительное
Прошедшее
завершенное
146
Past Perfect
Progressive
Прошедшее
завершеннодлительное
in 1980 – в 1980 году
yesterday – вчера
last week – на прошлой
неделе
last month – в прошлом
месяце
last year – в прошлом году
a year ago – год назад
then – затем, потом
every day – каждый день
He wrote a test yesterday. Вчера он писал тест.
yesterday at 6 - вчера
в 6 часов
yesterday when he
came - вчера когда
он пришел
yesterday at that time
- вчера в это время
yesterday by 6 вчера к 6 часам
before he came - до
того, как он
пришел
for 2 hours by the
time I came - уже
2 часа к тому
времени, как я
пришел
He was writing a test
yesterday at that time.
- Вчера в это время
он писал тест.
He had written a
test before the
lesson was over. Он (уже) написал
тест до того, как
кончился урок.
He had been
writing a test for
an hour by the time
I came. - Он
писал тест уже
час к тому
времени, как я
пришел.
Употребление будущих времен:
Future Perfect
Progressive
Будущее
завершеннодлительное
Future Simple
Future Progressive
Future Perfect
Будущее простое
Будущее длительное
Будущее
завершенное
tomorrow – завтра
next week – на
следующей неделе
next year – в
следующем году
every day – каждый
день
often - часто
tomorrow at this time –
завтра в это время
tomorrow at 3 – завтра в три
tomorrow when you come –
завтра, когда ты придешь
while you will be writing –
пока ты будешь писать
tomorrow by 5 –
завтра к 5 часам
tomorrow before
you come –
завтра до твоего
прихода
for 2 hours when
you come – уже 2
часа, когда ты
придешь
He will be writing a letter
when you come. – Он будет
писать письмо, когда ты
придешь.
He will have
written the letter
by 5 tomorrow. –
Он напишет
письмо завтра к
5 часам.
He will have been
writing a letter for
3 hours when you
come. – Он будет
писать письмо
уже 3 часа, когда
ты придешь.
He will write a letter
tomorrow. – Он
напишет письмо
завтра.
1. Назовите видовременные формы:
1. is V-ing
2. V-s
3. V-ed
4. have been V-ing
5. has V3
6. V
7. had V3
8. will be V-ing
9. has been V-ing
147
10. am V-ing
2. Составьте предложения. Для этого раскройте скобки, поставив глагол в нужную форму
и используя следующие обстоятельства времени:
He (write) this test …
1. every year
2. now
3. already
4. for 2 hours
5. yesterday
6. yesterday at 5
7. before you came
8. for 30 minutes before you came
9. tomorrow
10. tomorrow at 3
11. when you will write a report
12. for an hour when you come
3. Поставьте предложения упражнения 2 в вопросительную и отрицательную формы.
4. Заполните пустые графы таблицы видовременными формами глагола to show в 1 лице
единственного числа.
Simple
Progressive
Perfect
Perfect Progressive
Present
Past
Future
5. Раскройте скобки, выберите глагол в требующемся времени:
1. The first person whom Andrew saw as he (enters / entered) was his old nurse.
She (was sitting / sat) on the sofa.
During the last five years she (was changing / has changed) and now (looked / was looking) a
very old woman.
2. She is going to read the letter she just (received / has recieved).
3. Yesterday I (met / meet) a friend of mine whom I (have not seen / has not seen) for a long time.
4. Ring me up at 11 o'clock tomorrow, I (will not be sleeping / will not sleep).
5. You (were / was) late for the concert.
6. The sun (will be setting / will set) soon, and it (will begin / begin) to get really cold.
7. He (had smoked / smoked) three cigarettes and (had looked / looked) through all the books on
the shelf when at last he (heard / will hear) his friend's steps approaching the door.
8. He just (had approached / approached) the door, when she (had entered / entered).
9. He (has been writing / has written) the composition for three hours and he (says / say) he soon
(will finish / has finished) it.
10. Where is the baby? - The nurse (is putting / puts) it to bed.
11. When I (come / came) to Pete's house last Sunday, he (was reading / read) a new book.
He (give / gave) it to me.
Now I (am reading / was reading) it.
I (will have finished / will finish) it by Friday.
If you like, I (will give / give) it to you on Saturday.
6. Раскройте скобки, употребляя глаголы в требующемся времени:
148
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
What you (to do) when I (to come) in?
When I (to come) to his house, they (to tell) me that he (to leave) an hour before.
On checking up his answers he (to find) out that he (to make) several mistakes.
When I (to leave) home, the snow already (to stop), but a strong wind (to blow).
You (to read) this book? - Yes, I (to read) it. I (to think) it (to be) very interesting.
What the children (to do) now? - Oh, they (to play) a new table game which I (to buy) for them
the day before yesterday.
7. They (to reach) the corner of the street by now and (to stand) at the bus stop.
8. After we (to walk) about two hours, we arrived at a picturesque glade covered with fresh grass.
9. We could not go out because it (to rain) heavily since early morning.
10. She (to teach) at our school for twenty years now.
11. Ring me up as soon as you (to come) home.
12. He (to begin) to write his composition at 3 o'clock. It is already 11, and he still (to write) it. He
says he (to finish) it by 12.
13. We (to help) our librarian to put the books in the right order for already three days, but we (to
arrange) only half the books.
14. How long you (to wait) for me? I am really very sorry.
15. When I (to come) home yesterday, my sister already (to return) and (to sit) at the fireplace
looking through old photographs.
11.4 ЛЕКСИКА
ENGLISH-SPEAKING COUNTRIES
Прочитайте текст.
Great Britain, the USA, Canada, Australia and New Zealand are English speaking countries. They
are situated in different parts of the world and differ in many ways. The nature of these countries, their
weather and climate and way of life of their people differ. Each country has its own history customs,
traditions, and its own national holidays. But they all have a common language, English, the language of
the people who left England to make their names in new countries.
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland consists of 4
parts: England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland. The British Isles are
group of islands lying off the north-west coast of the continent of Europe.
There are no high mountains, no very long rivers, and no great forests in the
U.K. The population of the U.K. is almost 56 million. Great Britain is an
industrial country.
The USA is situated in the central part of the North American continent.
The population of the USA is more then two hundred and thirty-six million
people. The USA is a highly developed industrial country. In the USA there are
two main political parties, the Democratic Party and the Republican Party.
Canada has area of nearly ten million square
kilometers. Its western coast is washed by the Pacific Ocean and its eastern
coast by the Atlantic Ocean. The population of Canada is over 26 million
people. Canada is a federal state and a member of the Commonwealth.
The Commonwealth of Australia territories are
the continent of Australia, the island of Tasmania and number of smaller
islands. Australia has an area of nearly eight million square kilometers. The
population of Australia is over 16 million people. The Commonwealth of
Australia is a self-governing federal state.
New Zealand is situated to the south-east of Australia. The country
consists of the large islands called North Island, South Island and Stewart
Island and also many small islands. The population of New Zealand is over
1.
149
three million people. New Zealand is a self-governing state and a member of the Commonwealth.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. English speaking countries –
16. highly developed - высокоразвитый
англоязычные страны
17. to be washed - омываться
2. to be situated – быть
18. federal state – федеративное
расположенным
государство
3. different - различный
19. island - остров
4. to differ - отличаться
20. self-governing - самоуправляемый
5. nature - природа
21. south-east – юго-восточный
6. area - площадь
22. north-west coast – северо-западное
7. way of life – образ жизни
побережье
8. history customs – исторические
23. western coast – западное побережье
обычаи
24. eastern coast – восточное побережье
9. common - общий
25. the Pacific Ocean – Тихий океан
10. to consist - состоять
26. the Atlantic Ocean – Атлантический
11. mountains - горы
океан
12. rivers - реки
27. the Commonwealth - Сообщество
13. forests – леса
14. population - население
15. industrial - индустриальная
3.
Выберите верное высказывание:
1. All English-speaking countries have the same traditions and customs.
2. Every English-speaking country has its own traditions and customs.
3. Every English-speaking country has its own language.
4.
Выберите неверные высказывания:
1. The USA is situated on the North American continent.
2. The western coast of Canada is washed by the Pacific Ocean.
3. The United Kingdom is situated to the north-west of Europe.
4. Australia is situated to the north-west of New Zealand.
5. New Zealand consists of three large islands and many small islands.
6. The United Kingdom consists of three parts.
7. There are five main English-speaking countries in the world.
5.
Выберите правильный вариант ответа на вопрос: What is the population of the U.K.?
1. The population of the U.K. is almost sixty-five million.
2. The population of the U.K. is almost fifty-six million.
3. The population of the U.K. is almost fifty-five million.
4. The population of the U.K. is almost sixty-six million.
6.
Отметьте информацию, которая не содержится в тексте:
1. New Zealand consists of several islands.
2. The U.K. has no long rivers.
3. The eastern coast of Australia is washed by the Pacific Ocean.
4. The population of Canada is more then the population of Australia.
5. The area of Canada is more then the area of the U.K.
6. The area of New Zealand is less then the area of Australia.
7. The population of the USA is more then the population of any other English-speaking
country.
8. Australia is an industrial country.
150
9.
10.
11.
12.
7.
The climate of English-speaking countries differs.
Canada has two official languages.
Canada and New Zealand are members of the Commonwealth.
The USA is boarded to Canada.
Переведите предложения:
1. Северная Ирландия является частью Соединенного Королевства.
2. В соединенном Королевстве нет высоких гор.
3. Население Великобритании составляет 56 миллионов.
4. США является высокоразвитой страной.
5. Западное побережье Канады омывается Тихим океаном.
6. Новая Зеландия состоит из множества островов.
7. Площадь Австралии почти 8 миллионов квадратных километров.
11.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
PLEASURE AND DISPLEASURE
УДОВОЛЬСТВИЕ И НЕУДОВОЛЬСТВИЕ
1.
Read and try to remember:
Pleasure
1. Good!/That's good. – Хорошо.
2. Great!/That's great. – Великолепно.
3. Marvellous!/That's marvellous. – Изумительно.
4. Terrific!/That's terrific. - Великолепно.
5. That's nice./That'll be nice. – Отлично.
6. How exciting! – Как волнительно!
7. How thrilling! – Как волнующе!
8. How wonderful! – Как чудесно!
9. Fantastic! – Фантастика!
Displeasure
1. Oh, no! – О, нет!
2. Oh, dear! – О, господи!
3. Oh, heavens! – О, господи!
4. What a bore! – Какая скука!
5. That's the limit! – Хватит!
2.
Respond with pleasure or displeasure when someone tells you:
1. he's got a new job.
2. he's got a new car.
3. it cost 10,000.
4. he's got a new girl-friend.
5. she's a journalist.
6. they're getting married.
3. Read the dialogue and then dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
HE I've made up my mind. We're going to
ОН Я принял решение. В отпуск мы поедем
Spain for the holidays.
в Испанию.
SHE How marvellouse!
ОНА Изумительно!
HE I've got a whole fortnight off this year.
ОН В этом году у меня есть целых две
151
SHE A whole fortnight. That'll be nice.
HE We'll leave in early July.
SHE Good! Are we taking the car?
HE Yes. And I thought we'd take mother with
us.
SHE Oh dear! What a bore!
недели.
ОНА Целых две недели! Отлично!
ОН Мы поедем в начале июля.
ОНА Хорошо! Мы возьмем машину?
ОН Да. И я подумал, мы возьмем с собой
маму.
ОНА О, господи! Какая скука!
4.
Ask a friend whether he/she would like to go on a holiday with you. Tell him/her where you
would like to go and what you might do there. Some of these things will please your friend;
others will not.
Model: A. Would you like to go to the Black Sea coast with me?
B. How wonderful!, etc.
11.6 ПИСЬМО
КАК ЗАПОЛНИТЬ АНКЕТУ
HOW TO FILL OUT A FORM
1. form – бланк, форма, анкета
2. name = first name = forename – имя
3. maiden name – девичья фамилия
4. last name = family name = surname - фамилия
5. date of birth – дата рождения
6. place of birth – место рождения
7. nationality – национальность
8. occupation – род занятий, профессия
9. passport number – номер паспорта
10. on (date of entering the country) – дата въезда в страну
11. going to – въезжаете в
12. coming from – выезжаете из
1. Заполните анкету, которую следует заполнять при пересечении границы:
date___________________________________________________________
name__________________________________________________________
maiden name____________________________________________________
surname________________________________________________________
date of birth_____________________________________________________
place of birth____________________________________________________
nationality______________________________________________________
occupation______________________________________________________
passport number_________________________________________________
on (date of entering the country)____________________________________
going to________________________________________________________
coming from____________________________________________________
152
11.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 11
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Kate was what the Americans call 'a cool character'; nothing seemed to surprise her very much.
Perhaps this was because she was an actress. She played small parts in films and on television. She
didn't hesitate even for a second when Coke said he wanted her help to find the real spies. «All right» -,
she said. «I'll start right now. Wait here!» «What do you mean? Where are you going?» Coke asked.
«You'll find out when I come back. I'll have to get some things now!» Before Coke could answer, she
was gone.
2. Not very far away, Baxter was still sitting in the Chief Inspector's Office. He was still looking at
Masters’ photograph. «What's so interesting about him? Why do you want me to follow him?» he asked.
«A few days ago, quite by accident we learned a few things about him. Coke might... be innocent after
all. It's only a possibility. We want to see what Masters will do if Coke contacts him», the Chief
Inspector answered. Baxter was even more surprised now. «I don't understand, sir. What do you think
Masters might do?» he said. «Masters might try to kill him if he's really afraid of him». «But surely
that's dangerous, sir. I mean, if Coke is innocent, Masters might kill him... and if he isn't innocent, we're
letting him go free. After all, Coke might kill Masters... or someone else!» The Chief Inspector looked
very serious. «That's a chance we'll have to take, Baxter!» he said.
3. Time passed very slowly for Coke that morning and afternoon. It was evening when Kate came
back. She was carrying a large bundle and a lot of other things. «Here. Try these things on», she said.
She unwrapped the bundle quickly and showed him a suit, shoes and shirt. There was also a coat with an
expensive fur collar, the sort millionaires wear in films. «I'll have to change my appearance more than
this!» he said. «Of course you will», she answered. «And I've got just the things you'll need!» First Kate
dyed Coke's hair grey. Then she used some theatrical make-up to give him a much older face. Finally
she put a pair of dark glasses on him, gave him a white walking-stick and led him to a mirror. He was
surprised when he saw himself. An old blind man stared back at him.
«And now», Kate said, «you'll have to do far more than simply look like an old blind man. You'll
have to walk, talk and act like one, too!» For the next hour she taught him exactly how to do that. «You
learn fast. We can go now», she said finally.
4. They were walking towards a taxi-rank. «Now just tell me where we're going!» Kate said. «To a
pub in Soho called «The Green Rider». Masters used to go there a lot», Coke answered. «You mean you
think he's one of the spies?» «I don't know, but he didn't tell the truth at the trial. Why else should he
lie?» Coke said. They got to Soho half an hour later. The streets were brightly-lit. There were people,
pubs, restaurants, cinemas and striptease clubs everywhere. They walked on until Coke suddenly
gripped Kate's arm very hard. «This is the place. Take me in!» he said. They went into the crowded,
noisy room.
(554 слова)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) совершенно случайно
b) действительно боится
c) время тянулось очень медленно
d) примерь эти вещи
e) показала ему костюм, туфли и рубашку
f) с дорогим меховым воротником
g) театральный грим
h) дала ему белую трость
i) когда он увидел себя
j) слепой старик
153
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
ты быстро учишься
зачем еще ему лгать
улицы были ярко освещены
пабы, рестораны, кинотеатры
крутой характер
она играла маленькие роли
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. The Chief Inspector wanted to see...
a) if Masters kills Coke;
b) if Coke is innocent;
c) what Masters will do if Coke contacts him.
2. Kate taught Coke because...
a) he didn't look like an old man;
b) she wanted him to act like a blind man;
c) she was a good actress.
3. Coke thought that Masters was a spy because
a) he used to go to «The Green Rider»:
b) he was afraid of him;
c) he didn't tell the truth at the trial.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Kate agreed to help Coke to find the real spies from the very beginning.
2. The Chief Inspector thought that Masters could escape.
3. Masters told the truth at the trial.
4. Kate and Coke were going to find Baxter.
5. Coke didn’t want to change his appearance.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What was Kate?
2. What did the Chief Inspector want to see?
3. Why was the Chief Inspector's plan dangerous?
4. What did Kate bring in the evening?
5. What did Kate do to Coke's hair and face?
6. Whom did Coke see in the mirror?
7. What did Kate teach Coke to do?
8. Where and why were they walking?
9. What made Coke think Masters was one of the spies?
6. Give the contents of the extract in 4 sentences.
154
МОДУЛЬ 12
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [s] и [θ], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксами –tion/sion;
 Правильно употреблять герундий, узнать его функции в предложении;
 Узнать и рассказать о Лондоне и его достопримечательностях;
 Выразить отказ;
 Заполнить анкету для получения банковской карточки.
12.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [s], [Ɵ]
Звук
[Ɵ]
[s]
Употребление
th в начале и в конце
знаменательных слов
s в начале слов
s перед глухими согласными
s после глухих согласных
с + i, e, y
Примеры
thin, thick, seventh
send
street
caps
city, cell, bicycle
1. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the difference in pronunciation of the sounds [s] and [Ɵ]:
[s] as in sink, [Ɵ] as in think.
I
A. It's not safe.
B. Of course, it's safe.
A.I think, it'll sink. It's only made of thin cloth.
B. It's not cloth, it's plastic. And it's not thin, it's thick.
A. Well, even thick plastic can burst.
B .It's quite safe. The man said so.
A. And anyway, sailing makes me sick.
II
A. Now, look at this, sir — this marvelous seventeenth century mirror. It's a thing both of
beauty and of worth.
B. Yes, but d'you think...
A. Oh, I think you'll like the price too, sir.
B. Mmm. Perhaps so. But to me it seems quite worthless.
A. Oh — you can have complete faith in it? B. Yes — but can you see your face in it?
2. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
3. Read the dialogues in pairs.
155
4. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference in pronunciation of the sounds [Ɵ] and [t]: [Ɵ]
as in three, [t] as in tree.
I
A. I think I shall plant two or three of these trees.
B. Mmm. Two or three trees would be nice. Where do you think you'll plant them?
A. On both sides of the path, I think.
B. And when the trees are tall... A. I shall be a hundred and thirty.
II
A. I'm taking mathematics and theology.
B. And who teaches you math?
A. Mr. Theodore.
B. But I thought Mr. Theodore taught theology.
A. He taught theology last term. But the math teacher left and now Mr. Theodore will be taking
us for maths.
B. Well, who's taking you for theology now?
A. Mrs. Theodore.
B. I didn't know Mrs. Theodore had studied theology. A. That is how she met Mr. Theodore.
5. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
6. Read the dialogues in pairs
12.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –ION
Суффикс –ion (-tion/-sion) является суффиксом существительных, образованных от
глаголов. Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают, как правило,
действия, процесс или результат.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(глагол)
(существительное)
to produce
производить
production
производство
to connect
соединять
connection
соединение
to transport
перевозить
transportation
перевозка
to discuss
обсуждать
discussion
обсуждение
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ion и переведите их:
to combine, to nominate, to operate, to construct, to decide, to prepare, to declare, to express, to prohibit
12.3 ГРАММАТИКА
ГЕРУНДИЙ
THE GERUND
Герундий – это неличная форма глагола. Герундий выражает действие как процесс и имеет
свойства как глагола, так и существительного. Подобной неличной формы в русском языке нет.
Как существительное он может выполнять в предложении функции подлежащего, дополнения,
определения и обстоятельства с предлогом. Как глагол может иметь после себя прямое
дополнение и определяться наречием, иметь перфектную форму, категорию залога, а также
выражать действие как процесс.
156
Герундий образуется от основы глагола с помощью суффикса -ing.
To translate - translating, to read - reading.
Формы герундия:
Simple
действия,
одновременные с
действием,
выраженным
глаголомсказуемым
Perfect
Свойства
действия,
предшествующие
действию,
выраженному
глаголомсказуемым
V-ing
having
V3
Active
Passive
He likes inviting
friends to his place.
- Он любит
приглашать
друзей к себе.
being V3
He likes being
invited to his friends.
- Он любит, когда
его приглашают к
себе его друзья.
having
been V3
He was proud of
having been invited
to the party. - Он
гордился тем, что
его пригласили на
вечер.
He is proud of
having invited this
man to his place. Он гордится тем,
что пригласил
этого человека к
себе.
Функции герундия:
Функции
Примеры
Smoking is not allowed here. - Курить (Курение)
здесь не разрешается.
There are different ways of obtaining this substance.
Определение
- Существуют различные способы получения
этого вещества (получить это вещество).
His hobby is driving a car. - Его хобби - вождение
Часть
(водить) машину(ы).
сказуемого
The car needs repairing. - Машина нуждается в
Прямое
ремонте (Машину нужно ремонтировать).
дополнение
They spoke about their travelling. - Они говорили о
Предложное
своём путешествии (о том, как они
дополнение
путешествовали).
Обстоятельство After reading he closed the book. – После чтения
он закрыл книгу.
He left the room without saying a word. - Он вышел
из комнаты, не сказав ни слова.
Instead of reading he went to the cinema. – Вместо
того, чтобы читать, он пошел в кино.
Способы
перевода
Подлежащее
1. Измените основу глагола (инфинитив) на герундий:
1) I dislike (to go) to the movies by myself.
2) We started (to have) dinner without you.
3) I can't imagine (to buy) my own house.
4) The house needs (to repair).
5) I always eat breakfast before (to go) to school.
6) When will you start (to learn) English?
7) My grandmother prefers (to read) science fiction books.
8) (to get) the letter he immediately read it.
9) Do you remember our (to meet)?
157
существительным
или инфинитивом
существительным
или придаточным
предложением
существительным
с предлогом,
деепричастием,
придаточным
предложением
10) I like the idea of (to invite) her.
2. Найдите в предложениях герундий и определите время, залог и его функцию.
Переведите предложения.
1) Smoking costs a lot of money.
2) I will call you after arriving at the office.
3) Please have a drink before leaving.
4) I am looking forward to meeting you.
5) Do you object to working late?
6) Mary always dreams about going on holiday.
7) Please excuse us for waiting too long.
8) My favourite occupation is reading.
9) We are interested in buying these goods.
10) I have three shirts that need washing.
11) They insisted on being sent the results of tests.
12) What is the purpose of his going there?
13) This letter requires signing.
14) I am grateful for his helping me. I am grateful for his having helped me.
15) We thank you for sending us your letter.
16) The house wants repainting.
3. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыслу герундиями.
1) I dislike ... for a walk by myself.
2) We started ... lunch without you.
3) I can't imagine ... my own car.
4) I used ... that television show all of the time.
5) I always listen to the radio before ... to college.
6) … his homework he went for a walk.
7) My grandmother prefers ... science fiction books.
8) You need ... harder this year.
9) I am used to ... her in a bad mood.
10) Have you talked to the dentist about ... your teeth?
4. Переведите предложения с герундием на русский язык (В одном предложении
используйте по возможности разные способы перевода герундия). Помните, что
герундий может переводиться инфинитивом, существительным, деепричастием и
придаточным предложением:
1) I like reading.
2) Think before answering.
3) By doing that you'll save a lot of time.
4) I am tired of waiting.
5) The floor of the room needs painting.
6) Everybody laughed on hearing his answer.
7) Thank you for coming.
8) He is proud of having won in the tournament.
9) She is sorry for being late.
10) He ran without stopping.
11) Before going to bed, she locked the door.
158
12.4 ЛЕКСИКА
LONDON
Прочитайте текст.
London is the largest city in Western Europe. More than 7 million people live there. It lies on both
banks of the Thames.
Parts of London
London is traditionally divided into several parts: the City of London, Westminster, the West End
and the East End. The City is the financial center of the United Kingdom. Many banks, offices and firms
are concentrated there. Westminster is the center of administration. There is the Houses of Parliament
and a royal residence in this part of London. The West End is the area of museums, art galleries, largest
department stores, cinemas, and hotels. West End is associated with wealth and luxury. The best and
most expensive clubs, restaurants and theatres, beautiful houses and parks are there. And the East End is
the industrial part of London and is very important for the commerce. It is the district of plants, factories
and docks.
The Tower of London
Most of London sights, such as the Tower, the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey,
Trafalgar Square, and others are famous all over the world.
The Tower of London was founded in the 11th century by William the Conqueror. The Tower in
the past was a fortress, a palace, and a prison. Though the kings were born, lived and were married there,
it happened also that kings and queens were murdered in the Tower. It was said that whoever held the
keys to the Tower, held the keys to the kingdom.
The Tower has several towers: the Jewel Tower, where the Royal precious jewels are kept, the
White Tower, in which the Kings of England held their Court, and others. One of the towers is called the
Bloody Tower, where the king Edward V and his brother were murdered. The Duke of York, Queen
Anne Boleyn, the Princess (afterwards Queen) Elisabeth and many other people were in prison in the
Tower.
Now the Tower is a museum and the Crown jewels and other treasures are kept there. The Guard,
known as "beefeaters" still keeps watch. The Ceremony of the Keys that is centuries old takes place
every night.
Now the only inhabitants of the Tower are ravens. There is a legend that the Tower will fall if it
loses its ravens. Therefore the birds with clipped wings are carefully guarded.
The Houses of Parliament
The Houses of Parliament are the most beautiful buildings not only in London, but in the whole
Europe. The Houses of Parliament are also called the Palace of Westminster. The Queen enters the
Palace of Westminster only on the day of the opening of Parliament at the beginning of the session. She
wears a crown and many jewels when she makes her speech from the Throne in the House of Lords.
A fire destroyed the old Houses of Parliament. The new Houses of parliament were built in 1857.
The famous 320 foot (97.5 meters) clock Tower is called "Big Ben" after Sir Benjamin Hall under
whose direction the construction of the clock was conducted.
St. Paul's Cathedral
It took the architect Christopher Wren 35 years to build the Cathedral. It is one of the most
beautiful pieces of architecture in Europe. It has a huge dome with a golden ball on the top. The interior
of the Cathedral is very beautiful too.
The British Museum
There are many museums and art galleries in London. The British Museum is famous for its rich
library (about 7 000 000 books). It is also the Museum of History, Archaeology, Art and Ethnography.
The British Museum contains the most important collections in Britain.
The Buckingham Palace is the place where the Queen of England lives.
Trafalgar Square
1.
159
Trafalgar Square is the geographical centre of London. It was named in the memory of Admiral
Nelson's victory in the battle of Trafalgar in 1805. The tall Nelson's Column stands in the middle of the
square. Opposite the Nelson monument is the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery. They
contain one of the finest art collections of the world.
Westminster Abbey
Westminster Abbey is the place where the coronation of nearly all kings and queens has taken
place since the time of the Conquest. Many of them are buried here as well as some other famous people
of the country. Westminster Abbey is famous for its architecture and history. There are the graves of
some of the world's famous writers, poets and scientists: Chaucer, Charles Dickens, Tennyson, Thomas
Hardy. Kipling and others are buried here. There in the Poet's Corner there are memorials to
Shakespeare and Milton, Burns, Byron, Scott, Thackeray and Longfellow. Here is also the grave of the
Unknown Soldier who was killed in the First World War.
Parks in London
There are many parks in London: Hyde Park with its Speaker's Corner, St. James Park, and
Kensington Park.
The East End is an industrial district of London. There are many factories there. The region is
densely populated by working class families, those people who have built the palaces of the West End.
2. Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1.
several ['sevrl] — несколько
17. Duke of York — герцог Йоркский
2.
art gallery — картинная галерея
18. prison — тюрьма
3.
commerce — торговля; коммерция
19. beefeater — бифитер, служитель
4.
art galleries – картинные галереи
охраны лондонского Тауэра
5.
wealth – богатство
20. to keep watch — дежурить
6.
luxury – роскошь
21. inhabitants — обитатели
7.
plants – заводы
22. raven ['reivn] — ворон
8.
factories - фабрики
23. clipped wings — подрезанные крылья
9.
sights — достопримечательности
24. is called after — назван в честь
10. fortress — крепость
25. construction — строительство
11. to murder — убивать
26. to conduct — проводить
12. whoever — кто бы ни
27. grave — могила
13. Royal — королевский
28. Conquest ['konkwest] — завоевание
14. precious jewels — драгоценные камни
Англии норманнами (1066 г.)
15. Court — двор (короля)
29. densely populated — плотно
16. Bloody Tower — Кровавая башня
населенный
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is the capital of Great Britain?
2. What is London's population?
3. On what river does London stand?
4. Into what parts is London divided?
5. Why is the City called the business centre of London?
6. Who was buried in Westminster Abbey?
7. What is the West End famous for?
8. Why is the central square in London named Trafalgar Square?
9. Who lives in the East End?
Соотнесите названия частей Лондона и относящиеся к ним понятия:
the City
a. banks
Westminster
b. cinemas
the West End
c. plants
the East End
d. luxury
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
160
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
administration
art galleries
financial center
restaurants
wealth
industrial part
a royal residence
commerce
expensive clubs
docks
the Parliament
offices
parks
museums
factories
firms
beautiful houses
5.
Переведите на английский язык:
1. Трафальгарская площадь знаменита на весь мир.
2. Многие короли и королевы жили в Тауэре.
3. Королева выступает с Тронной речью в Палате Лордов.
4. Знаменитые башенные часы называются Биг Бен.
5. Интерьер Собора Святого Павла очень красив.
6. Британский Музей – самый знаменитый музей Великобритании.
7. Национальная Галерея содержит одну из самых прекрасных коллекций в мире.
8. Многие знаменитые люди похоронены в Вестминстерском Аббатстве.
9. В Гайд Парке находится Уголок Ораторов.
6.
Сделайте сообщение об одной из достопримечательностей Лондона.
12.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
REFUSAL
ОТКАЗ
1. Read and try to remember:
Here are some ways of refusing to comply with someone's suggestions.
No, thank you. I don't want to. – Нет, спасибо. Я не хочу.
No, certainly not. – Нет, конечно, нет.
Why should I? – С какой стати?
Oh, no! – О, нет!
Never! – Никогда!
Good heavens, no! – Господи, нет!
2.
Ask someone why they don't:
buy a television;
call the police;
go into politics;
get a new job;
have a haircut;
161
take up yoga;
become a doctor.
He/she will refuse to comply with your suggestions.
3. Look through the dialogue and then dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
HE Why don't you sit down and relax,
ОН Почему бы тебе не присесть и не
honey?
расслабиться, милая?
SHE Because I don't want to.
ОНА Потому что я не хочу.
HE Well, come and talk to me then.
ОН Ну тогда иди сюда, давай поговорим.
SHE No, thank you.
ОНА Нет, спасибо.
HE May I turn on the radio then?
ОН Тогда я включу радио?
SHE Turn on the radio? What for?
ОНА Включишь радио? Для чего?
HE So that we can sit together and listen to
ОН Чтобы мы посидели вместе и
some music.
послушали музыку.
SHE Listen to some music? And who'll cook
ОНА Послушали музыку? А кто будет
the dinner? Will you?
готовить обед? Ты?
HE OK, I will. But let's go to a disco after
ОН Хорошо, давай я. Сходим на дискотеку
dinner.
после обеда?
SHE To a disco? Good heavens, no! You
ОНА На дискотеку? О, господи, нет! Ты же
know I hate modern music.
знаешь, что я ненавижу современную
музыку.
4.
Make any suggestions you like. You partner will refuse to comply.
12.6 ПИСЬМО
КАК ЗАПОЛНИТЬ АНКЕТУ
HOW TO FILL OUT A FORM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
form – бланк, форма, анкета
name = first name = forename – имя
last name = family name = surname - фамилия
date of birth – дата рождения
place of birth – место рождения
sex (male/female) – пол (мужской/женский)
nationality – национальность
marital status (married/ divorced) – семейное положение (женат (замужем)/ разведен)
number of dependant children – количество несовершеннолетних детей
home phone number – номер домашнего телефона
mobile phone number – номер мобильного телефона
e-mail address – электронный адрес
1. Чтобы получить пластиковую карточку в английском банке, нужно заполнить
следующую анкету. Заполните её:
forename
surname
date of birth
sex (male/female)
nationality (name the country)
marital status (married/ divorced)
number of dependant children
162
home phone number
mobile phone number
e-mail address
12.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 12
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Kate led Coke to a table and then went to the bar to get their drinks. «Masters isn't here», Coke
said. «Surely you didn't expect to walk in and find him, just like that?» «No, I suppose not».
They had been there for over an hour. More people came in, but Masters was not among them. It
was getting towards closing time when the barman came to their table. «May I take your empty
glasses?» he asked politely. Coke touched him on his sleeve. «Does a man named Eric Masters ever
come in here?» he asked. He did not notice the man standing at the bar who stared at him in the mirror
when he mentioned Masters' name.
2. The barman thought for a second. «There's a man named Eric Masters who comes in here a lot.
He's a military type. Is that who you mean?» he asked. Coke tried to sound casual when he asked his
next question. «Has he been here today?» The barman nodded. «Yes, he was in this afternoon». «I don't
suppose you know where I can find him now?» Coke said. «I'm afraid not. All I know about him is that
he has an antique shop somewhere near Red Lion Square», he answered.
The barman was shouting «Last orders, please» when Coke and Kate left. Kate led him through the
crowded, bright streets. When they got to Shaftsbury Avenue, Kate called a taxi. Neither she nor Coke
noticed the man who was so close behind them in the crowd that he heard Kate say «Red Lion Square,
please» to the driver. They did not see him get into a cab and follow them.
3. «Would you mind driving round the Square once?» Kate asked the driver. Red Lion Square was
deserted. «It's obviously not on the square itself», Coke said. They got out the taxi, paid the driver and
started exploring. There were antique shops on several of the side streets but Masters' name was not
among the other names of the owners.
Half an hour later they were still looking. Kate kept glancing over her shoulder. She had the
uncomfortable feeling that someone was following them but she couldn't see anybody.
«I don't like wandering round the dark streets at this hour», she said. «I don't like doing it, either,
but what else can we do? We can't stop looking now. It might be our last chance». Coke answered.
Suddenly something in the window of a shop across the road caught his eye. The street was very dark
but the thing gleamed. It reflected the light of a passing car. They crossed the street. The thing was an
old military saber and it was in a window marked «Antique Weapons and Military Antiques». There
were old pistols, helmets and other swords in the window. Coke became excited. «This must be it!» he
said. There was no name on the window but there was a phone number on the door. Coke copied it
down.
(500 слов)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) время шло к закрытию
b) где я могу найти его
c) площадь была пустынна
d) антикварные магазины
e) они перешли улицу
f) через полчаса
g) что еще мы можем сделать
h) на улице было очень темно
163
i) там были старые пистолеты
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. When Coke asked the barman about Eric Masters...
a) the man at the bar stared at him;
b) the barman stared at him in surprise;
c) the barman looked at the man at the door bar.
2. When Kate and Coke took the taxi...
a) they noticed the man behind them;
b) the man followed them in a cab;
c) the man lost sight of them.
3. When Kate glanced over her shoulder...
a) she noticed the man following them;
b) she could not see anybody;
c) she saw the light of a passing car.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. When Coke and Kate came to the bar Masters was there.
2. Masters had an antique shop.
3. The barman told Coke the address of Masters’ shop.
4. Kate and Coke found Masters’ shop.
5. Masters followed Coke and Kate.
6. Kate and Coke went to Red Lion Square by taxi.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What did Coke ask the barman about?
2. What didn't Coke notice?
3. What did they learn from barman about Masters?
4. What did the man who followed them do?
5. What was there on the side streets of the square?
6. Why did Kate keep glancing over her shoulder?
7. What caught Coke's eye?
8. How was the window marked?
9. What was there in the window and on the door?
6. Compose the plan for this part of the story.
164
МОДУЛЬ 13
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [ð], [s], [z], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом -ity;
 Правильно употреблять инфинитив и обороты с ним;
 Узнать и рассказать о Вашингтоне и Нью-Йорке;
 Выразить сочувствие и одобрение;
 Заполнить анкету при прохождении таможни.
13.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [Ɵ], [s], [z]
Звук
[Ɵ]
[s]
[z]
Употребление
th в начале и в конце
знаменательных слов
s в начале слов
s перед глухими согласными
s после глухих согласных
с + i, e, y
z в любом положении
s после гласной
s между гласными
s после звонких согласных
Примеры
thin, thick, seventh
send
street
caps
city, cell, bicycle
zero
as
position
beds
1. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference in pronunciation of the sounds [ð], [s], [z].
[ð] as in theirs, [z] as in buzz, [s] as in bus.
I
A. What's that, Father?
B. It's a buzzer, Lesley.
A. What does the buzzer do, Father?
B. The bus conductor presses the buzzer, and then that stops the bus.
A. But doesn't the bus driver stop and start the bus?
B. Yes, he does.
A. But you said the buzzer stops the bus, Father.
B. Lesley, would you like these ... sweets?
II
A. The sun's fabulous! The sky's blue! This is the sort of weather for bathing, Daisy!
B. This is the sort of weather for sleeping for hours on these marvellous sands!
A. Oh, let's bathe!
B. Please go to sleep, Liz!
A. Lazy Daisy!
B. Busy Lizzie!
165
2. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
3. Read the dialogues in pairs.
13.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКСЫ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ -TY/-ITY
Суффиксы -ty/-ity является суффиксами существительных, которые могут быть образованы
от разных частей речи. Существительные, образованные с помощью этих суффиксов обозначают
признак процесса или явления.
Исходная форма
acceptable
valid
to conform
loyal
приемлемый
законный
соответствовать
лояльный, верный
Производное слово
acceptability
validity
conformity
loyalty
приемлемость
законность
соответствие
лояльность, верность
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффиксов -ty/-ity и переведите их:
special, active, similar, actual, vary, convertible
13.3 ГРАММАТИКА
THE INFINITIVE
ИНФИНИТИВ
Инфинитив – это неличная форма глагола. Неличные формы глагола, к которым относятся
причастие, инфинитив и герундий отличаются от личных тем, что не имеют категории лица,
числа, времени, и наклонения и не употребляются в предложении в функции сказуемого, хотя
могут быть его частью. Инфинитив выражает только действие. Он соответствует в русском
языке неопределенной форме глагола и по значению отвечает на вопросы что делать? что
сделать?
To translate the text I used a dictionary. Чтобы перевести текст, я воспользовался словарём.
I like to dance. Мне нравиться танцевать.
Инфинитив является основной (или первой) формой глагола и представляет глагол в
словаре. Признаком инфинитива является частица to: to help - помогать, to read - читать.
Инфинитив употребляется без частицы to в следующих случаях:
1. После глаголов shall, will.
He will write to his parents tomorrow. Завтра он напишет своим родителям.
2. После модальных глаголов (кроме глагола ought, have).
She can ski and skate. Она умеет кататься на коньках и на лыжах.
I must see you at once. Мне надо сейчас же увидеться с тобой.
3. После глаголов чувственного восприятия feel, see, hear, watch и др.
We saw him enter. Мы видели, как он вошел.
4. После глаголов let (разрешать), make (заставлять).
What makes you think so? Что заставляет тебя так думать?
Let me take this book, please. Пожалуйста, разрешите мне взять эту книгу.
166
5. После выражений had better (лучше), would rather (лучше бы).
You had better go now. Лучше иди сейчас.
В современном английском языке инфинитив имеет следующие формы:
Active
Passive
to write
to be written
Simple
to be writing
—
Progressive
to have written
to have been written
Perfect
to have been writing
—
Perfect Progressive
Форма
Функция
Пример
Simple
Infinitive
обозначает действие, одновременное с
действием глагола-сказуемого (или
следующее за ним), не уточняя характер
его протекания
подчёркивает длительность действия,
протекающего одновременно с действием
глагола-сказуемого
выражает действие, предшествующее
действию, выраженному глаголомсказуемым
выражает действие, продолжавшееся
определенный период времени и
предшествовавшее действию,
выраженному глаголом-сказуемым
She likes to write letters. Она
любит писать письма.
Progressive
Infinitive
Perfect
Infinitive
Perfect
Progressive
Infinitive
She must be still writing. Она,
должно быть, всё ещё
пишет
I am glad to have studied at
the University. Я рад, что
учился в университете
He seems to have been
sleeping since 10. Кажется,
он спит с 10 часов
Функции инфинитива
Функции
Подлежащее
Обстоятельство
цели
Определение
Дополнение
Часть сказуемого
(часто
модального)
Перевод
Примеры
To walk in the garden was very
pleasant.
To read a lot is to know much.
To read the book I went to the
reading-hall.
She was the first to come.
Гулять в саду было очень
приятно.
Много читать - много знать.
Чтобы прочитать эту книгу, я
пошёл в читальный зал.
Она была первой из пришедших.
He was glad to have been given
a new job.
I decided to read this book.
You may come in.
We ought to leave early in the
morning.
My wish is to read much.
Он был рад, что ему дали новую
работу.
Я решил прочитать эту книгу.
Вы можете войти.
Мы должны уехать рано утром.
Моё желание - много читать.
1. Вставьте частицу to перед инфинитивом, где необходимо. Определите функцию
инфинитива в предложении.
1. I like ... play the guitar.
2. Ну brother can ... speak French.
3. We had ... put on our overcoats because it was cold.
4. They wanted ... cross the river.
167
5. It is high time for you ... go to bed.
6. May I ... use your telephone?
7. They heard the girl... cry out with joy.
8. I would rather ... stay at home today.
9. He did not want ... play in the yard any more.
10. Would you like ... go to England?
11. You look tired. You had better... go home.
12. I wanted ... speak to Nick, but could not... find his telephone number.
13. It is time ... get up.
2. Вставьте частицу to перед инфинитивом, где необходимо. Переведите предложения.
Определите функцию инфинитива.
1. Let me ... help you with your homework.
2. I was planning ... do a lot of things yesterday.
3. I'd like ... speak to you.
4. I think I shall be able ... solve this problem.
5. What makes you ... think you are right?
6. I shall... do all I can ... help you.
7. I like ... dance.
8. I'd like ... dance.
9. She made me ... repeat my words several times.
10. I saw him ... enter the room.
11. She did not let her mother ... go away.
12. Do you like ... listen to good music?
13. Would you like ... listen to good music?
14. That funny scene made me ... laugh.
3. Подчеркните в предложении инфинитив. Определите функцию инфинитива.
Переведите предложения.
1. I have no books to read.
2. Is there anybody to help you with your spelling?
3. Don't forget that she has a baby to take care of.
4. Have you got nothing to say on this subject?
5. There was nothing to do except go home.
6. I have only a few minutes to explain these words to you.
7. I have an examination to take soon, so I can't go to the theatre with you.
8. Here are some tablets to help your headache.
9. Here is something to warm you up.
10. Here is a new brush to clean your teeth with.
11. Here are some more facts to prove that your theory is correct.
12. Here is something to rub on your hands. It will soften them.
13. Here are some screws to fasten the shelves to the wall.
4. Подчеркните в предложении инфинитив. Определите функцию инфинитива.
Переведите предложения.
1. Our wish is to help you.
2. His dream was to enter the University.
3. There is a man downstairs who wants to see you.
4. I invited her to dine with us.
5. I am anxious to continue my work.
6. To help him was impossible.
7. Everything was done to save him.
168
8. Who has promised to go there at once?
9. You should know how to spell.
10. Who can lend me a pencil?
11. I have to go to Moscow next Thursday.
12. The boys got up at 6 o’clock not to miss the train.
13. She was the first to come to classes.
14. To decide is to act.
15. I have come here to talk to you.
16. Mary has gone to fetch a piece of chalk.
17. It is the only thing to do.
18. I shall buy some magazines to read on the journey.
19. We have a lot of problems to solve.
20. He ordered a taxi to be at the door at 9 o’clock.
21. It is necessary to finish our work on time.
22. It is impossible to go there today.
23. Could you let me do it alone?
13.4 ЛЕКСИКА
WASHINGTON
Прочитайте текст.
The capital of the United States of America is Washington. It was named after the first President of
the United States — George Washington. It is situated on the Potomac River in the District of Columbia.
The district is a piece of land, which does not belong to any one state but to all the states. The district is
named in honor of Christopher Columbus, the discoverer of America. Washington was founded in 1791
as the capital. It's quite a new city. The population of the city is nearly one million people. Washington
is not a very large city, but it is very important as the capital of the USA.
Washington has many historical places. The largest and tallest is the Capitol, where the Congress
meets. It is a very beautiful building with white marble columns. There is a law in Washington against
building structures higher than the Capitol. Not far from the Capitol there is the Library of Congress. It
holds five million books.
The White House, the residence of the president is the oldest public structure in the capital and one
of the most beautiful. It was built in 1799. It is a two storey white building. Not far from the Capitol is
the Washington monument, which looks like a very big pencil. It is 160 metres high and it is empty
inside. A special lift brings visitors to the top in 70 seconds from where they can enjoy the view of the
city.
The Jefferson Memorial was built in memory of the third President of the USA Thomas Jefferson,
who was also the author of the Declaration of Independence. The Memorial is surrounded by cherry
trees.
The Lincoln Memorial is devoted to the memory of the sixteenth President of the USA, the author
of the Emancipation Proclamation, which gave freedom to Negro slaves in America.
1.
2.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
District of Columbia — округ Колумбия
named after — названный в честь
belong – принадлежать
to be founded – быть основанным
capital – столица
important – важный
building – здание, строение
10. nearly — около, приблизительно
11. marble — мраморный
12. view - вид
13. empty ['empti] — пустой, полый
14. two storey — двухэтажный
15. Declaration of Independence —
Декларация независимости
169
8. indication — указание
9. piece of land — участок земли
3.
16. to be devoted to – быть посвященным
17. memory - память
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. When was Washington, D.C. founded?
2. Where is Washington situated?
3. What state does District of Columbia belong to?
4. What are the most important places of interest in Washington?
5. What is the nickname of the Washington memorial?
6. What is the design of Lincoln memorial?
7. What is the population of Washington?
8. Are there any specific laws about the height of the buildings in Washington, D.C.?
NEW YORK
Прочитайте текст.
New York is one of the largest cities in the world. It was founded three hundred years ago in the
mouth of the Hudson River.
The centre of New York is Manhattan Island. In 1626 it was bought from the Indians for twentyfour dollars. Today Manhattan is the centre of business and commercial life of the country. There are
many skyscrapers, banks and offices of American businessmen in Manhattan. Broadway begins here;
the Stock Exchange is located here. Not many people live in Manhattan, although the majority works
here. Numerous bridges link Manhattan Island with the other parts of New York.
People from almost all parts of the world live New York. It is even called "Modern Babylon". A
lot of immigrants came to the USA from different countries at the beginning of the 20th century. They
entered the USA through New York — the Gateway of America.
New York is one of the leading manufacturing cities in the world. The most important branches of
industry are those producing paper products, vehicles, glass, chemicals, and machinery. The city traffic
is very busy.
4.
5. Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. mouth — устье
10. opposite — напротив, противоположный
2. Stock Exchange — Нью-Йоркская
11. gateway — ворота
фондовая биржа
12. skyscrapers — небоскребы
3. majority — большинство
13. to be located – быть расположенным
4. numerous — многочисленный
14. branches of industry — отрасли
5. to link — соединять
промышленности
6. bridge - мост
15. city traffic — движение городского
7. to inhabit — проживать, населять
транспорта
8. Babylon — Вавилон
9. vehicle — средства передвижения
(автомобили и т. п.)
6.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. When was New York founded?
2. What was the price of the Manhattan Island in 1626?
3. What is Manhattan today?
4. Do many people live in Manhattan?
5. What is Broadway famous for?
6. Why is New York called "Modern Babylon"?
7. What are the most important branches of industry in New York?
170
7.
Определите, какие достопримечательности и явления относятся к Вашингтону, а какие
– к Нью-Йорку:
a) the Capitol
b) Manhattan
c) the Washington monument
d) Broadway
e) the District of Columbia
f) Modern Babylon
g) the Gateway of America
h) the White House
i) one million people
j) the Lincoln Memorial
k) the Stock Exchange
l) the Hudson River
m) the Jefferson Memorial
n) skyscrapers
o) the Potomac River
p) capital
13.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
SYMPATHY AND ENCOURAGEMENT
СОЧУВСТВИЕ И ОБОДРЕНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
Ways of giving sympathy and encouragement to someone.
A.
I've failed my exams. – Я провалил экзамены.
B.
1. I'm so sorry. – Я сожалею. Сочувствую.
2. I'm sorry to hear that. – Мне жаль это слышать.
3. What a shame! – Какой позор!
4. What bad luck! – Вот не везет!
5. Never mind! – Ничего страшного!
6. Cheer up! – Не унывай!
7. Don’t worry. – Не волнуйся.
8. It could be worse. – Могло быть и хуже.
9. It's not the end of the world. – Это еще не конец света.
2.
Tell your friends:
1. your car was stolen;
2. your house was burgled;
3. you've lost your car licence;
4. your boy/girl friend has left you;
5. when you got to the airport your flight had
6. been cancelled.
He/she will give sympathy and encouragement.
3. Read the dialogue and then dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
JOHN: Have you heard about my breakdown? ДЖОН: Ты слышал о моей аварии?
TOM: Yes. What bad luck! But cheer up! It
ТОМ: Да. Вот невезение! Но не унывай!
could have been worse.
Могло быть и хуже.
171
JOHN: Could it! Now I need a new engine.
TOM: Oh, no! I am sorry. It'll cost you a
fortune.
JOHN: Yes, over $500 I believe.
TOM: 500! That is bad luck. You poor chap.
JOHN: Still, as you say, it could have been a
lot worse. I might have been killed.
TOM: I’m glad you’re O’K. It's not the end of
the world. But $500 is a lot of money.
4.
ДЖОН: Хуже! Теперь мне нужен новый
двигатель.
ТОМ: О, нет! Сочувствую. Это будет стоить
тебе целого состояния.
ДЖОН: Да, более 500 долларов, я думаю.
ТОМ: 500! Вот неудача. Бедняга.
ДЖОН: И, как ты сказал, могло быть и
хуже. Я мог погибнуть.
ТОМ: Я рад, что с тобой все в порядке. Это
еще не конец света. Но 500 долларов это
большие деньги.
A friend is speaking to you about a number of problems he has been having recently. Give
him sympathy and encouragement.
13.6 ПИСЬМО
КАК ЗАПОЛНИТЬ КАРТОЧКУ ПРИБЫТИЯ
HOW TO FILL OUT A LANDING CARD
1. landing card – карточка прибытия
2. name = first name = forename – имя
3. last name = family name = surname - фамилия
4. date of birth – дата рождения
5. place of birth – место рождения
6. sex (male/female) – пол (мужской/женский)
7. nationality – национальность
8. occupation – род занятий, профессия
9. the purpose of visit – цель приезда
10. address in UK – адрес в Великобритании
11. signature - подпись
1. По прибытии в Лондонский аэропорт на таможне следует заполнить карточку
прибытия:
family name__________________________________
forename____________________________________
sex (male/female) _____________________________
date of birth (day/month/year)____________________
place of birth _________________________________
nationality____________________________________
occupation____________________________________
purpose of visit________________________________
address in UK_________________________________
signature _____________________________________
172
13.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 13
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. It was around midnight when the phone rang in Eric Masters' flat. The voice on the other end
was hard and cold. «This is Hugo», it said. «There was an old blind man in the pub. He had a young
woman with him. He asked about you and then went to your shop». Masters blinked in surprise. His
voice cracked slightly. «But I don't know anybody like that. What did they want?» «How do I know, you
fool? Just watch out for them, that's all!» Hugo said furiously and hung up. Masters slept very badly that
night.
2. Eric Masters was cleaning an antique pistol when the phone rang in his shop. He heard a young
woman's voice at the other end. «I believe you buy and sell antique weapons», she said. «Yes, that's
right. I'm particularly interested in old firearms». «My father is too. He wants to sell some of 17-th
century pistols. Would you be interested?» «Certainly. If you bring them to my shop, I'll look at them
and give you a price». «Well, unfortunately my father's blind. It's very difficult for him to get about.
Would you mind coming to our place?» Masters managed to answer calmly. «Well... er... my assistant is
out to lunch. I'll come over when he comes back. Is that all right?» He noted the address she gave him
and hung up. His hands were trembling slightly. «These must be the people Hugo told me about», he
thought. He reached into a drawer and took out a pistol. This one was not an antique. It was a small,
black, nasty-looking automatic. «Perhaps the old man really does want me to look at his pistols», he
thought when he was getting into his white Jaguar and driving off.
3. He felt safer when Kate opened the door. She was slim, almost delicate-looking. «Good
afternoon», he said. «I'm Eric Masters. You rang my shop earlier». She smiled. «I hope I haven't put you
to any trouble», she said pleasantly, and led him into the sitting-room. Masters glanced suspiciously at
the old, blind man sitting on the sofa. At first he seemed harmless enough, but there was something
familiar about the man’s face that made Masters look more carefully at him. «I'll go and get the pistols».
Kate said. Masters stayed where he was, where he could see everything and where nobody could come
in behind him. The old blind man didn't move. «Are you a collector too?» Masters asked. The old man
simply nodded. The woman came out of the bedroom with a large black case. «They're all in here», she
said. «If you come over here, to the table, we can look at them. My father doesn't really want anyone
else to have them, but it's a question of money». Masters kept his eyes fastened on the old man's face as
he walked towards the table. He was halfway there when the old man raised his face slightly. The
sudden movement made Masters stop. The more he looked at that face, the more suspicious he became.
Suddenly it dawned on him. He stared at both of them. They were both waiting for him to come nearer.
It was the old man's nose and lips that made Masters think of Coke. He reached for his pistol.
(550 слов)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) очень плохо спал
b) вытащил пистолет
c) казался довольно безобидным
d) было около полуночи
e) чистил старинный пистолет
f) мы собираемся убить Коука
g) просто кивнул
h) мой помощник ушел
i) неожиданное движение
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Masters took a pistol with him because...
a) he was sure he was going to meet Coke;
173
b) he always had it with him;
c) he felt safer with it.
2. Masters looked more carefully at the man because...
a) he recognized Coke;
b) there was something familiar about the man's face;
c) he recognized his voice.
3. Masters stopped because...
a) there was a sudden movement of the old man;
b) he became very suspicious;
c) they were staring at him.
4. Put the sentences in the correct order:
1. Kate invited Masters to look at some pistols.
2. Kate phoned Masters.
3. Hugo phoned Masters.
4. Masters came to Kate.
5. The old blind man reminded Masters of Coke.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What news did Hugo tell Masters?
2. What did the woman speaking over the phone want?
3. What did Eric promise?
4. What did he take out of a drawer?
5. What made Masters look more carefully at an old man?
6. What made Masters think of Coke?
6. Give the main idea of this part of the story in 2-3 sentences.
174
МОДУЛЬ 14
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [ð], [d], [Ʒ], [z], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом -ness;
 Правильно употреблять причастия настоящего и прошедшего времени;
 Узнать структуру судебной системы США;
 Пригласить кого-либо в театр, кино и т.д.;
 Заполнить анкету при приеме на работу.
14.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [ð], [d], [Ʒ], [z]
Звук
[ð]
[d]
[Ʒ]
[z]
Употребление
Примеры
th в начале служебных слов
the, then
th между гласными
mother
d в любом положении
перед неударным сочетанием
ure
в неударном сочетании sion
did
measure, pleasure
z в любом положении
s после гласной
s между гласными
s после звонких согласных
zero
as
position
beds
television
1. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [ð] and [d] (as in «their»
and as in «dare».)
I
A. May we play in the mud, Mother?
B. Don't you dare play there!
A. Father doesn't mind if we play in the mud, Mother.
B. Father doesn't wash the dirty clothes, dear.
II
A. I'm the daughter. Then there's Father and Mother and my two brothers.
B. I'll write that down.
A. And then there's Dennis, Doctor.
B. Dennis?
A. Dennis is the dog.
B. Oh, the dog.
A. That's D-E-N-N-I-S! Dennis, Doctor.
B. Dennis — yes, I've got that down. Er ... now ... emm.
2. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
175
3. Read the dialogues in pairs.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds. ([Ʒ] as in measure, [ð] as
in rather, [z] as in does)
I
A. But how can you measure pleasure?
B. You can measure anything.
A. But pleasure's ... immeasurable.
B. It's not immeasurable.
A. And if it were measurable than it wouldn't be half so pleasurable.
II
A. Who's that, over there?
B. Oh, that's Sir Basil. He's the Club Treasurer.
A. I see.
B. He's come to watch television.
A. And does Sir Basil always sleep when television's on?
B. Usually he does.
A. Ah.
B. And occasionally he snores. Rather noisily.
A. Yes.
B. As you must have noticed.
5. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
6. Read the dialogues in pairs.
14.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –NESS
Суффикс –ness является суффиксом существительных, образованных от прилагательных.
Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают чаще всего
абстрактные понятия или состояние.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(прилагательные)
(существительное)
kind
добрый
kindness
доброта
big
большой
bigness
величие
rich
богатый
richness
богатство
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ness и переведите их:
clear, weak, ill, happy
14.3 ГРАММАТИКА
PARTICIPLE I
ПРИЧАСТИЕ I
Причастие I (Participle I) или причастие настоящего времени - неличная форма глагола,
обладающая свойствами глагола, прилагательного и наречия. Соответствует формам причастия и
деепричастия в русском языке.
Причастие I образуется от основы глагола с помощью суффикса -ing.
to speak (говорить) – speaking (говорящий), to write (писать) – writing (пишущий)
176
Формы причастия I:
Свойства
Simple
действия,
одновременные с
действием,
выраженным
глаголомсказуемым
Perfect
Active
действия,
предшествующие
действию,
выраженному
глаголомсказуемым
V-ing
having
V3
Passive
While translating
difficult texts we
use a dictionary. Переводя трудные
тексты, мы
пользуемся
словарём.
being V3
The house being built in
our street is a new
school. - Дом,
строящийся на нашей
улице - это новая
школа.
having
been V3
Having been written in
a hurry, the task wasn’t
correct. – Так как
задание было
написано в спешке,
оно было
неправильным.
Having read the
book I returned it to
the library. Прочитав книгу,
я вернул её в
библиотеку.
Функции причастия I:
Функции
Примеры
Перевод
A smiling girl.
The boy reading a book is my brother.
Translating the article he consulted
the dictionary.
Определение
Обстоятельство
Улыбающаяся девочка. Мальчик,
читающий книгу, мой брат.
Переводя статью, он пользовался
словарём.
ПРИЧАСТИЕ II
PARTICIPLE II
Причастие II (Participle II) или причастие прошедшего времени - неличная форма
глагола (III основная форма глагола - V3), имеет одну неизменяемую форму со страдательным
значением и обозначает действие, которое испытывает на себе лицо или предмет. Оно
соответствует в русском языке причастию страдательного залога.
Причастие II правильных глаголов образуется при помощи прибавления суффикса -ed к
основе глагола to ask - asked, to help - helped.
Причастие II неправильных глаголов не образуются по единому правилу, они различны у
разных глаголов и их следует заучивать по таблице неправильных глаголов.
Подобно причастию I, причастие II обладает свойствами глагола, прилагательного и
наречия. Как и глагол, оно обозначает действие. Время действия, обозначаемое причастием II,
определяется временем действия глагола-сказуемого или контекстом.
Функции причастия II:
Функции
Определение
Обстоятельство
Перевод
Примеры
A written letter lay on the table.
You’ll see my car parked outside the
house.
When asked he refused to answer.
Написанное письмо лежало на столе.
Ты увидишь мою машину,
припаркованную у дома.
Когда его спросили, он отказался
отвечать.
1. Образуйте причастия и переведите их на русский язык:
Образец:
177
Инфинитив
to ask – спрашивать
Причастие I
asking - спрашивающий
Причастие II
asked - спрошенный
1. build - строить
2. buy - покупать
3. invite - приглашать
4. begin - начинать
5. translate - переводить
6. sit - сидеть
7. meet - встречать
8. look - смотреть
9. write - писать
10. sell - продавать
11. forget - забывать
12. read - читать
2. Выберите, какой вид причастия нужно использовать при переводе предложений на
русский язык:
Вид причастия: a) Причастие I b) Причастие II
1. Гордясь своим отцом, он часто говорил о нем.
2. Полученные вчера новости произвели на нас большое впечатление.
3. Опаздывая на переговоры, они ушли до окончания вечера.
4. Выполняя эту работу, я торопился.
5. Некоторые вопросы, затронутые в докладе, обсуждались ранее.
6. Чувствуя себя плохо, он принял таблетку.
7. Зная, что он любит музыку, я купил проигрыватель.
8. Вчера мы получили письмо, написанное этим человеком.
9. Я прочел Шекспира, переведенного на русский язык Пастернаком.
10. Работа, начатая им, очень трудна.
3. Определите функцию причастия I:
Функция: a) Определение; b) Обстоятельство
1. The man standing there is her husband.
2. Playing children are always noisy.
3. Having built a house he began building a greenhouse.
4. Sitting in the theatre I forgot about time.
5. Typing the document our office-manager made a mistake.
4. Найдите в предложении причастие II, определите его функцию, переведите на русский
язык:
Функция: a) Определение; b) Обстоятельство
1. We were impressed by the events described in this article.
2. The plan worked out by the committee has been approved of.
3. The students had to analyze the article published in yesterday’s newspaper.
4. She is a woman respected by everybody.
5. A book taken from the library must be returned in time.
5. Переведите слова в скобках на английский язык, используя причастие II.
1. The news (услышанные) yesterday interested us greatly.
2. A letter (полученное) yesterday impressed us very much.
3. If (переведенная) into Russian, the article will be interesting to everybody.
4. The price (напечатанная) in your catalogue is very high.
178
5.
6.
7.
8.
The goods (производимые) by this company were sent abroad.
(Удивленный) with her question, he rang up the manager.
I will have the calculations (законченные) tomorrow.
The test (написанный) yesterday didn’t give good results.
6. Подчеркните в предложении причастие, определите его вид и функцию:
Вид причастия: 1) Причастие I; 2) Причастие II
Функция:
a) Определение; b) Обстоятельство
1. The man sitting at the table is our teacher. Человек, сидящий за столом, наш учитель.
2. Going home I met my old friend. Идя домой, я встретил своего старого друга.
3. Given the task he began to work. Когда ему дали задание, он начал работать.
4. The houses being built in our town are not very high. Дома, строящиеся в нашем городе, не
очень высокие.
5. The book translated from English was interesting. Книга, переведенная с английского, была
интересной.
7. Подчеркните в предложении причастие, определите его вид и функцию:
Вид причастия: 1) Причастие I; 2) Причастие II
Функция:
a) Определение; b) Обстоятельство
1. This is the book so much spoken about.
2. Having realized that she had missed the train the woman began to walk slowly.
3. The method followed by our scientists wasn`t simple.
4. She was walking slowly stopping something to have a short rest.
5. Having found no one at home he went to his neighbours.
6. A letter lying on the table must be posted.
7. If asked he will explain you everything.
8. We came up to the crying child to ask where his mother was.
9. Here is a telegram announcing of his death.
10. I saw him working in the garden.
11. I heard them speaking in the next room.
8. Подставьте в предложение инфинитив или причастие I:
1. He has little money and wants ….
a) to borrow; b) borrowing
2. The … sportsman tries to breathe regularly.
a) to run; b) running
3. Don’t forget … the letter.
a) to send; b) sending
4. We managed … to the airport in time.
a) to get; b) getting
5. She came in ….
a) to smile; b) smiling
6. … dogs seldom bite.
a) barking; b) to bark
7. She refuses … to me.
a) to speak; b) speaking
8. I offered … him.
a) to help; b) helping
9. Определите, чем является выделенное слово:
a) Герундий b) Причастие I
1. The boy throwing stones is my brother.
179
2. Leaving her son along the mother told him to close the door.
3. On coming home he had supper.
4. I like listening to the music.
5. The girl listening to the player is my friend.
6. Translating the text he used many dictionaries.
7. Translating this text was very difficult.
8. He went on reading his newspaper.
9. The baby began crying.
10. My mother objects to my playing cards.
11. Having asked a question the teacher was waiting for an answer.
12. After asking a question the teacher was waiting for an answer.
10. Подберите соответствующую неличную форму глагола к каждому предложению:
1. 1) The engineers decided … this material.
a) to use
(Инженеры решили использовать этот
b) using (gerund)
материал.)
c) used
2) After … this material the engineers decided to
change the technology. (после использования
этого материала инженеры решили изменить
технологию.)
3) The material … by our engineers is very
expensive. (Материал, используемый нашими
инженерами, очень дорогой.)
2.
1) I like … books.
2) The boy … a book is my brother.
3) … books is very useful.
a) reading (gerund)
b) reading (participle I)
c) to read
3.
1) After … home he rang me.
2) I’d like you … to my place.
3) … home she met her friend.
a) coming (gerund)
b) coming (participle I)
c) to come
4.
1) I don’t like … letters.
2) This novel … by Jack London is my favorite.
3) The students … a test are passing an exam.
a) written
b) writing (participle I)
c) to write
14.4 ЛЕКСИКА
THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM OF THE USA
ЮРИДИЧЕСКАЯ СИСТЕМА США
2. Прочитайте текст.
The Supreme Court is the highest judicial organ of the US and it meets in
the Supreme Court Building in Washington. It's a beautiful building of
white marble. Above the main entrance the words are written «Equal
Justice Under Law». The Supreme Court consists of the Chief Justice of
the USA and eight Associate Justices. They are all appointed by the
President and approved by the Senate. The Supreme Court has the right
to declare unconstitutional any law passed by Congress or any order
issued by the President. This is called right of veto. The USA is divided
180
into eleven judicial circuits and each one is served with a Federal Court of Appeals. As a rule the Court
of Appeals sits with three judges on the bench. There are about ninety district courts in different parts of
the United States. The district courts are the lowest ones in the Federal court system. Most of the
criminal and civil cases are tried by these courts. The district court is the only Federal court where trials
are held, juries are used, and witnesses are called. There are about two hundred district judges in the
USA. Cases tried in the district court may be appealed in one of the eleven Courts of Appeal and in the
Supreme Court. The decision of the Supreme Court is final. In the US the judiciary is divided into the
federal and state judiciary. Jurisdiction of particular courts or judges is determined by either the national
or state constitutions and laws. The state courts are organized in a system that looks like the system of
Federal courts with a Supreme Court at the top. In most of the states the lowest courts are the
magistrates, or police courts.
3. Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
Supreme - Верховный
Equal - равный
Law - закон
Chief Justice – Верховный Судья
to appoint - назначать
to approve - утверждать
to declare - провозглашать
order issued by the President – указ,
издаваемый Президентом
9. to divide - делить
10. circuit - округ
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
11. a Federal Court of Appeals –
Федеральный Апелляционный Суд
12. district courts – районные суды
13. the lowest – самый низший
14. criminal - уголовный
15. civil - гражданский
16. trial – судебное заседание
17. juries - присяжные
18. witnesses - свидетели
19. decision – решение
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is the highest judicial organ of the US?
2. What words are written above the main entrance?
3. The President appoints the Chief Justice of the USA, doesn’t he?
4. How many judicial circuits are there in the USA?
5. How many judges do sit in the Court of Appeals?
6. What is the lowest court in the Federal court system?
7. How many district courts are there in different parts of the United States?
8. How many district judges in the USA?
9. How many Courts of Appeal are there in the USA?
4.
Переведите текст.
5.
Представьте, что у одного из судей Верховного Суда США берут интервью
иностранные корреспонденты. Придумайте вопросы и ответы на них.
14.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
INVITATION
ПРИГЛАШЕНИЕ
1. Прочитайте и выучите:
А. Ways of inviting. Как пригласить
1. Would you like to (join me for a dinner)? – Ты бы не хотел (со мной пообедать)?
2. Do you want to (go to the cinema)? – Хочешь (пойти в кино)?
3. How about coming with us (to the club)? – Как насчет того, (чтобы сходить в клуб)?
181
4. How about a (game of tennis)? – Как насчет (партии в теннис)?
5. Would you care for (a glass of lemonade)? – Не хотите ли (стакан лимонада)?
6. Suppose we go to the theatre? – Может быть (сходим в театр)?
В. Refusal. Отказ
1. I'm afraid I can't. – Боюсь, я не могу.
2. I'm sorry, I can't. – Извините, я не могу.
3. I'd like to, but...Я бы с удовольствием, но…
4. I'd better not. – Лучше нет.
5. I'd rather not. – Пожалуй, нет.
6. No, thanks. – Нет, спасибо.
7. No, I wouldn't/don't. – Нет, не хочется.
8. Certainly not. – Конечно, нет.
С. Acceptance. Согласие
1. I'd like to very much. – С большим удовольствием.
2. I'd love to. – С удовольствием.
3. I would/do. Thank you. – Да, спасибо.
4. If you want. – Если вы хотите.
5. If you like. – Если вам хочется.
6. That's very kind of you. – Это очень мило с Вашей стороны.
2. Пригласите кого-нибудь в вашей группе:
1. to see (a film/a play/football match)
2. to go for a walk with you
3. to have a cup of tea/coffee
4. to telephone you to-night
5. to join you for a lunch
6. to spend an evening with you
He/she will accept or refuse.
3. Предложите кому-нибудь в группе совершить различные действия. Ваш партнер
сначала должен будет отказаться от вашего приглашения, но в итоге — согласиться на
него.
4. Прочитайте, прослушайте, а затем инсценируйте диалог. Выучите его наизусть.
Составьте свой диалог по образцу.
HE
Would you like to come out with me
ОН Не хотела бы ты пойти куда-нибудь
tonight?
сегодня вечером?
SHE Sorry, I can't.
ОНА Извини, я не могу.
HE
Tomorrow night then?
ОН Тогда завтра вечером?
SHE I'd like to, but I'm afraid I can't.
ОНА Я бы с удовольствием, но боюсь не
смогу.
HE
Would you like to go to the theatre
ОН Тогда, может, ты хотела бы сходить в
then?
театр?
SHE If you like.
ОНА Если ты хочешь.
HE
OK, well give me a ring, then.
ОН Хорошо, тогда позвони мне.
SHE No, I'd better not.
ОНА Нет, лучше не буду.
HE
Why not?
ОН Почему нет?
SHE Because I don't think my husband
ОНА Потому что я не думаю, что это
would like it!
понравиться моему мужу!
182
5. Переведите диалог, а затем инсценируйте его. Составьте свой диалог по образцу.
— Have you any engagements for Saturday evening?
— No. Why?
— Would you come and have dinner with me and my wife?
— That's very kind of you. I'd love to. What time shall I come?
— Oh, about seven o'clock.
— Thank you. I'll be there at about 7.
— Very good. We'll be expecting you.
14.6 ПИСЬМО
АНКЕТА, ЗАПОЛНЯЕМАЯ ПРИ ПРИЕМЕ НА РАБОТУ
APPLICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT
1. application form – бланк для заявления
2. name = first name = forename – имя
3. last name = family name = surname - фамилия
4. date of birth – дата рождения
5. permanent address – постоянное место жительства
6. home phone number – номер домашнего телефона
7. mobile phone number – номер мобильного телефона
8. years of study – годы обучения
9. past employment – последнее место работы
10. signature - подпись
1. Перед вами анкета соискателя на место в компании или фирме. Заполните её:
name
last name
date of birth
permanent address
home phone number
mobile phone number
school number, years of study
college, years of study
Institute (University), years of study
past employment
signature
14.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 14
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. When Masters pulled out the automatic, Kate was standing between him and Coke. She could
see that he was almost hysterical and was probably going to shoot.
«It's you, Coke!» he burst out and came nearer. Kate was standing in his way now and he put out a
hand to push her away. Coke could hardly believe his eyes. One moment Masters was pointing a pistol
at him and the next he was lying on the floor, gasping for breath. Kate had thrown him over her
183
shoulder. «I once played a police-woman in a film and I had to learn some judo», she said rather
casually and looked down at Masters.
2. Masters groaned. He, too, could hardly believe what had happened. It all seemed incredible. He
shook his head.
He decided that it was probably a nightmare, a horrible dream. «And now that you're here, perhaps
you wouldn't mind answering some questions», Coke said. Masters groaned again. «Questions? What
questions?» he mumbled. «I want you to tell me everything that happened that evening you sent me to
Epping Forest», Coke said in a low voice. Masters now realized that it was not a dream. «I don't know
what you are talking about», Masters answered. «I think you do», Coke said. «You can't make me tell
you anything!» Masters waited to see what Coke was going to do next. He couldn't take his eyes off the
automatic in Coke's hands. «I'll give you five seconds to begin answering my questions. Then I'll shoot»,
Coke answered and pulled back the safety-catch. The pistol was now ready to fire. Then he began
counting.
3. «But I know nothing!» Masters protested. Coke had already raised the pistol and simply said,
«One!» Masters said nothing. «Two!» Coke brought the pistol nearer. «You can't frighten me!» Masters
shouted. «Three!» Masters saw Coke had already taken aim. «How can I tell you something I don't
know?» Masters demanded. «Four». Masters watched Coke's finger beginning to press the trigger. «All
right, all right, I'll tell you anything you want, but for God's sake, put the pistol down!» Masters gasped.
(350 слов)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) собирался стрелять
b) стояла у него на пути
c) едва мог поверить своим глазам
d) казалось невероятным
e) кошмарный сон
f) не знаю, о чем ты говоришь
g) потом я выстрелю
h) начал считать
i) все, что ты захочешь
j) опусти пистолет
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Kate managed to throw Masters down because...
a) she was very strong;
b) she learned judo;
c) Coke helped her.
2. Coke wanted to know...
a) why Masters had a pistol;
b) why Masters had come;
c) why Masters had sent him to Epping Forest.
3. Masters agreed to tell everything because...
a) Coke was going to shoot;
b) he knew something;
c) Coke told him to do it.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. A police-woman helped Coke and Kate.
2. Masters was going to shoot Coke.
3. Kate was a police-woman.
4. Coke wanted Masters to answer some question.
5. Masters thought it was a nightmare.
184
6. Masters was frightened and agreed to answer Coke’s question.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What could Kate see?
2. What did she do?
3. What did Masters think?
4. What did Coke want Masters to tell?
5. How much time did Coke give Masters to think?
6. Did Masters agree to tell what Coke wanted him to?
6. Compose the plan for this part of the story.
185
МОДУЛЬ 15
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [dƷ], [Ʒ], [ð], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксом -ment;
 Правильно употреблять союзы в разных видах предложений
 Узнать структуру юридической системы Великобритании
 Назначить встречу;
 Заполнить анкету для работы в зарубежной компании.
15.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [dƷ], [Ʒ], [ð]
Звук
[ð]
[Ʒ]
Употребление
Примеры
th в начале служебных слов
the, then
th между гласными
перед неударным сочетанием
ure
в неударном сочетании sion
mother
j в любом положении
[dƷ]
g + e, i, y
1. Listen, look, say:
Joy
large
agent
joke
bridge major
aged
juror
badge
pages
jam
edge
cage
job
age
page nine
junior
barge
tell Jack
measure, pleasure
television
joy, just
age, gym, engineer
(кроме get, give)
charged
huge Jack
large jar
stage-conscious
Judge Johnson
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Justice's justice.
2. Meet John Jones junior.
3. June is a prodigy of energy.
4. John arranged your journey to Japan.
5. Don't bear Joan a grudge because she misjudged you.
6. June marriage's lucky.
7. Don't jest with edged tools.
8. James joined geography society.
9. Just imagine Jim learning the German language.
10. Be just before you are generous.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the sound [dƷ] as in judge.
IA. That judge had a grudge against George.
186
В. Judges aren't allowed to have grudges.
A. Well, that judge had a grudge.
B. So he sent George to gaol.
A. Poor George!
B. And poor Jill!
A. Jill? His wife's called Jacqueline!
B. Poor Jacqueline!
II
A. In just a few hours we do the next part of the journey by plane. So jump into bed and get
some rest, John.
B. Will it be a jet, uncle Jim?
A. Probably a jet.
B. A jumbo jet?
A. Mm —probably. Well, good night, John.
B. Just think! A jumbo jet. Uncle!
A. Good night, John.
B. Zooooooom!
A. Sleep tight, John.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [Ʒ] as in measure, [ð] as
in this, [dƷ] as in job, [s] as in yes.
I
A. This is a job for you to do.
B. What time?
A. The usual time.
B. Where?
A. The usual, place.
B. Is it dangerous?
A. I imagine so —these jobs usually are.
B. Yes...
A. Enjoy yourself.
B. Thank you very much.
A. Always a pleasure.
B. Hm!
A. And now, if you don't mind, I have another engagement, so, er ... see you later ... perhaps!
II
A. You measured me in July, Mr. Jennings.
B. Yes, sir. But I'd rather measure you again... Oh, yes — just a small adjustment here, sir.
A. So my bulge is getting larger. It's ... middle age!
B. It's only a small adjustment, sir.
A. That's what you said when you measured me in July.
7. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
8. Read the dialogues in pairs
187
15.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –MENT
Суффикс –ment является суффиксом существительных, образованных от глаголов.
Существительные, образованные с помощью этого суффикса обозначают процесс, действие или
результат.
Исходная форма
Производное слово
(глагол)
(существительное)
to develop
развивать
development
развитие
to treat
лечить
treatment
лечение
to move
двигать
movement
движение
to fulfill
выполнять
fulfillment
выполнение
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса –ment и переведите их:
to disappoint, to entertain, to judge, to pay, to punish, to govern, to arrange, to announce
15.3 ГРАММАТИКА
УПОРТЕБЛЕНИЕ СОЮЗОВ
USING THE CONJUNCTION
Под союзом понимается служебная часть речи, которая соединяет предложения и слова
внутри предложения.
Английские союзы делятся на сочинительные и подчинительные
 Сочинительные союзы соединяют однородные члены предложения или образуют
сложносочиненные предложения.
 Подчинительные союзы вводят придаточные предложения в сложноподчиненных
предложениях.
Наиболее употребительные сочинительные союзы:
Союз
Пример
Перевод
Простые сочинительные союзы:
and - и
He came into the room and closed the Он вошел в комнату и закрыл
window.
окно.
or – или
I must be going or I’ll miss my bus.
Я должна идти или я опоздаю
на свой автобус.
but – но
The weather was fine but they stayed Погода была прекрасная, но
home.
они остались дома.
Составные сочинительные союзы:
both…and –
Both my father and I like football.
И мой отец, и я любим
как…так и, и…и
футбол.
not only…but also –
It was not only cold but also windy.
Было не только холодно, но
не только…но и
и ветрено.
either…or –
We are going either to London or to
Мы поедем или в Лондон или
или…или
Paris.
в Париж.
neither…nor –
Neither he nor his friends could help. Ни он, ни его друзья не могли
ни…ни
помочь.
188
Наиболее употребительные подчинительные союзы:
Союз
Пример
that – что
I know that she is ill.
what – что
I didn’t hear what he had said.
because We didn’t go to the party because
потому что
mum had a terrible headache.
why – почему
that is why/so –
поэтому
if – если
I know why she is afraid.
It was cold that’s why/so we stayed
home.
If he has time, he will go there.
when – когда
When he comes we will have
dinner.
Перевод
Я знаю, что она болеет.
Я не слышал, что он сказал.
Мы не пошли на вечеринку,
потому что у мамы ужасно
болела голова.
Я знаю, почему она боится.
Было холодно, поэтому мы
остались дома.
Если у него будет время, он поедет
туда.
Когда он придет, мы будем
обедать.
1. Подставьте в предложения недостающие союзы из составных:
1. … I nor his brother were ill last year.
2. There are a lot of magazines … on the table and on the shelves.
3. I know not only her … her husband.
4. She goes to college either by bus … by train.
5. I’m sure I will pass both English … Maths.
6. The customer liked neither this … that sofa.
2. Подставьте подходящие по смыслу составные союзы и переведите предложения:
a) both…and, b) not only…but also, c) either…or, d) neither…nor
1. Her eyes were … small … large.
2. It was … foolish … dangerous.
3. It is … my … your fault.
4. … I will pass my exams … I won’t go to vacation.
5. … my mother … I was surprised by his coming.
3. Подчеркните союзы, переведите предложения на русский язык:
1. He will come if you phone him.
2. I don’t know why he didn’t come.
3. She said that she would come the next day.
4. I have to go because I don’t want to miss the bus.
5. I will come and help you.
6. They managed to do it so everything was OK.
7. Everything what happened was my fault.
8. Will you enter the University or the College?
9. I was going to do it but it was very difficult.
10. When he came to college he was already there.
11. She didn’t come that’s why he was angry.
4. Выберите походящий союз:
1. (If / that is why) I find your things I’ll let you know.
2. I know his sister (and / or) I will glad to see her.
3. I know his sister (but / or) I will not glad to see her.
4. I know his sister (that is why / if) I will not glad to see her.
5. To be (because / or) not to be: that is the question.
6. They went for a walk (because / why) they had finished the work.
7. (When / what) I finished work I went home.
189
8. The student knew (so / that) he could write this essay.
9. I don’t know (what / why) I liked this book.
10. I saw (what / when) he was doing.
11. He was ill (or / so) he didn’t come to the party.
15.4 ЛЕКСИКА
THE COURT SYSTEM OF GREAT BRITAIN
Прочитайте текст:
There are three separate systems of low in the United Kingdom: 1) the legal system of low courts
of England and Wales; 2) the legal system of low courts of Scotland; 3) the legal system of low courts of
Northern Ireland. However there are some common features to all systems in the United Kingdom: the
sources of low, the differences between civil low and criminal low.
The most common type of court in Great Britain is the magistrates’ court that tries the majority of
all criminal cases and some civil cases. There are 700 magistrates’ courts and about 30,000 magistrates.
More serious criminal cases go to the Crown Court where the accused has the right to trial by jury. The
Crown Court also hears the appeals from magistrates’ courts. There is the Central Criminal Court in
London (the Old Bailey). Civil cases (for example, divorce or bankruptcy cases) are dealt with in
County courts. The High Court hears all those civil cases that cannot be decided by County courts.
The highest court of appeal in Great Britain is the House of Lords that hears both criminal and
civil appeals. There are three judges (“low lords”) in the House of Lords.
The structure of courts in England and Wales:
HOUSE OF LORDS
COURT OF APPEAL (CRIMINAL)
COURT OF APPEAL (CIVIL)
CROWN COURTS
HIGH COURT
MAGISTRATES’ COURT
COUNTY COURT
MAGISTRATES’ COURT
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
common features - общие особенности
10. the Crown Court – Суд Короны
sources - источники
11. the accused - обвиняемый
differences - отличия
12. jury – жюри присяжных
court – суд
13. appeal - апелляция
magistrates – мировые судьи
14. County courts – суды графства
the magistrates’ court – мировой суд
15. the High Court – Верховный Суд
to try - судить
16. the House of Lords – Палата Лордов
criminal - уголовный
17. judges - судьи
civil - гражданский
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What courts try the majority of all criminal cases and some civil cases?
2. How many magistrates’ courts in Great Britain?
3. Where does the accused have the right to trial by jury?
4. Where can the appeals from magistrates’ courts be heard?
5. What is the name of the Central Criminal Court in London?
6. What courts are dealt with divorce or bankruptcy cases?
7. What cases does the High Court hear?
8. What is the highest court of appeal in Great Britain?
9. How many judges are there in the House of Lords?
4.
Переведите текст.
190
15.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
MAKING ARRANGEMENTS
НАЗНАЧЕНИЕ ВСТРЕЧИ
1.
Read and try to remember:
A.
1. What are you doing on Tuesday at 10 a.m.? – Что ты делаешь во вторник в 10 утра?
2. Can we meet on Monday morning? – Мы можем встретиться в среду утром?
3. How about Thursday afternoon? – Как насчет четверга днем?
4. How does Friday morning look? – Как насчет утра пятницы?
5. Is Wednesday noon any good for you? – Вам подойдет в среду в полдень?
B.
1. Yes, that's fine. I'm free then. – Да, отлично. Я в это время свободен.
2. I'm sorry, I can't make that. – К сожалению, это мне не подойдет.
3. I'm sorry, I'm tied up all day. – К сожалению, я занят весь день.
4. That only really leaves Friday. – Тогда остается только пятница.
5. Good. I'll see you then. – Хорошо. Тогда и увидимся.
6. Could you make that eleven (instead)? – Может быть, перенесем на 11?
2.
Dramatize the dialogue. Learn it by heart.
A: What are you doing on Monday morning?
B: I’m meeting a client. What about Tuesday
afternoon?
A: I'm sorry, I'm tied up all day. Can we meet
on Wednesday morning?
B: I’m afraid we can’t. I’m going on a business
trip. Is Thursday noon any good for you?
A: O, no. I’m attending a presentation.
B: That only really leaves Friday.
A: Good. Shall we say at 11 a.m.?
B: Could you make that 10?
A: OK. I'll see you then.
А: Что ты делаешь в понедельник утром?
В: Я встречаюсь с клиентом. А как насчет
вторника днем?
А: К сожалению, я весь день занят. А мы
можем встретиться в среду утром?
В: Боюсь, не сможем. Я еду в
командировку. Тебе подойдет в четверг
в полдень?
А: О, нет. Я присутствую на презентации.
В: Тогда остается только пятница.
А: Хорошо. Скажем, в 11 утра?
В: Может, перенесем на 10?
А: О’кей. Тогда и увидимся.
3. Work with a partner. Make a diary for next week. Write in something that you are doing each
morning and afternoon — but leave one morning and after noon free. Don't tell your partner your
free time. (Работайте в парах. Заполните ежедневник на следующую неделю. Впишите, что
вы будете делать каждое утро и каждый день. Не говорите вашему партнеру, когда вы
свободны.)
Now try to arrange a meeting with your partner. Is there any time during the week when you are
both free? Use the phrases and the dialogue as a model. (Теперь постарайтесь назначить
встречу с вашим партнером. Есть ли в течение недели время, когда вы оба свободны?
Используйте фразы и диалог в качестве образца.)
Here are some ideas to help you:
 attend a presentation – присутствовать на презентации
 attend a trade fair – посещать торговую ярмарку
 discuss a problem with a colleague – обсуждать проблему с коллегой
 give a press conference – давать пресс-конференцию
 go on a business trip – ехать в командировку
191
 go on a training course – ехать на курсы
 have a meeting – встречаться
 interview someone for a job – проводить с кем-либо собеседование о приеме на работу
 meet a client – встречаться с клиентом
 read the post – читать почту
 test a new product – испытывать новый продукт
 visit a factory – посещать фабрику
 write a report – писать доклад
15.6 ПИСЬМО
ПРЕДВАРИТЕЛЬНАЯ АНКЕТА ДЛЯ СОИСКАНИЯ МЕСТА В
ЗАРУБЕЖНОЙ КОМПАНИИ
PRELIMINARY APPLICATION FORM
11. preliminary – предварительный
12. application form – бланк для заявления
13. name = first name = forename – имя
14. last name = family name = surname - фамилия
15. native country – страна рождения
16. permanent address – постоянное место жительства
17. date of birth – дата рождения
18. place of birth – место рождения
19. home phone number – номер домашнего телефона
20. mobile phone number – номер мобильного телефона
21. signature - подпись
22. years of study – годы обучения
23. work experience – опыт работы
24. native language – родной язык
25. knowledge – знание
26. fluently - свободно
27. well - хорошо
28. poor - плохо
29. signature – подпись
2. Перед вами бланк предварительного заявления соискателя на место в зарубежной
компании или фирме. Заполните его:
name
last name
native country
permanent address
date of birth
place of birth
home phone numberи (with code)
mobile phone number
e-mail
school number, years of study
college, years of study
Institute (University), years of study
work experience
192
native language
knowledge of English
signature
fluently
well
poor
15.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 15
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Coke's mind went back to the time, five years earlier, when both he and Masters had been
officers in the same Army Intelligence unit. Masters had been Coke's superior. Several important
military secrets had disappeared and they were both trying to find out who had taken them. One evening
Coke had gone, on Masters' orders, to a lonely place in Epping Forest. Masters had told him he would
meet a possible informer there. While he was waiting, three men had grabbed him from behind. They
had poured whisky all over him and down his throat and then hit him over the head.
2. When he came to himself he was back in his car, but it had crashed into a tree. The police had
already arrived. It appeared that Coke had got drunk and lost control of his car. The police had found
several files marked «Top Secret» in his car. Coke swore he had never seen them before. The police also
found Coke had deposited more than 2,000 in his bank account a few weeks before. Coke had known
nothing of the money. The bank said the cheques had arrived by post with Coke's countersignature.
Nobody believed Coke's story. It appeared he had sold secrets for money and was going to do so again
the night he had crashed. Masters denied he had ever told Coke to go to Epping Forest. This is what
Coke wanted to ask questions about now.
3. «Let's start at the beginning... when you sent me to Epping Forest that night», Coke said in a
flat, cold voice.
«That was Hugo's idea. I had nothing to do with it».
«And who is Hugo?» Coke demanded.
«He sells government secrets to any foreign country that's interested. He made me give him
information. I didn't want to».
«Why did you involve me in all this?»
«The police suspected someone. We wanted to make them think you were the spy. We knew they
would if they found your dead body in a car after a crash with all sorts of secrets in it».
«My dead body?»
«Hugo thought the crash would kill you». Masters said.
«And why aren't you still in the army? You'd be a lot more useful to Hugo if you were», Coke
went on.
«It became too dangerous. Anyway, he still uses me».
«How?» Coke asked.
«We hide microfilms of secret documents in the antique weapons I send abroad. The people we
send them posed as foreign collectors». Coke had one last question. It was the most important. «Where's
Hugo now? Take me to him!»
(430 слов)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) подразделение армейской разведки
b) важные военные секреты
c) ударили по голове
d) пришел в себя
193
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
совершенно секретно
банковский счет
зарубежные страны
вовлек меня во все это
слишком опасно
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Masters had sent Coke to Epping Forest because...
a) he wanted him to meet the informer;
b) he wanted him to be killed;
c) he wanted him to receive some secret documents.
2. Nobody believed Coke because...
a) he was drunk;
b) the files had been found in his car;
c) he had sold secrets for money.
3. Hugo planned to kill Coke because...
a) he wanted the police think he was a spy;
b) he knew too many secrets;
c) police suspected him.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Coke sold government secrets for money.
2. Masters told Coke to meet an informer.
3. Coke deposited 2.000 in his bank account.
4. Hugo sent Coke in Epping Forest.
5. Hugo and Masters wanted to kill Coke in a crash.
6. Hugo and Masters sent secret documents abroad.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What were Coke and Masters trying to do five years earlier?
2. What happened when Coke was waiting in Epping Forest?
3. What did the police find in the car and in the bank?
4. What did Coke find out about Hugo?
5. What did the criminals want police to think?
6. How did Hugo use Masters?
6. Try to tell the main events of this extract in 3-4 sentences.
194
МОДУЛЬ 16
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:






Правильно произносить звуки [tʃ], [ʃ], [s], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
Образовывать, употреблять и переводить существительные с суффиксами -able/ible;
Правильно употреблять глаголы в пассивном залоге;
Порассуждать о трудностях выбора будущей профессии;
Выразить уверенность и неуверенность;
Изучить структуру и правила составления резюме.
16.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [tʃ], [ʃ], [s]
Звук
[s]
[ʃ]
[tʃ]
1.
2.
Употребление
Примеры
s в начале слов
s перед глухими согласными
s после глухих согласных
send
street
caps
city, cell, bicycle
shop, mission, pressure
special, efficient
declaration, essential
mixture, natural
choise, match
с + i, e, y
s в сочетаниях sh, ssion, ssure
c перед сочетаниями ial, ien
t в сочетаниях tion, tial
t в сочетаниях ture, tural
ch, tch
Listen, look, say:
cheek
future
chamber
child
choice
chill
chubby
culture
nature
orchard
lecture
mixture
watch
fetch
lunch
catch
ditch
much
Listen, look, say:
1. Which is which?
2. Don't catch a chill.
3. Such carpenters, such chips.
4. Not much of a catch.
5. Here are two pictures which are a match.
6. Charlie doesn't know chalk from cheese.
7. Venture a small fish to catch a great one.
8. Chattie's wisdom matches her charms.
9. Hatches, catches, matches and dispatches.
195
reached
lunched
fetched
watch chain
Dutch cheese
catch Charles
10. The years teach much which the days never know.
3.
Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [ʃ] as in shop, [s] as in
seem, [tʃ] as in chop.
I
A. The Chairman shouted at Miss Chase.
В. Shouted at Miss Chase! Oh, a Chairman shouldn't shout, should he?
A. No, he shouldn't.
B. Not even at Miss Chase.
II
A. Will you watch Sheila for me while I finish shopping? I must fetch some fish and some
cheese and — oh, yes—I must ask the butcher for some nice chops. Watch her, won't you?
B. She seems to need a wash. Shall I wash her?
A. I wish you would.
B. If I can catch her! Sheila! Come for a nice wash, Sheila! Sheila! Oh! Ouch! She
scratched me!
A. Sheila! I'm ashamed of you, Sheila!
B. Oh, it's only a small scratch.
A. Are you sure?
B. Fortunately, she's only a small cheetah.
16.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
СУФФИКС СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ –ABLE/-IBLE
Суффикс –able/-ible является суффиксом прилагательных, образованных от глаголов. Такие
прилагательные имеют, как правило, страдательное значение и обозначают способность
испытывать на себе какое-либо действие.
Исходная форма
to change
to convert
to agree
to compare
изменять
конвертировать
соглашаться
сравнивать
Производное слово
changeable
convertible
agreeable
comparable
изменчивый
конвертируемый
согласный
сравнимый
Образуйте существительные при помощи суффикса -able/-ible и переведите их:
to prevent, to drink, to check, to pronounce, to understand, to break, to control, to wash.
16.3 ГРАММАТИКА
PASSIVE VOICE
СТРАДАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ЗАЛОГ
Действительный и страдательный залоги в английском языке совпадают со значением
соответствующих залогов в русском языке. Глагол в действительном залоге (Active Voice)
показывает, что действие совершает лицо или предмет, выраженный подлежащим.
He often asks questions. Он часто задаёт вопросы.
Глагол в страдательном залоге (Passive Voice) означает, что действие направлено на предмет или
лицо, выраженное подлежащим.
He is often asked questions. Ему часто задают вопросы.
196
Формы страдательного залога образуются при помощи глагола to be в соответствующей форме и
Participle II (Причастие II или 3-я форма) смыслового глагола.
Simple
(to be + V3).
I
Progressive
(to be + being + V3)
am asked
I
am being asked
is asked
he (she)
is being asked
we (you, they)
are asked
we (you, they)
are being asked
I (he, she)
was asked
I (he, she)
was being
asked
we (you, they)
were asked
we (you, they)
I, we, he, she,
you, they
will be asked Употребляется Future Simple
Present he (she)
Past
Future
were being
asked
Perfect
(to have + been +
V3)
I, we, you,
they
have been
asked
he (she)
has been
asked
I, we, he,
she, you,
they
had been
asked
I, we, he,
she, you,
they
will have
been asked
Примеры:
Simple Passive (to be + Participle II).
1. The newspapers are delivered every morning. (Present Simple Passive) Газеты доставляются
каждое утро.
2. This book was bought a month ago. (Past Simple Passive) Эта книга была куплена месяц
назад.
3. The letter will be mailed tomorrow. (Future Simple Passive) Письмо будет оправлено завтра.
Progressive Passive (to be + being + Participle II).
1. The house is being repaired. (Present Progressive Passive) Дом ремонтируется.
2. When John was ill he was being taught at home. (Past Progressive Passive) Когда Джон
болел, его обучали дома.
Perfect Passive (to have + been + Participle II).
1. This letter has been brought by the secretary. (Present Perfect Passive) Секретарь принёс
письмо. (Письмо принесено секретарём)
2. He decided to become a writer only when his first story had been published. (Past Perfect
Passive) Он решил стать писателем, только когда его первый рассказ был напечатан.
3. By the 1st of July all the exams will have been passed. (Future Perfect Passive) К 1 июля все
экзамены будут сданы.
Сказуемое в страдательном залоге может переводиться на русский язык:
а) кратким страдательным причастием;
б) глаголом на -ся;
в) неопределённо-личным глаголом.
The house is built. а) Дом построен. б) Дом строится. в) Дом строят.
197
Следует обратить особое внимание на перевод глаголов с предлогом в страдательном
залоге. Наиболее распространённые из этих глаголов:
hear of - слышать о
laugh at - смеяться над
look after - присматривать за (кем-либо)
look at - смотреть на
rely on - полагаться на
send for - посылать за
speak of (about) - говорить о
pay attention to - обращать внимание на
take care of - заботиться о
The book is much spoken about. Об этой книге много говорят.
He can't be relied on. На него нельзя положиться.
В русском переводе не все глаголы сохраняют предлог:
to listen to - слушать что-либо, кого-либо
to look for - искать что-либо
to provide for - обеспечить кого-либо, чем-либо
to explain to - объяснять кому-либо
He was listened to with great attention. Его слушали с большим вниманием.
Примечание: действительный залог также называют активным, а страдательный залог –
пассивным
1. Определите видовременную форму предложения в пассивном залоге:
1. Этот дом был построен в прошлом году.
2. Этот дом строился, когда я вернулся в город.
3. Новые дома строят каждый день.
4. Я уверен, что дом построят к Новому году.
5. Сейчас здесь строится новый дом.
6. Этот дом был уже построен, когда я приехал сюда.
7. Много домов будет построено в следующем месяце.
8. Этот дом выстроили в этом году.
2. Выберите соответствующую видовременную форму пассивного залога:
Образец:
1. Этот дом был построен в прошлом году.
Ответ: 1б
а) built
б) was built
в) has been built
1. Этот дом строился, когда я вернулся в город.
а)
б)
в)
г)
2. Новые дома строят каждый день.
а) are being built
б) are built
в) have been built
3. Я уверен, что дом построят к Новому году.
а) will be built
198
was built
was being built
had been built
was building
б) is being built
в) will have been built
4. Сейчас здесь строится новый дом.
a) is being built
б) is building
в) is built
5. Этот дом был уже построен, когда я приехал сюда.
а) has been built
б) was built
в) had been built
6. Много домов будет построено в следующем месяце.
а)
б)
в)
r)
will built
will be built
will have been built
will have built
7. Этот дом выстроили в этом году.
а)
б)
в)
r)
had built
has been built
is built
was built
3. Выберите соответствующую видовременную форму пассивного залога:
1. Это письмо было написано вчера.
a) was written
b) will be written
c) were written
2. Письмо будет написано к обеду.
a) is being written
b) will be written
c) will have been written
3. Письмо сейчас пишут.
a) was being written
b) am written
c) is being written
4. Письмо писали, когда он пришел.
a) was being written
b) were being written
c) has been written
5. Обещаю, что это письмо будет написано.
a) will be written
b) have been written
c) will have been written
6. Эту статью перевели на прошлой неделе.
a) is being translated
b) will be translated
c) was translated
7. Эту статью сейчас переводят.
a) are being translated
b) is being translated
c) was being translated
8. Я думаю, что статью переведут к пятнице.
a) will be translated
b) will have been translated
199
c) is translated
9. Эту статью уже перевели.
a) has been translated
b) have been translated
c) was translated
10. Эту статью будут переводить.
a) were translated
b) is translated
c) will be translated
4. Переведите предложения упражнения 3 на английский язык. Поставьте каждое
предложение в вопросительную и отрицательную форму.
5. Составьте рассказ на английском языке, используя пассивный залог.
16.4 ЛЕКСИКА
MY FUTURE PROFESSION
1. Прочитайте текст:
Every job has its difficulties and interest. Nearly all the professions are very important in life. But to
choose the right occupation is very difficult, because we must take into consideration many factors. We
must consider our personal taste and our kind of mind. At the same time we must satisfy the
requirements of our society and peoples needs in one profession or another.
The end of college is the beginning of an independent life, the beginning of a more serious
examination. In order to pass that very serious exam we must choose the road in life which will help us
best to live and work. Each young man has every opportunity to develop mind and use knowledge and
education received at college. Many opportunities to work and to satisfy at the same time the
requirements of the society and your own personal interest are offered in the different spheres.
Choosing a career is like any other activity; it is best to work to a plan. Too many people start
looking for a job before thinking out their aims. It is a good idea to begin by attempting to define in clear
terms what you are waiting for from a career. This involves taking a realistic view of your strengths and
weaknesses. Having thought carefully about the sort of person you are, try to work out a realistic set of
occupational requirement. In particular, you can answer to important questions. First: what sort of life do
you want to lead? For example, do you want to live in the country or in the town? Is leisure time of great
importance to you? Is the size of your salary important? Do you want to put down roots or travel
widely? Second: what sort of work do you want to do? For example, do you like working alone or with
others? Does teaching people appeal to you? Do you want to be an organizer of other people's activities?
Do you want to develop new ideas and initiate changes?
I have a specially liking for to become a … . I like this profession because it is very interesting.
2. Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. difficulties - трудности
11. define in clear terms – определить в
2. important - важный
простых терминах
3. occupation - занятие
12. strengths – сильные стороны
4. take into consideration – принимать во
weaknesses – слабые стороны
внимание
13. occupational requirement –
5. consider – обдумать
профессиональные требования
6. kind of mind – тип мышления
14. country – сельская местность
7. satisfy the requirements –
15. leisure time – свободное время
удовлетворять потребности
16. salary – месячная зарплата
8. independent - независимый
17. put down roots – пустить корни
9. opportunity to develop mind –
18. alone - один
возможность для развития ума
19. develop - развивать
200
10. aims - цели
3.
20. changes - перемены
Ответьте на вопросы из 3 абзаца текста.
16.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
USING THE TELEPHONE
РАЗГОВОР ПО ТЕЛЕФОНУ
1.
Read and try to remember:
Answering:
1. Good afternoon. – Добрый день.
2. Can I help you? – Чем могу помочь?
3. Good morning. (This is) John Smith (speaking). – Доброе утро. Джон Смит у телефона.
4. Mr. Smith's secretary. – Секретарь мистера Смита.
5. Extension 4138. – Добавочный 4138.
6. Mr. Smith's office. – Кабинет мистера Смита.
Saying hello:
1. Good afternoon. This is Mrs. Roberts (speaking). – Добрый день. Это миссис Робертс.
2. I'm calling from Switzerland. – Я звоню из Швейцарии.
3. Can I speak to Mr. Smith, please? – Могу я поговорить с мистером Смитом?
4. Hello. Mr. Smith? This is Mrs. Roberts. – Здравствуйте. Мистер Смит? Это миссис
Робертс.
On the switchboard (на коммутаторе):
1. One moment, please. – Одну минуту, пожалуйста.
2. Hold the line, please/Hold on, please. – Не кладите, пожалуйста, трубку.
3. I'll put you through. – Я вас соединю.
4. Mr. Smith's line is engaged/booked. – Линия мистера Смита занята.
5. Mr. Smith is on the other line at the moment. Will you hold? – Сейчас мистер Смит говорит
по другой линии. Вы подождете?
6. Yes, thank you. – Да, спасибо.
7. No, I'll call you back later. – Нет, я перезвоню позже.
8. Who's calling, please? – Кто говорит?
9. Mr. Smith isn't in at the moment. – Сейчас мистера Смита нет.
10. I’m sorry, Mr. Smith is out. – Сожалею, мистер Смит вышел.
11. Mr. Field is not in the office today. – Сегодня мистера Филда нет в офисе.
12. Can I take a message? – Передать сообщение? Оставите сообщение?
13. Can I get him to call you back? – Передать ему, чтобы он вам перезвонил?
14. Yes, thank you, if he wouldn't mind. – Да, спасибо, если вам не трудно.
15. Does he have your number? – У него есть ваш номер телефона?
16. Can I take your number, please? – Могу я попросить ваш номер телефона?
2.
Choose the best expressions for these conversations. (Подберите подходящие выражения
для этих разговоров):
A.
—ABC Ltd. Good afternoon.
—
— I'll put you through.
— Peter Dawson.
201
—
B.
— Bank of Scotland. Good morning.
—
— I'm afraid she's on the other line at the moment. Will you hold?
—
C.
— Good morning. Xellent Ltd.
—
—Good morning. Mr. Reed's secretary. Can I help you?
—
— I'm sorry. Mr. Reed has just gone out for five minutes. Can I get him to call you back?
—
—Has he got your number?
—
—I'll get him to call you back straight away.
—
3. Dramatize the dialogue. Learn it by heart.
SECRETARY: Bank of Moscow. Good
morning.
CLIENT: Good morning.
S: Can I help you?
C: I'm calling from London. Can I speak to Mr.
Dolgov, please?
S: Who's calling, please?
C: This is Mr. Wells speaking.
S: Hold on, please, Mr. Wells. I’ll put you
through.
C: Yes, thank you.
S: I’m afraid Mr. Dolgov is on the other line at
the moment. Will you hold?
СЕКРЕТАРЬ: Банк Москвы. Доброе утро.
КЛИЕНТ: Доброе утро.
С: Чем могу помочь?
К: Я звоню из Лондона. Могу я поговорить с
мистером Долговым?
С: Кто говорит?
К: Это мистер Уэллс.
С: Не кладите, пожалуйста, трубку, мистер
Уэллс. Я Вас соединю.
К: Да, пожалуйста.
С: Боюсь, мистер Долгов сейчас
разговаривает по другой линии. Вы
подождете?
C: No, I'll call you back later.
К: Нет, я перезвоню позже.
S: Can I get him to call you back?
С: Передать ему, чтобы он вам перезвонил?
C: Yes, thank you, if he wouldn't mind. He’s got К: Да, спасибо, если вам не трудно. У него
my number.
есть мой номер.
16.6 ПИСЬМО
RESUME STRUCTURE
СТРУКТУРА РЕЗЮМЕ
1.
Прочитайте текст:
A resume is a document which is submitted to a potential employer by a candidate for a certain
kind of job. It's a short document (usually no more than two pages), written in clear and laconic
language. It usually reflects such information as contact data of the candidate, objective of applying,
working experience, education, professional skills and abilities, references, and more specific
information, if necessary. Each word used in a resume aims to make the candidate marketable from
202
other people who apply for this position. So, every word in this paper should be informative,
meaningful, positive and profitable. It shouldn't contain any useless information. Some aspects of
resume writing in English-speaking countries differ from those ones accepted in the Russian business
etiquette. As an example — it's not common for Americans to give their age, marital status or other
personal information, while it's a usual thing for a Russian resume. There are three main resume
formats: functional, chronological and chrono-functional. The choice of the resume format depends on
the working experience of an applicant. As a rule, more experienced candidates use the chronological
format; people who have less working experience choose the functional one, in which they can
emphasize their skills and education first. The chrono-functional format gives a chance to show all this
information in an equal way.
2.
Найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. employer - работодатель
14. meaningful - значимый
2. certain - определенный
15. profitable - полезный
3. pages - страницы
16. contain - содержать
4. clear - ясный
17. useless - бесполезный
5. reflect – отражать
18. differ - отличаться
6. data – информация, сведения
19. accepted - принятый
7. objective of applying – цель
20. age - возраст
соискания, предполагаемая
21. marital status – семейное положение
должность
22. depend on – зависеть от
8. experience - опыт
23. applicant - претендент
9. education - образование
24. emphasize – подчеркнуть
10. skills and abilities – навыки и
25. skills - навыки
способности
26. achievements – достижения
11. references – рекомендации
27. vouch – поручиться
12. marketable – заметный
28. obtain - получать
13. apply – претендовать
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What’s a resume?
2. Have you ever written or just seen this kind of business correspondence?
3. Should it be long or short?
4. Should it be detailed or laconic? Why?
5. What information should be included in a resume?
6. What shouldn’t be in a resume?
7. What are main resume formats?
4.
Resume Structure
 Contact information (информация для связи)
 Objective (должность)
 Professional summary (описание профессиональных навыков и достижений)
 Employment history (предыдущие места работы)
 Education (образование)
 Other information of interest (другая интересующая информация)
 Reference (рекомендации)
 Contact information
Tells about who you are, where you live, what your phone number and e-mail address are, and how your
employer can reach you.
 Objective
203
It’s a statement describing what type of work you hope to obtain. It’s the most useful and necessary
when you look for a specific position; when you are changing your career; or when you are a graduate
with little experience.
 Professional summary
It shows your personal and professional characteristics, the skills, talents and achievements you can
offer a company. It lists not just what you have done, but what else you can do.
 Employment history
It’s your work experience. Don’t write your employment history as if it is a story, using “I” –
statements. Round off dates to years (2001-2003). Mention dates, job titles, and company names and
location.
 Education
Write your degree, university, location and date. Your education should go first only if you have just
graduated a college or university or if it’s very important for the position you apply for. If you have
worked after graduating, you should mention your work experience first.
 Other information of interest
List hobbies activities, volunteer work and project participation only if they are directly relevant to the
position you’re targeting. List any organizations of which you are a member if they have value for the
position which you’re applying for.
 Reference
List the people who can vouch for your experience, education and abilities. Information about a referee
should include: name, position, business address, and telephone number. You can write “Available upon
request” (Доступно по требованию).
September 2007 to present Sales Assistant, S&S Clothes
Store, 19 Lefferts Boulevard, New York 11202
Available upon request
Jeffrey Stevenson
25 Queens Boulevard,
New York 11202, (212) 824-2221
The Bowker Business School, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York,
New York 10011, June 2007
Certificate on Travel and Tourism
Courses included:
Time Management
Sales and Services
Effective in communication and time management, good
typing skills, good knowledge of Spanish and French,
driving license.
A tourist guide position in the travel agency
6.
Напишите резюме, расставив части задания 5 в нужном порядке.
Пример написания резюме:
Jane Gordon
44 Jefferson St.,
204
References
Professional
summary
Education
Experience
Objective
Определите функции каждой части резюме:
Contact
information
5.
Washington DC 22033
(232)444-66-55
OBJECTIVE:
A programmer position in the computer industry.
EDUCATION:
The Technical School of Washington, 67 Rose Avenue, Washington DC 22033, June 2008 Certificate
on Programming.
EXPERIENCE:
September 2008 to present: system administrator, The College of Low, 18 Jonathan St., Washington DC
22033
SKILLS:
Effective in programming, good typing skills.
16.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 16
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Masters told Coke that Hugo owned a large garage in the North of London. Cars that had been
damaged were taken there to be repaired. It was also where the secret documents Hugo sold were kept
before they were microfilmed and sent abroad.
They got into Masters' white Jaguar and drove there. Coke sat in front with Masters. Kate sat
behind. It was almost evening when they got to the garage. It was at the end of the street and was
surrounded by shops and small houses. They parked at the end of the street. People were beginning to
close their shops and go home. The garage stood open until six. Coke sat and watched the lights go off.
When the last one had been turned off and the garage was completely dark, Coke turned to Masters
again.
«Now tell me exactly where the documents are kept before they're sent off», he said.
2. At first Masters didn't answer. He had become a little braver again. Coke pressed the pistol into
his stomach. «Because of you, I've been kept in prison for four years. Because of you, my life has been
ruined. I'll kill you here and now if you don't answer!». Masters looked at the pistol and went pale.
«They're kept in Hugo's office, in an ordinary file in his desk», he answered. «And the microfilms?»
Coke demanded. «They're kept there, too». «Do you know if any documents have been sent off
recently?» «Some were sent last week. I know. I sent them myself», Masters said. «And will there be
any there now, waiting to be sent off?» Again Masters hesitated. Coke pressed the pistol even harder
into his stomach. «I don't know. There might be. Hugo told me he was going to give me some soon», he
said.
3. Coke gave Kate the pistol. She was still sitting behind Masters. «Keep him here until I get
back», he said. «But what are you going to do?» she asked. «Break into the garage if I can. Perhaps I can
find proof that Hugo sells these things. If I do, I'll phone the police». «But what if you don't? What if
you are seen and caught before you can find anything at all?» Kate asked. But Coke had already started
walking towards the dark garage. In the dark winter evening, it looked very much like a prison.
(395 слов)
2.
Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) в конце улицы
b) где хранятся документы
c) моя жизнь разрушена
d) из-за тебя
205
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
побледнел
я отправил их сам
пока я не вернусь
найти доказательства
если тебя увидят и схватят
темный зимний вечер
очень похоже на тюрьму
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. The garage was...
a) in the middle of the street with no houses around;
b) at the end of the street with many cars around;
c) at the end of the street with shops and small houses around.
2. Masters said that...
a) there were no secret documents in the garage;
b) there might be some secret documents in the garage;
c) all the documents had been sent away.
3. Coke wanted to break into the garage...
a) to find proof that Hugo was a spy;
b) to find Hugo;
c) to find proof that Masters was a spy.
4. Put the sentences in the correct order:
1. Masters told Coke where the documents were kept.
2. Coke, Kate and Masters went to Hugo’s garage.
3. Coke decided to break into the garage.
4. Coke waited for the lights to go off.
5. Answer the questions.
1. What did Masters tell about the garage in the North of London?
2. Till what time was Coke waiting?
3. Where were the documents kept?
4. What for did Coke want to break into the garage?
6. Give a short summary of the text (4-6 sentences).
206
МОДУЛЬ 17
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [r], [l], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить слова с префиксами un-, in-, im-, ir-, il-;
 Правильно употреблять прямую и косвенную речь, используя правила
согласования времен;
 Образовывать разные виды предложений в косвенной речи;
 Узнать о профессии юриста в Англии;
 Противоречить и отрицать;
 Написать резюме.
17.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [г],
[1]
[l] – л
[r] – произносится без вибрации кончика языка, который слегка загнут назад
1. Listen, look, say:
free
present
three
very
friend
principal
through
sorry
arrest
prisoner
throw
quarrel true
shrill
problem
thread
merry
shrewd press
with right
for ever
traffic
shrug
for instance
with Rob
prove
treat
try
dream
dry
drew
trade
drive
a
address
trolley drop
2. Listen, look, say:
1. Rack you brains.
2. Rora arrived on the stroke of three.
3. Try to reduce rule to practice.
4. There is neither rhyme nor reason in it.
5. Ruth is hungry for flattery.
6. Rod's eyes draw straws.
7. Rolf returned to his parents as right as rain.
8. Who won't be ruled by the rudder must be ruled by the rock.
9. When angry count a hundred.
10. Truth is stranger than fiction.
3. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [1] as long and [r] as
wrong.
I
A. Have you got a lot of relations?
В. Millions.
A.
Isn't that rather a lot, Roland?
B.
Well, I have got several —as you'll probably realize when you get the bill for the lunch.
II
A. Valerie, it was very wrong of you to be away so long. Mother’s very worried.
B. I'm sorry. I'm late. But Larry's car broke down.
A. I don't really like Larry. Why not marry someone older—like Roland?
B. I don't love Roland, and I do love Larry.
207
A.
B.
A.
B.
But Ronald's got a lot of money.
Ronald's a fool.
Really, Valerie, you are terrible!
Why don't you marry Ronald, Laura?
4. Listen look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs.
6. Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can.
Around the rugged rocks the ragged rascal ran.
17.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕФИКСЫ
Префиксы un-, in-, im-, ir-, il- придают словам отрицательное значение.
Исходная форма
official
mistakable
to pack
to tie
официальный
ошибочный
упаковать
завязывать
credible
competent
вероятный
компетентный
material
possible
материальный
возможный
regular
responsible
регулярный
ответственный
legal
logical
легальный
логичный
Производное слово
ununofficial
unmistakable
to unpack
to untie
inincredible
incompetent
imimmaterial
impossible
irirregular
irresponsible
ilillegal
illogical
неофициальный
безошибочный
распаковать
развязывать
невероятный
некомпетентный
нематериальный
невозможный
нерегулярный
безответственный
нелегальный
нелогичный
1. Образуйте слова при помощи префикса un– и переведите их:
fortunately, known, to lock, to load, believable, selfish, controllable, limited, checkable, breakable
Образуйте слова с отрицательным значением с помощью разных префиксов (in-, im-, ir, il-) и переведите их:
mortal, rational, correct, attention, mobile, moral, ability, direct, numerable, religious
2.
3. Перефразируйте следующие словосочетания, используя префикс un–:
not equal in size, not familiar names, not a happy woman, not a healthy place, not human treatment, not
finished work
208
17.3 ГРАММАТИКА
17.3.1 DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH. SEQUENCE OF TENSES
ПРЯМАЯ И КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ. СОГЛАСОВАНИЕ ВРЕМЕН
Прямая речь
Он сказал: «Я приду завтра».
He said: “I will come tomorrow”.
Косвенная речь
Он сказал, что он придет завтра.
He said (that) he would come the next day.
Основные глаголы, вводящие косвенную речь, следующие:
to say – сказать, говорить
to answer - отвечать
to tell – сказать, говорить, велеть
to know - знать
to ask - спрашивать
to think – думать
Структура предложения в косвенной речи:
Главное предложение
Он сказал,
He said
Она спрашивает
She asks
Придаточное предложение
что живет в Москве.
he lived in Moscow.
придешь ли ты завтра.
if you will come tomorrow.
Правило согласования времен:
 Если глагол-сказуемое в главном предложении стоит в настоящем или будущем времени,
то глагол-сказуемое в придаточном предложении может стоять в любой временной форме,
требуемой по смыслу.
Главное предложение
Придаточное предложение
He says:
”I will study at college”.
Прямая речь
Он говорит:
«Я буду учиться в колледже».
He says
that he will study at college.
Косвенная речь
Он говорит,
что он будет учиться в колледже.
 Если глагол-сказуемое в главном предложении стоит в прошедшем времени, то глаголсказуемое в придаточном предложении должен стоять в одном из прошедших времен.
Главное предложение
Придаточное предложение
He said:
”I study at college”.
Прямая речь
Он сказал:
«Я учусь в колледже».
He said
that he studied at college.
Косвенная речь
Он сказал
что он учится в колледже.
Замена наречий места и времени и местоимений в придаточном предложении в косвенной
речи:
Прямая речь






now (сейчас)
here (здесь)
this (этот)
these (эти)
today (сегодня)
tomorrow (завтра)
 yesterday (вчера)
Косвенная речь






then (тогда)
there (там)
that (тот)
those (те)
that day (в тот день)
the next day, the following day (на
следующий день)
 the day before (накануне)
209
 last week, a week ago (на прошлой
неделе, неделю назад)
 next week (на следующей неделе)
 the previous week (за неделю до)
 the next week, the following week (на
следующей неделе)
1. Выберите правильный вариант перевода предложений из прямой речи в косвенную:
1. Nick says:”I like to ride a bike”.
a) Nick says that he like to ride a bike.
b) Nick says that he likes to ride a bike.
c) Nick says that he liked to ride a bike.
2. He said:”The bus will be here soon”.
a) He said the bus would be here soon.
b) He said the bus will be there soon.
c) He said the bus would be there soon.
3. She says:”We are going to the cinema”.
a) She says that we are going to the cinema.
b) She says that they are going to the cinema.
c) She says that they were going to the cinema.
4. They said:”He is not at college today”.
a) They said he was not at college that day.
b) They said he was not at college today.
c) They said he is not at college that day.
5. He said to her: “You are so beautiful.”
a) He said to her that she is so beautiful.
b) He said to her that you are so beautiful.
c) He said to her that she was so beautiful.
6. She says: “Bulgakov is my favorite writer.”
a) She says that Bulgakov is her favorite writer.
b) She says that Bulgakov was her favorite writer.
c) She says that Bulgakov is my favorite writer.
7. They said: “We wrote a dictation yesterday.”
a) They said we had written a dictation the day before.
b) They said they had written a dictation the day before.
c) They said they had written a dictation yesterday.
8. They say: “This shop is closed.”
a) They say that shop was closed.
b) They say that shop is closed.
c) They say this shop is closed.
9. She said: “He will do this work tomorrow.”
a) She said that he would do that work tomorrow.
b) She said that he would do that work the next day.
c) She said that he will do that work the next day.
10. They said: “We are ready.”
a) They said that we were ready.
b) They said that they were ready.
c) They said that we are ready.
2. Переведите предложения в косвенную речь:
 Образец: Peter says: “I work in the garden.” – Peter says that he works in the garden.
1. Peter says: “I worked in the garden.”
2. Peter says: “I have worked in the garden.”
3. Peter says: “I will work in the garden.”
210
4. Peter says: “I am working in the garden.”
5. Peter says: “I was working in the garden.”
6. Peter says: “I have been working in the garden.”
3. Переведите предложения в косвенную речь:
 Образец: Peter said: “I work in the garden today.” – Peter said that he worked in the garden that
day.
1. Peter said: “I worked in the garden yesterday.”
2. Peter said: “I have worked in the garden.”
3. Peter said: “I will work in the garden tomorrow.”
4. Peter said: “I will be working in the garden.”
5. Peter said: “I am working in the garden now.”
6. Peter said: “I was working in the garden.”
7. Peter said: “I have been working in the garden.”
17.3.2 ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ И ПОВЕЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ
ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ В КОСВЕННОЙ РЕЧИ
Правило согласования времен:
 Если глагол-сказуемое в главном предложении стоит в настоящем или будущем времени,
то глагол-сказуемое в придаточном предложении может стоять в любой временной форме,
требуемой по смыслу.
 Если глагол-сказуемое в главном предложении стоит в прошедшем времени, то глаголсказуемое в придаточном предложении должен стоять в одном из прошедших времен.
Правила изменения общих вопросов из прямой речи в косвенную:
 В вопросах соблюдается прямой порядок слов.
 Производятся все необходимые изменения местоимений, наречий, времени глагола
(согласно правилу согласования времен)
 Общие вопросы вводятся словами "if, whether".


Прямая речь
She asked me: “Do you translate well?”

Она спросила меня: «Ты хорошо
переводишь?»
We asked him: “Are you translating now?” 
Мы спросили его: «Ты сейчас
переводишь?»
Косвенная речь
She asked me if I translated well.
Она спросила меня, хорошо ли я
перевожу.
We asked him whether he was translating
then.
Мы спросили его, переводит ли он
сейчас.
Правила изменения специальных вопросов из прямой речи в косвенную:
 В вопросах соблюдается прямой порядок слов.
 Производятся все необходимые изменения местоимений, наречий, времени глагола
(согласно правилу согласования времен)
 Специальные вопросы вводятся специальными вопросительными словами.

Прямая речь
She asked me: “What are you translating
now?”
Она спросила меня: «Что ты
переводишь сейчас?»

Косвенная речь
She asked me what I am translating then.
Она спросила меня, что я перевожу
сейчас.
211

We asked him: “When will you translate
this text?”
Мы спросили его: «Когда ты
переведешь этот текст?»

We asked him when he would translate
that text?
Мы спросили его, когда он переведет
этот текст.
Правила изменения повелительных предложений из прямой речи в косвенную:
 В утвердительном предложении глагол в повелительном наклонении заменяется
инфинитивом.
 В отрицательном предложении глагол изменяется на "not" + инфинитив.



Прямая речь
Doctor advised me: “Have regular meals.”
Доктор посоветовал мне: «Питайтесь
регулярно».
He asked me: “Don’t move.”
Он попросил меня: «Не двигайся».
Mother told him: “Get up.”
Мама велела ему: «Вставай».



Косвенная речь
Doctor advised me to have regular meals.
Доктор посоветовал мне питаться
регулярно.
He asked me not to move.
Он попросил меня не двигаться.
Mother told him to get up.
Мама велела ему вставать.
1. Выберите правильный вариант перевода предложений из прямой речи в косвенную:
1. He asks me: “Have you taken this book?”
a) He asks me if he has taken that book.
b) He asks me if I have taken that book.
c) He asks me if I had taken that book.
2. He asked her: “Why are you looking sad?”
a) He asked her if she was looking sad.
b) He asked her why she was looking sad.
c) He asked her why she is looking sad.
3. Policeman told him: “Stay where you are.”
a) Policeman told him to stay where he was.
b) Policeman told him stay where he was.
c) Policeman told him to stay where you are.
4. They asked me: “Do you speak Spanish?”
a) They asked me if I spoke Spanish.
b) They asked me if you spoke Spanish.
c) They asked me if I speak Spanish.
5. He asks: “When will we write a test?”
a) He asks when we will write a test.
b) He asks when will we write a test.
c) He asks when we would write a test.
6. He asked her: “Don’t be late.”
a) He asked her be late.
b) He asked her not to be late.
c) He asked her to be late.
7. She asks them: “Do you prefer coffee or tea?”
a) She asks them if you prefer coffee or tea.
b) She asks them if they preferred coffee or tea.
c) She asks them if they prefer coffee or tea.
8. She asked them: “Where did you learn Mathematics?”
a) She asked them if they learn Mathematics.
b) She asked them where they had learned Mathematics.
c) She asked them where they learned Mathematics.
9. She advised: “Go there by bus.”
212
a) She advised to go there by bus.
b) She advised to go here by bus.
c) She advised not to go there by bus.
10. He asked them: “Why are you waiting here?”
a) He asked them why they were waiting there.
b) He asked them why they are waiting there.
c) He asked them why they were waiting here.
2. Переведите общие вопросы в косвенную речь:
1. We asked him: “Do you work in the garden?”
2. We asked him: “Did you work in the garden?”
3. We asked him: “Have you worked in the garden?”
4. We asked him: “Are you working in the garden now?”
5. We asked him: “Will you work in the garden tomorrow?”
3. Переведите специальные вопросы в косвенную речь:
1. She asked him: “What do you like to read?”
2. We asked her: “When did you graduate the college?”
3. He asked me: “Where will we meet the next week?”
4. He asked her: “Why are you crying now?”
5. She asked him: “How much money have you lost?”
4. Переведите повелительные предложения в косвенную речь:
1. She asked him: “Give me your book.”
2. We asked her: “Don’t worry.”
3. Teacher told me: “Stop talking.”
4. Doctor advised her: “Go to the swimming pool every week.”
5. Mother told her son: “Be polite.”
17.4 ЛЕКСИКА
TYPES OF LEGAL PROFESSIONS IN ENGLAND
1. Read and translate the text:
England is almost unique in having two different kinds of lowers in the legal system. The two
kinds of lowers are solicitors and barristers.
If a person has a legal problem he will go and see a solicitor. Solicitors are the lowers who take
legal business for ordinary people. Many problems are dealt with by a solicitor only, for example, petty
crimes and some matrimonial matters in Magistrates’ Courts. He prepares the case and the evidence. He
speaks in court for you. In the County Court a solicitor decides some civil cases (for instance, divorce).
A solicitor also deals with matters outside Court. He does the legal work if you buy a houses, he
writes legal letters for you, he gives legal advice to you.
If you want to become a solicitor, you should join a solicitor as a “clerk” and work for him. It is
not necessary for you to go to university. When you have passed all the “Low Society” exams, you can
start your own business.
The training and career structure for a solicitor and a barrister are quite different. A barrister
conducts the cases in the higher courts. He is an expert on advocacy. Participating in a trial, a barrister
may be counsel for the prosecution or counsel for the defense.
Barristers have some educational standard. They must pass the special legal exams and become
members of a legal corporation. The highest level of barristers has the title QC (Queens Counsel). Only
barristers can become judges in English Court.
213
2.
3.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
1. lowers - юристы
8. case - дело
2. legal system – юридическая система
9. civil cases – гражданские дела
3. solicitor - поверенный
10. divorce - развод
4. barrister - адвокат
11. to conduct the cases – вести дела
5. to take legal business – вести
12. counsel for the prosecution –
юридические дела
представитель защиты
6. petty crimes – мелкие преступления
13. counsel for the defense –
7. matrimonial matters – супружеские
представитель обвинения
дела
14. judge - судья
What is the difference between two kinds of lowers in England?
solicitors
barristers
17.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
CONTRADICTION AND DENIAL
ПРОТИВОРЕЧИЕ И ОТРИЦАНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
A.
You said (that) you liked tennis.
B.
1. I never said that. – Я никогда этого не говорил.
2. I never said anything of the sort. – Я никогда не говорил ничего подобного.
3. That's not right. – Это неверно.
4. I'm sorry, but I don't think I did (polite). – Простите, но не думаю. Что я это говорил.
5. With respect, that's not what I said (formal). – При всем уважении, это не то, что я сказал.
6. I deny having said that. – Я отрицаю, что я это говорил.
7. I don't remember saying that. – Не помню, чтобы я это говорил.
8. Did I really say that? – Я так сказал?
2. Someone tells you that you said:
1. a woman's place was in the home;
2. girls were easier to bring up than boys;
3. traveling was dull;
4. English was an easy language to learn;
5. you were going to get married.
3. Read the dialogue and then dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
BARRISTER: You told the Court that you
АДВОКАТ: Вы сказали суду, что Вы друг
were a friend of the defendant's.
подзащитного.
WITNESS: I'm sorry, that's not exactly what I СВИДЕТЕЛЬ: Простите, это не совсем то,
said.
что я сказал.
BARRISTER: What exactly did you say, then? АДВОКАТ: Что же Вы тогда сказали?
WITNESS: I said we'd been neighbours for
СВИДЕТЕЛЬ: Я сказал, что мы были
many years.
соседями много лет.
BARRISTER: But you said you knew him
АДВОКАТ: Но Вы сказали, что знаете его
very well.
очень хорошо.
WITNESS: With respect, that's not quite right. СВИДЕТЕЛЬ: При всем уважении это не
I said I knew him well by sight.
совсем так. Я сказал, что хорошо знал его в
214
лицо.
4. A friend tells you that you said you would stop doing something. Contradict/deny everything
he/she says.
Model: A. But you said you'd stop smoking.
B. ...
17.6 ПИСЬМО
RESUME WRITING
НАПИСАНИЕ РЕЗЮМЕ
1. Пример написания резюме:
Jane Gordon
44 Jefferson St.,
Washington DC 22033
(232)444-66-55
OBJECTIVE:
A programmer position in the computer industry.
EDUCATION:
The Technical School of Washington, 67 Rose Avenue, Washington DC 22033, June 2008 Certificate
on Programming.
EXPERIENCE:
September 2008 to present: system administrator, The College of Low, 18 Jonathan St., Washington DC
22033
SKILLS:
Effective in programming, good typing skills.
2. Resume Structure
 Contact information (информация для связи)
 Objective (должность)
 Professional summary (описание профессиональных навыков и достижений)
 Employment history (предыдущие места работы)
 Education (образование)
 Other information of interest (другая интересующая информация)
 Reference (рекомендации)
3. Напишите резюме, используя за основу это письмо:
I’m Ann Gold. You can always find me at the following a address: 134 Yellow Street, 15,
Greentown, Russia, 655444. Tel.: (3957) 24-56- 56.
I graduated from Greentown State University in 2007, I’m a Bachelor of Psychology. Immediately
after graduating I started my career, working for X@X Ltd for two years as Secretary to the Chief Sales
Manager. Today I’m still working here. I’ve obtained skills such as typing, filing, scheduling
appointments, etc.
Then, I thought, I could begin a career, because I’ve got many useful skills and abilities. As a
psychologist, I’m good at interpersonal communication. I speak English and French fluently, as I lived
in Canada for a year at my grandparents’.
Moreover I’ve got good organizational skills, I’m quite experienced in organizing sales
presentations. I’m sure, I can make a career as Sales Manager in a large corporation.
215
4. Напишите своё резюме. Воспользуйтесь лексикой и информацией Модуля 16, Учебный
элемент «Структура резюме».
17.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 17
1. Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Once, a long time ago, someone had told him that an Army training was useful in many ways.
Coke knew now that that was true. There was a drainpipe at the back of the garage that led to the roof,
and Coke managed to climb up it. He had often done such things in the army.
There was a window in the roof, or a sky-light, as it is called. It was closed but not locked. Coke
managed to get it open and peered down into the dark garage below. There was a lorry parked almost
directly underneath. He jumped down onto it. It was completely dark inside the garage itself.
«Masters told me the secrets were kept in the office, but where's the office?» he wondered.
Suddenly he heard a sound behind him, and realized he was not alone in the garage.
2. Before he could turn around, someone grabbed him from behind and someone else shone a
powerful light into his eyes. He was blinded. Then there was an explosion of pain in his head. He
realized, just before he lost consciousness, that what had happened in Epping Forest was happening to
him all over again.
When he came to himself again, he was lying on the floor of the garage. It was at least an hour
later. He heard loud voices. When he opened his eyes, he saw Kate tied to a chair. Four men were
standing above him. One of them was Masters, looking pale and frightened. He was listening to a short
blond man. Coke knew it must be Hugo himself. Hugo was shouting.
«I told you you were a fool... and idiot! Do you believe me now?» he demanded. Masters tried to
say something but could not. Hugo slapped him across the face. «I asked you if you believed me now?»
he shouted.
3. «But... but Hugo. Pl ... please listen to me!» I Masters stammered. «I told you someone had
phoned me and had asked me to look at some pistols! I told you it was an old, blind man but you said
there was nothing to worry about!» Masters said.
«No, I didn't. I asked you what you wanted me to do about it, you idiot!» Hugo roared. Suddenly,
one of the other men interrupted. «What did you say we were going to do with the girl and Coke?» he
asked.
«I said we were going to kill them! And I said we were going to do the job properly this time!»
Hugo answered.
(419 слов)
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) которая вела на крышу
b) было закрыто, но не заперто
c) совершенно темно
d) где находится кабинет
e) понял, что он не один
f) он был ослеплен
g) взрыв боли
h) он лежал на полу
i) попытался сказать что-то
j) послушай меня
k) ты сказал, что беспокоиться не о чем
216
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Coke managed to get into the garage because...
a) there was a drainpipe at the back of the garage;
b) there was a sky-light which was not locked;
c) there was a lorry beneath.
2. When he came to himself he saw:
a) Masters shouting at a short blond man;
b) short man shouting at Kate;
c) short man crying at Masters.
3. Hugo said that they were going...
a) to kill Coke and Kate;
b) to kill Coke and Masters;
c) to beat the girl and Coke.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Coke got into the garage from the roof.
2. Coke was in Epping Forest again.
3. Masters was going to kill Coke and Kate.
4. Hugo was going to kill Coke and Kate.
5. Kate got into the garage to help Coke.
6. Kate came into the garage to kill Hugo.
5. Answer the questions.
1. How did Coke manage to get into the garage?
2. What happened to him there?
3. What did he see when he came to himself?
4. What was Hugo going to do with Coke and Kate?
6. Try to tell the main events of this extract in 3-4 sentences.
217
МОДУЛЬ 18
Изучив этот модуль, вы сможете:
 Правильно произносить звуки [b], [p], узнавать их на слух и в тексте;
 Образовывать, употреблять и переводить слова с префиксами re-, dis-, mis-;
 Составлять условные предложения
 Узнать и употреблять лексику, связанную с Интернетом, электронной почтой;
 Выразить свое мнение, согласие и несогласие в вежливой форме;
 Написать и отправить письмо по электронной почте.
18.1 ФОНЕТИКА
SOUNDS [b], [p]
1. Listen, look, say:
beauty
boom
box
boast
ball
best
2. Listen,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
ebb
cab
rib
sob
rub
lab
sobbed
obtain
rub down
club Dan
rob Peter
globe trotter
sublet
sublime
sublibrarian
Bob likes
Hob looks
rub Lester
breath
bring
bride
broom
brown
bright
look, say:
A bad job.
A bad blunder.
The biter's bit.
Ben's as bold as brass.
Bob is a big bug.
Bel has a bee in her bonnet.
Bab lives at the back of beyond.
Don't be a busybody, baby.
Bram broke the back of the business.
Bee is a bread-and-butter miss.
Bob was black-balled.
3. Listen and look. Pay attention to the difference between the sounds [p] and [b]
I
A. You can't keep a pet in these apartments.
В. Can't I keep a puppy?
A.. You can't keep a pet in these apartments.
B. Or a kitten, perhaps.
A. You can't keep a pet in these apartments.
B. You ought to keep a pet yourself, you know.
A. You can't keep a pet in these apartments.
B. Why not try a parrot, for instance?
II
A. When the rain stops, you'll see how beautiful the beach is.
B. But the rain's been pouring down for two days! We've both caught cold. Let's pack our
bags and go back to town.
A. The bedroom is a bit damp, yes. But it's b etter than a tent. You wanted to go camping,
remember?
218
B. You're impossible, Tom!
A. Well, you did! You wanted to sleep in a tent! Oh, all right. Let's pack.
III
A. Was it a good game?
B. It was a terrible game.
A. You had a good day for it.
B. A beautiful day.
A. Did Tom score?
B. He scored twice.
A. And you?
B. Now, where did I put that can of beer?
A. Did you score?
B. Oh, got it.
A. Perhaps next time.
B. Hm.
IV
A. How d'you do? I'm Parker.
B. How d'you do, Barker.
A. Parker.
B. Oh, Parker, with a «p».
A. With a «p», yes.
B. Er... I'm Barker. A Barker with a «B», of course.
В. А «В». Yes.
A. Ah.
B. Mm.
A. Er ... well, goodbye. Barker.
B. Goodbye, Parker.
4. Listen, look, say. Pay attention to the intonation.
5. Read the dialogues in pairs
6. Try to read the tongue-twister as fast as you can:
A big blue bucket of blue blueberries.
18.2 СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПРЕФИКСЫ MIS-, DISПрефиксы mis-, dis- придают словам отрицательное значение.
Исходная форма
to inform
a print
to charge
to connect
Производное слово
mis – (неверное действие)
информировать
to misinform
печать
a misprint
dis – (противоположное значение)
заряжать
to discharge
соединять
to disconnect
219
дезинформировать
опечатка
разряжать
разъединять
1. Образуйте слова при помощи префикса mis– и переведите их:
to trust, to understand, description, to pronounce, to calculate, reading
2. Образуйте слова при помощи префикса dis– и переведите их:
to arm, to like, to prove, to appear, to colour, an advantage, inflation, pleased, honest, interested
ПРЕФИКС REПрефикс re- придает значение «снова», «заново», «вновь» и присоединяется к глаголам.
Исходная форма
to sell
to elect
to consider
продавать
избирать
рассматривать
Производное слово
to resell
to re-elect
to reconsider
перепродавать
переизбирать
пересматривать
Образуйте новые глаголы при помощи префикса re- и переведите их:
to organize, to open, to invest, to construct, to address
220
18.3 ГРАММАТИКА
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
УСЛОВНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ
Условные предложения могут быть трех типов:
Тип
Характеристика
Пример
Перевод
Если погода
хорошая, мы
ходим на
прогулку.
Условие рассматривается как
реально предполагаемый факт,
относящийся к настоящему,
прошедшему или будущему
временам.
Сказуемые главного и
придаточного предложений
выражаются глаголами в
формах изъявительного
наклонения.
If the weather is
nice, we go for a
walk.
If the weather is
nice, we'll go for
a walk.
Если погода
будет хорошая,
мы пойдём на
прогулку.
Тип 2:
условие
теоретически
можно
выполнить
Условие рассматривается как
маловероятное. Действие
относится к настоящему или
будущему. Глагол в придаточном
предложении – в форме Past
Indefinite или were для всех лиц
от глагола to be. Глагол в главном
предложении - в форме Future-inthe-Past.
If he were free,
he would do it.
Если бы он был
свободен, он бы это
сделал.
Если бы мы
уделяли
грамматике больше
внимания, мы бы
знали язык лучше.
Тип 3:
условие
невозможно
выполнить
(слишком
поздно)
Условие рассматривается как
неосуществимое, так как
относится к прошлому времени.
Глагол главного предложения
употребляется в форме
сослагательного наклонения
Future-in-the-Past, а глагол
придаточного предложения в
форме Past Perfect.
I should not have
been late
yesterday, if my
watch had been
right.
Тип 1:
условие
можно
выполнить
If the weather
was nice, we
went for a walk.
If we paid more
attention to
grammar, we
should know the
language better.
Если погода была
хорошая, мы
ходили на
прогулку.
Я бы не опоздал
вчера, если бы мои
часы шли
правильно.
Союзы условных придаточных предложений.
if - если; in case - в случае, если; suppose (that) - предположим, что; on condition (that) при условии, что; provided (that) - при условии, что; unless - если … не; but for - если бы не.
Придаточные предложения условия и времени, действие которых отнесено к
будущему (тип 1).
В придаточных предложениях условия и времени будущее заменяется формой настоящего
времени, но на русский язык переводится будущим.
221
Придаточное предложение
If you help me
Если ты поможешь мне,
When he comes
Когда он придет,
Главное предложение
I shall do this work in time.
я сделаю эту работу вовремя.
we will have dinner.
мы будем обедать.
Союзы условных предложений условия и времени:
if – если, when – когда, after – после, before – перед тем, как, as soon as – как только, unless
– если не, until – до тех пор, пока не
Сослагательное наклонение после глагола wish
Для выражения сожаления, относящегося к будущему, употребляются сочетания с глаголом
could. Для выражения пожелания на будущее, а также жалобы, просьбы или раздражения
употребляется would.
I wish it were spring now. — Мне бы хотелось, чтобы сейчас была весна.
I wish I knew her address. — Мне бы хотелось знать ее адрес.
I wish I had made decision yesterday. — Жаль, что я не принял решение вчера.
I wish you could drive a car. — Мне бы хотелось, чтобы ты водил машину.
I wish they would stop the noise. — Мне бы хотелось, чтобы они прекратили этот шум.
1. Переведите на русский язык следующие предложения:
1. If you give me this book, I shall read it.
2. When he is here, he will help us.
3. If they catch the bus, they will arrive in time.
4. When it stops raining, I shall go shopping.
5. If I don’t pass my exams, I shall not go on vacation.
6. I shall be angry if you don’t come to my birthday.
7. He will believe us if we tell him the truth.
8. When she is well, we will go to the country.
9. If you do it, everything will be all right.
10. We will phone you when we are home.
2. Поставьте глаголы в скобках в нужную форму в главных и придаточных предложениях
условия и времени (действие отнесено к будущему):
1. Не (go) out when the weather (get) warmer.
2. I (wait) for you until you (come) back from school.
3. I'm afraid the train (start) before we (come) to the station.
4. We (go) to the country tomorrow if the weather (to be) fine.
5. We (not pass) the examination next year if we not (work) much harder.
6. If you (not drive) more carefully you (have) an accident.
7. You (be) late if you (not take) a taxi.
8. I (finish) reading this book before I (go) to bed.
9. You must (send) us a telegram as soon as you (arrive).
10. We (have) a picnic tomorrow if it (be) a fine day.
11. We (go) out when it (stop) raining.
12. We (not to have) dinner until you (come).
13. I'm sure they (write) to us when they (know) our new address.
3. Переведите на русский язык:
1. I wish you were not late as usual.
2. I wish the letter hadn't been so long.
222
3. I wish you wouldn't be slow.
4. I wish I could go to my work by car.
5. I wish it would stop raining.
4. Переведите на русский язык следующие предложения:
1. If I came later I would be late for the lesson.
2. If he had known the time-table he wouldn't have missed the train.
3. It would be better if you learned to drive a car.
4. I wish I had known this before.
5. I would have sent a letter to you if I had known your address.
6. If I had met you yesterday I would have told you about it.
7. If I were in your place I wouldn't buy the tickets beforehand.
8. If I had known that you needed help I would have helped you.
5. Поставьте глаголы в скобках в нужную форму (1 тип условных предложений, действие
отнесено к будущему):
1. If Peter (have) more money, he (buy) a new car.
2. What (you do) if you (see) a road accident?
3. Where (you live) if you (have) a choice?
4. If Caroline (come) late for dinner, her mother (be) angry.
5. If Nick (study) hard, he (get) good marks.
6. Where (you go) if you (can take) a week's holiday?
7. If Julie (speak) better English, she (find) a better job.
8. If my boss (invite) me to lunch, I (accept).
9. When I (finish) my work, I (tell) you.
10. What (happen) if you (miss) your flight?
18.4 ЛЕКСИКА
INTERNET
1.
Прочитайте текст.
What is Internet?
Internet is a global network connecting millions of computers. Almost all the countries are linked
into exchanges of data, news and opinions.
Each Internet computer, called a host, is independent. Its operators can choose which Internet
services to use. The Internet is not synonymous with World Wide Web.
What Is a Host?
A host is a computer system that is accessed by a user when there are two computer systems
connected by modems and telephone lines. The computer system that contains the data is called the
host, and the computer at which the user sits is called the remote terminal.
What is World Wide Web?
A system of Internet servers that support specially formatted documents. The documents are
formatted in a markup language called HTML {Hypertext Markup Language) that supports links to
other documents, as well as graphics, audio, and video files. This means you can jump from one
document to another simply by clicking the mouse button.
There are several applications called Web browsers that make it easy to access the World Wide
Web. Two of the most popular browsers are Netscape Navigator and Microsoft's Internet Explorer.
What is the difference Between the Internet and the World Wide Web?
223
Many people use the terms Internet and World Wide Web (or simply the Web) interchangeably,
but in fact the two terms are not synonymous. The Internet and the Web are two separate but related
things.
The Internet connects millions of computers together globally, forming a network in which any
computer can communicate with any other computer as long as they are both connected to the Internet.
Information travels over the Internet in many languages known as protocols.
The World Wide Web or simply Web is built on top of the Internet. The Web also utilizes
browsers, such as Internet Explorer or Netscape to access Web documents called Web pages. Web
documents also contain graphics, sounds, text and video.
The Web is just one of the ways that information can be sent and received over the Internet.
Internet is used for e-mail, not the Web. So the Web is just a portion of the Internet, but the two terms
are not synonymous and should not be confused.
What is E-mail?
E-mail is the abbreviation for electronic mail, the transmission of Messages over communications
networks. Most computer networks have an e-mail system. All Internet Service Providers (ISPs) offer email services so that you can exchange mail with other users. Usually, it takes only a few seconds or
minutes for mail to arrive at it destination. Companies that are fully computerized widely use of e-mail
because it is fast and reliable.
Sent messages are stored in electronic mailboxes until the recipient fetches them. To see if you
have any mail, you may have to check your electronic mailbox periodically, although many systems tell
you when mail is received. After reading your mail, you can store it in a text file, forward it to other
users, or delete it.
Изучите слова, найдите в тексте предложения с этими словами и выражениями:
global network — глобальная сеть
16. URL (Universal Resource Locator) —
connecting - соединяющий
универсальный указатель инto link — соединять, связывать
формационного ресурса
exchange — обмен
(стандартизованная строка символов,
data - данные
указывающая местонахождение
host — хост (компьютер, подключенный к
документа в сети Internet)
сети Интернет)
17. application — приложение, прикладная
7. independent - независимый
программа
8. to gain, get access — получить доступ
18. communicate - сообщаться
9. remote terminal — дистанционный
19. browser (Web browser) — Web-браузер
(удаленный) терминал
(программы для просмотра Web-страниц в
10. server — сервер
сети Internet)
11. support - поддерживать
20. to access – получать доступ
12. formatted — форматированный
21. as long as — пока; до тех пор, пока
13. hypertext document — гипертекстовый
22. mail – почта
документ
23. communication network – сеть связи
14. markup — разметка документа в HTML24. exchange – обмениваться
формате
25. fully – полностью
15. HTML (Hyper Text Markup Language) —
26. reliable - надежный
язык HTML (стандартный язык,
используемый для создания страниц
WWW)
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. What is Internet?
2. What is e-mail?
3. What is World Wide Web?
224
4.
5.
6.
What is a host?
What is the difference between Internet and Web?
What is Internet provider?
18.5 ГОВОРЕНИЕ И АУДИРОВАНИЕ
OPINION
МНЕНИЕ
1. Read and try to remember:
A.
1. I believe that... – Я полагаю, что…
2. I think that... – Я думаю, что…
3. It's my opinion that... – Мое мнение, что…
4. In my opinion... – По моему мнению…
B. (Agreement)
1. I think so too. – Я тоже так думаю.
2. I agree (with you). – Я согласен (с Вами).
3. I think you are right. – Я думаю, Вы правы.
(Partial agreement)
1. Well, yes... – Ну, да…
2. I see what you mean, but... – Я понимаю, что вы имеете в виду, но…
3. But on the other hand... – Но с другой стороны…
С. (Disagreement)
1. I don't (quite) agree (with you). – Я не (совсем) согласен (с Вами).
2. I don't think so. – Я так не думаю.
3. I don't believe that. – Я в это не верю.
4. That's your opinion, not mine. – Это Ваше мнение, а не мое.
5. I don't think you are right – Не думаю, что Вы правы.
6. That may be true, but... – Это может быть так, но…
2. Express your personal opinion about the following topics:
1. Traffic in the centre of towns.
2. Women in legal profession.
3. Learning foreign languages.
4. Youth organizations.
5. Love at first sight.
Let other students express their own opinions.
3. Read the dialogue and then dramatize it. Learn it by heart.
A. and B. are talking about tomorrow's world. A. is a pessimist: she thinks the world is getting
worse every year. B. is an optimist: he thinks it's getting better.
A. D'you really think the world's improving
А. Ты правда думаешь, что мир улучшается
every year?
с каждым годом?
B. Yes, I do. I think that Science is making us
В. Да. Я думаю, что наука делает нас
wiser.
мудрее.
A. I don't think you are right there.
А. Я не думаю, что здесь ты прав.
B. I believe industry is making us wealthier.
В. Я полагаю, что промышленность делает
нас богаче.
225
A. I don't believe that.
B. And in my opinion Medicine is making us
healthier.
A. That may be true, but we're all more
miserable than ever, aren't we?
B. I don't agree with you. I maintain that we're
healthier, wealthier and wiser than we were
a hundred years ago.
A. That's your opinion, not mine.
А. Я в это не верю.
В. И, по моему мнению, медицина делает
нас более здоровыми.
А. Это, может быть, и правда. Но все мы
несчастнее, чем когда-либо, не так ли?
В. Я с тобой не согласен. Я утверждаю, что
мы стали более здоровыми, богатыми и
мудрыми, чем были сто лет назад.
А. Это твое мнение, а не мое.
18.6 ПИСЬМО
ЭЛЕКТРОННАЯ ПОЧТА
E-MAIL
Прочитайте и переведите текст:
E-mail, or electronic mail, is a modern way of written communication which is realized through
the Internet. E-mail communication requires Internet user's skills and knowledge of some basic rules
which are called "Netiquette" (internet etiquette). Because of its speed and broadcasting ability, it differs
much from paper communication. It's more conversational, and a writer doesn't need to try so carefully
to sound clear, because a recipient has a chance to ask for details or clarification immediately. But
unlike oral communication, e-mails lack the means which we use in speaking (voice, tone, facial
expression, gestures). It's hard to understand whether a writer is speaking seriously or joking, if he's
angry or just humorous. To prevent a reader from misunderstanding, a writer can use such means of
making his messages meaningful as smileys, acronyms, emphasis. E-mails can differ on the level of
formality. Electronic messages can be formal or informal. Formal e-mails are written according to the
rules and principles of formal business writing, having practically the same format: salutation, body
passages, conclusion, signature, attachments.
1.
Essential Vocabulary:
1. angry – рассержен
2. attachments – приложения
3. acronyms – сокращения
4. ability – возможность
5. broadcasting – распространение
6. capitalize – писать прописными буквами
7. conclusion – заключение
8. clarification – пояснение
9. development – развитие
10. dot – точка
11. emphasis – ударение, акцент
12. expression – выражение
13. emphasize – подчеркнуть
14. exclamation – восклицание
15. error – ошибка
16. gesture – жест
17. high-speed – высокоскоростной
18. in-box – папка входящих сообщений
19. immediately – немедленно
20. joke – шутить
21. knowledge – знания
22. lack – отсутствие
23. meaningful – содержательный
24. message – сообщение
25. means – средства
26. multicultural – мультикультурный
27. oral – устный
28. provider – провайдер
29. rule – правило
30. recipient – получатель
31. recipient – получатель
32. reply – отвечать
33. realize – реализовывать
34. skills – умения
35. spellchecker – проверка орфографии
36. signature – подпись
37. subject – тема
38. tolerant – толерантный, терпимый
39. voice – голос
40. use – использовать
226
Электронный адрес:
abcd — user's name
@ - "at" symbol
mail — the name of the E-Mail Service
.ru — country
.edu — educational organization
.com — commercial organization
2.
There are some generally known rules for sending electronic messages, which are known as
Netiquette (Есть несколько общеизвестных правил для отправки электронных
сообщений, известные как Нэтикет):
1. Don't capitalize1 your message. This technique2 is usually used for stressing some important points,
when you want to emphasize your idea, or express emotions. If you capitalize every word it will be
hard to read.
2. Remember that e-mail is high-speed3 and multicultural4 forms of communication, some people have
to write and send hundreds of e-mails every day, so be tolerant5 of other people's errors6. The contents
of your message is more important than brilliant spelling, but, nevertheless, before you send a
message, read it once again or run it through a spellchecker7.
3. Messages should be brief8 and to the point. Imagine that it's a telephone conversation, only you are
typing, not speaking. Save your reader's time and money. Some people also pay for the amount9 of text
they receive.
1. write or print a letter of the alphabet as a capital
2. a way of doing something, especially having special skills
3. that travels, works or happens very fast
4. including people of several different races, religions, languages and traditions
5. able to accept what other people say or do even if you do not agree with it
6. a mistake, especially one that causes problems
7. a computer programme that checks your writing to see if your spelling is correct
8. using few words
9. a quantity of something
3. Identify the style of each e-mail (F —formal, I — informal) and write their subject headings.
(Определите стиль электронных писем (формальное, неформальное) и напишите тему).
F
Dear Jane,
I'm glad you're coming soon, but UNFORTUNATELY, I can't
meet you at the station :-(((
Don't worry, Alex is going to meet you *for sure*
See you
John
227
I
Subject heading
Dear Professor,
I am writing to confirm my participation in the programme on
Internet English, September 2008 - May 2009.
Sincerely yours,
Jane Smith
[email protected]
Tel.: (3333) 555-555
4. Write the messages for the following situations. Exchange e-mails with your group mate and
teacher. (Напишите сообщения по следующим ситуациям. Обменяйтесь электронными
письмами с одногруппником и преподавателем).
(A)
Student A. You’re writing to your group mate. You'd like to ask him/ her if he/she is going to take
part in "English World" Annual Competition. Inform him/her of the time and place it is going to take
place.
Student В. You've received this message and your task is to react to this information (express your
readiness to take part, or refuse and say you're sorry, ask for details, etc.). Use all possible ways of
emphasizing in your message.
(B)
You're writing to your teacher of English Linda Daniels. You’ve just received the announcement
of the "English World" Annual Competition. You're interested to know if you have a chance to take part
in it. Ask for the time and place it is going to take place. Thank your teacher in advance.
18.7 ЧТЕНИЕ
THE MAN WHO ESCAPED
EPISODE 18
1.
Read the text. Try to understand it.
1. Hugo saw that Coke had come to himself. Coke tried to get up but his hands were tied. His head
hurt terribly. Hugo looked at him like a shark inspecting his dinner. «We would never have become
suspicious if you hadn't used Master's white Jaguar», he said. «When we saw it parked halfway up the
road, we decided to wait and see what would happen. Then, after we got you, we went out and got your
girl-friend», he continued.
Coke knew he would never have made such a stupid mistake if he had not been so tired. He had
not slept properly for days. He looked at Kate. «I'd never have got you into all this if I hadn't asked you
for help», he said to her. He was trapped. It seemed there was nothing he could do and nobody who
could help him. Hugo took out a revolver. «You'd never have bothered us again if I'd used this four
years ago», he said. He came closer to Coke and aimed the revolver carefully at his head.
2. Suddenly there was a terrific crash as three policemen broke down the side door of the garage.
Hugo turned round and gaped. «No, Hugo. Look up here!» a voice roared from the sky-light above.
Suddenly, everybody stopped. Nobody made a move. Then Baxter dropped through the sky-light, which
was still open, and onto the lorry and finally to the ground. Three more policemen followed him. Baxter
walked over to Hugo. «Your revolver, please», he said simply. «I was only protecting my property»,
Hugo answered. «This man broke in. That girl helped him. Send him back to prison!» Baxter listened
and smiled. «Certainly, but only after you've given me that revolver», he replied. Hugo handed it to him
silently.
3. The policemen around Baxter and at the door suddenly moved forward and seized Hugo,
Masters and the three men.
228
«We've followed you everywhere for days; that's why we're here now», Baxter told Masters. Then
he turned to Hugo and said: «And I've been up there for half an hour. I've heard everything you've said.
Also, I think you'd have phoned us an hour ago, when Coke first broke in, if you'd only wanted to
protect your property!»
Before Hugo could protest, he and the others were led away. Baxter helped Coke to his feet.
«What we know now already proves you were innocent», he said. Then he untied Coke's hands. Coke
was a free man again.
(411 слов)
THE END
2. Find the English equivalents in the text.
a) он подошел ближе
b) никто не двигался
c) трое полицейских следовали за ним
d) я просто защищал свою собственность
e) отправьте его обратно в тюрьму
f) следовали за вами везде
g) я слышал всё
h) развязал руки
i) поэтому мы сейчас здесь
3. Choose the correct answer. Don't use the text.
1. Hugo would never have become suspicious if Coke...
a) hadn't come with Masters;
b) hadn't used Masters' car;
c) hadn't come to the garage.
2. Hugo said that...
a) he had tried to protect himself;
b) he hadn't done anything wrong;
c) he was protecting his property.
3. Baxter told Masters that...
a) they had been following him everywhere for days;
b) they had learnt about everything from Coke;
c) they had been phoned by somebody an hour before.
4. Say whether these sentences true, false or there is no information in the text.
1. Hugo was protecting his property.
2. Baxter heard the talk between Coke and Hugo.
3. Baxter was going to kill Hugo.
4. Baxter arrested Coke and Kate.
5. Baxter arrested Hugo and Masters.
6. Hugo was going to kill Coke.
7. Coke was innocent and free.
5. Answer the questions.
1. Why did Hugo manage to catch Coke?
2. Why did Coke make a mistake?
3. Who dropped through the sky-light?
4. How did Baxter try to explain himself?
5. What did Baxter tell Coke?
6. Try to compose the plan for the whole story «The man who escaped».
229
ЛИТЕРАТУРА
Основные источники:
1. Ерофеева Л.А. Modern English in Conversation. Учебное пособие - Москва:
Флинта, 2011.- 340 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
2. Зеликман А.Я. Английский для юристов. Учебное пособие. Ростов н/Д: изд-во
«Феникс», 2008
3. Кушникова Г.К. Практикум для самостоятельного повторения глагольной
системы английского языка. Учебное пособие - Москва: Флинта, 2011.- 95 с.
[Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
4. Полякова О.В. Грамматический справочник по английскому языку с
упражнениями. Учебное пособие - Москва: Флинта, 2011.- 160 с. [Электронный
ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
5. Севастьянова Н.В. Everyday Topics for Discussion. Учебное пособие - Москва:
Флинта, 2009.- 208 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
6. Шевелёва С.А., Стогов В.Е. Основы экономики и бизнеса. Учебное пособие для
учащихся средних профессиональных учебных заведений - Москва: ЮНИТИДАНА, 2011.- 431 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
7. Шевелёва С.А. Английский для юристов: Учебное пособие. – М.: ЮНИТИДАНА, 2009. – 367 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
8. Англо-русский словарь, Москва, МГУ, 2012
Дополнительные источники:
1. Агабекян И.П. Английский язык для ССУЗов. – М.: Проспект, 2012
2. Гельпей Е.А. Английский язык для экономических колледжей/ Е.А.Гельпей,
Т.В.Есенская, Н.С.Котова – Ростов н/Д: «Феникс», 2005
3. Голицынский Ю.Б. Грамматика английского языка. Сборник упражнений для
средней школы, - СПб.: КАРО, 2005
4. Догаева Т.О. Вводный курс делового письма. 10-11 кл.: учеб. пособие/
Т.О.Догаева. – М.: Дрофа, 2005
5. Клементьева Т.Б. Повторяем времена английского глагола. – М.: Дрофа, 2006
6. Кожаева М.Г., Кожаева О.С. Грамматика английского языка в таблицах. - М.:
Флинта, 2010. – 120 с.
7. Комаровская С.Д. Английский язык для юристов. – М.: «Книжный дом
«Университет», 2002
8. Лебедева А.А. Английский язык для юристов. – М.: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2010.- 358
с.
9. Мачхелян Г.Г. Современный английский язык для делового общения: Ч.1.
Начальный курс. – М., 1994
10. Мачхелян Г.Г. Современный английский язык для делового общения: Ч.2.
Основы практической грамматики. – М., 1994
11. Козлов А.В., Девель Л.П. Практический словарь делового английского языка. “ЭРВИ”, СПб, 2002
230
12. Сиполс О.В., Широкова Г.А. Англо-русский словарь начинающего
переводчика: Справочное издание. – М: Флинта, 2008
13. Сиполс О.В. Develop Your Reading Skills: Comprehention and Translation Practice.
Обучение чтению и переводу (английский язык). Учебное пособие - Москва:
Флинта, 2011.- 376 с.
14. Шевелёва С.А. English on Economics. Учебное пособие - Москва: ЮНИТИДАНА, 2008.- 415 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
15. Шевелева С.А. Основы экономики и бизнеса. Учебное пособие для учащихся
средних профессиональных учебных заведений - Москва: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА,
2011.- 431 с. [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://iqlib.ru
16. Яшина Т.А., Жаткин Д.Н. Английский язык для делового общения. – М.:
Флинта, 2009. – 112 с.
Интернет-ресурсы:
1. http://www.learn-english.ru
2. http ://www. englishforbusiness.ru
3. htpp://www.lingvo-online.ru
4. http://www.humeenglish.ru
5. http://www.belleenglish.com
6. http://www.english-at-home.com
7. http://www. angl.by.ru/map.htm
8. http://www. real-english.ru
231

Masters Premium Legend MPL Masters Masters Premium

Impurity Level Distribution in GPC and CPC and Impact on

p32T_Layout 1 - Kuwait Times

Buffett_Lecture_Fla_Univ_Sch_of_Business_1998

NBO Running Commentary Mar 2014

ITFT EDUCATION GROUP - ITFT College Chandigarh

1. NIT - wapcos

Progress Report April 2014

Event Flyer - USA Cycling

Fuxi Flyer 2015 small (3) - Rocky Mountain Masters Ski Racing

NEWSLETTER - Swim West Lothian